INTHEFIELD

turf
February
2000

The Field Museum's Membership

^m

■^-rri

i-S-Jf^

s'^sr^-cff-iia.

■r^S-

■■^

'iK

Xi

- ■''hrj:

».<-y

^

,-*-■

-k^r^i

-■-'t.'i

rjCv^ :-

Jji'V

y^-'

Masks:

Faces of Culture

Phctegraphing th
World oC:^'

From the President

The Museum's Road Map
TO THE Next Century

During his appearance at The
Field Museum in August, the 14th
Dalai Lama warned the audience
not to expect too much in the
new millennium:

"Some people are a little excited
about the new millennium. They
believe it will bring some new
things and happiness. They are
wrong . . . nothing will be differ-
ent; nothing will be new."

The Dalai Lama, however, does
believe that the new millennium
has significance. It is, as he pointed
out, a bench mark in human his-
tory against which we should
examine our lives and contemplate
the fiiture. But only through the
process of self-evaluation and per-
sonal sacrifice, he concludes, can
we effect change in our lives.

A similar message is being con-
veyed by our board of trustees,
who recently challenged us to
transform The Field Museum into
the best museum in the world.
During a yearlong strategic plan-
ning initiative, the trustees

evaluated all aspects of The Field
Museum, from our administrative
policies to our research initiatives.
Upon completing their evaluation
in September, they presented us
with a series of recommendations.

Their plan, however, is more
than just a laundry list of recom-
mendations — it is a philosophical
road map that we must follow if
we are to remain competitive in the
21st century. Underpinning this
road map is the trustees' conviction
that we should expand our mission
of accumulating and disseminating
knowledge about the world in
which we live to include a renewed
focus on creating knowledge
through our research programs.

For instance, they have man-
dated that we immediately invest
more resources into maintaining
and expanding our collection of
21 million cultural objects and
biological specimens. These collec-
tions are the lifeblood of this
institution, used by our curators,
as well as scholars throughout the
world. However, they are a wasted
asset unless we maintain and
enhance them through an inte-
grated research and conservation
program that gives our scientists
the resources they need to con-
tinue searching for answers to the
planets lingering mysteries and
growing environmental problems.

The trustees also want us to
breathe new life into the visitor
experience by bridging the gap
between the research and public
sides of the Museum. In June 1998,
we took the first step in this direc-
tion by constructing a fossil prep
lab in the public space where visi-
tors could watch our researchers
clean and prepare Sue's bones. But
we can do more. Why not, for
instance, allow visitors controlled
access to the collections so they

can see firsthand the eclectic array
of biological specimens and cul-
tural objects housed at The Field
Museum? And why not build more
pubhc labs so visitors can watch
our staff examine DNA strands,
for example, or conserve ancient
textiles from places like Africa
and Indonesia?

As we turn the Museum "inside
out," we also must systematically
update our permanent exhibits,
especially those dealing with the
earth sciences and the cultures of
the Americas. In addition, we need
to use the traveling exhibits that
we showcase at The Field Museum
to add depth to the content of our
permanent displays and to shed
light on our mission.

An essential component of this
plan is to design a more coordi-
nated and creative educational
program, one that brings fresh
insight and perspective to the arti-
facts and specimens on display.
We also should search for tech-
nologies that allow us to broaden
our outreach and to shatter the
cultural barriers and geographic
borders that have hindered our
ability in the past to communicate
with new audiences.

We already have spent the past
few years developing the founda-
tion on which to build the
world-class educational and
research facility that our trustees
have envisioned. But as the Dalai
Lama so eloquently pointed out, it
takes time and much work before
significant changes can be realized.

Have a great New Year and wel-
come to the new century.

John W. McCarter Jr.
President & CEO

We would like to know what you
think about "In the Field"

Please send comments or questions to Robert Vosper,
publications department. The Field Museum,
1400 South Lake Shore Drive, Chicago, IL 60605-2496,
or via e-mail at rvosper@fmnh.org.

Inside

View some never-before-seen
photographs shot specifically for
scientific applications, and uncover
the visual world of natural history.

8

The Field Museum's 4,000-pound,
75-foot-long Brachiosaurus prepares
for arrival at Chicago's O'Hare
International Airport.

In March, members are invited to a
sneak preview of the temporary
exhibit "The Dead Sea Scrolls."

11

Is the "Sounds from the Vaults"
exhibit really that innovative? A
Field Museum exhibit developer
sounds off on the question.

Your Guide to The Field

A complete schedule of
events for January/February,
including programs offered in
conjunction with the "Masks;
Faces of Culture" exhibit.

In the new exhibit "Masks:
Faces of Culture," Museum
visitors can explore the role
that masks play in human soci-
ety. See the Calendar Section
for details.

There are thousands of kinds of
mushrooms. While some are
edible and delicious, most can
make you sick or even kill you.

Museum paleontologists have
discovered a wealth of fossils in
Madagascar that are filling in
the holes in some long-held
evolutionary theories.

INTHEFIELD

January/February 2000, Vol. 71, No. 1

Editor and Designer:
Robert Vosper

Design Consultants:
Hayward Blake & Company

In the Field (ISSN #1051-4546) is published
bimonthly by The Field Museum. Copyright
© 2000 The Field Museum. Annual subscriptions
are $20; $10 for schools. Museum membership
includes In the Field subscription. Opinions
expressed by authors are their own and do not
necessarily reflect the policy of The Field
Museum. Notification of address change should
include address label and should be sent to
Membership Department. POSTMASTER: Send
address changes to In the Field, The Field
Museum, 1400 South Lake Shore Drive, Chicago,
IL 60605-2496. Periodicals postage paid at
Chicago, Illinois.

This issue's cover photograph Is by Lynton
Gardiner of a bulletproof face mask designed
in 1989 by American Body Armor and
Equipment Inc. The mask is from the collec-
tions of the Saint Louis Art Museum.

%i

Field

useum

The Field Museum salutes the people
of Chicago for their long-standing,
generous support of the Museum
through the Chicago Park District.

The Field Museum

1400 South Lake Shore Drive

Chicago, IL 60605-2496

ph 312.922.9410
www.fieldmuseum.org

Around Campus

Shedd Aquarium

Have you ever wondered what it's like
at the Shedd Aquarium early in the
morning when the animals wake up?
You can find out on Saturday,
February 19, or Saturday, February 26,
by having Breakfast with the Belugas.
Beginning at 8 a.m., you'll visit the
Oceanarium to talk to the animal-care
staff and watch the whales start their
day. Afterward, you can enjoy an all-
you-can-eat buffet breakfast and a
tour of the Aquarium. The cost is $28

for adults, $25 for children ages 3 to
1 1 and for seniors. Admission for
children 2 and under is free. Call
312.692.3333 for more information.

Adler Planetarium

Now that the Adler has reopened its
renovated building to the public, it
will once again showcase part of its
History of Astronomy collection in The
Universe in Your Hands. This perma-

nent exhibit explores the pretele-
scopic astronomy of the late Middle
Ages and the Renaissance, an era
marked by the rebirth of Greek and
Roman culture and the growing
influence of Islamic scientists and
philosophers. Included in this exhibit
are more than 60 sundials, 33 astro-
labes and nine armillary spheres from
the Adier's collection, one of the
largest assemblages of astronomy-
related material in the world.

JANUARY • FEBRUARY 2000 1

Photographs in the Service of Science

i ji

M_

1 . -->...*

^4

■

U

^^^K TE^ . ^^K^

^^'

^^^^^

^^^^K^- ^^^^WWj ^^^^X'JV'".~'^ ^^^^F J^^S^ ^

.'•. -^

^^^B

^^^^^^E - * "^^^ ^^^ ''" i 'K'r^ - * '~^^^^K -^^m

r -■^'^ ■' -"

tif9 ' ^^^^^^^m

^^^^^^V ' .^^^^^- *-^^* -■■ ^^^^■^KE" i^r^sl

MN ^^H

^B / ' -^PP^ |Bfe|dL|

SB ^^^H

__^m' ; • \ ■:5^- --' w^niiiK?- '^-

- - . ^r\* V

^^^^^^^H

:" ^>^- M

,^^^H

^^^^H^ ^^^'^ii^^" ^s^^B^^^^E&_^S^

V y^- v. ^

^^^^^^^m

^^^^^^Vi / '^ ^C^^*^ * ' ' wj^^KMt/K^^^f^' ^9^B

Wm^-^ > ' / -

^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^K

^^^■■■V'S>^' ^3fevf ^>^^^2^J' ^--^M

m^y ' ^^

^^^^^^B

^^^^^H ^^ v^^jj

^B^^^BW&abAaZ^BPjBSwHtBB^T^MBi^M^BMB

BB^CJ ^^^^1

^^^ ^^H

^H ^m^^^

^^^^^^^^^^B

^^^^^^^ft ^^^^kV^^HI^k'^^v'X^' '^''^^ ^ai^^Bai^Bj^^HBijugBBi^g'WBfcijr^fe'^ ' ^^^^^H

^^^^^^^K ^^^^^^S^^^SBj^^S^^K^^K^^SS^^^^^^^^S^S^^^^^^^-^^^^'^ ' ^^^^^1

^B ^^P-^^^^^^^^^^%%' H

^^^^H ^^ft^ ^^^^^^^S^Sb^^S^^^^^^^^Biv ^.^^k^ ^^^^h

^^^H ^^^^«%^^H^^^^^P^^^[^^^H^H^ ^^1

^^B ^^SH^^^i^v^^^^^H^P^ ^H

^^^^^^^^^K ^^IL ~-'%^^^^^^^F6iS^ '"^"'-v.^'^i^^ '"^'^ '-^4 'J^^^^^^^^^^^r^ . ■ - ^^^^^^^H

'^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^r ^BHDf^ »SS^BM^^P^y.^--yr^C» ^^ w** ^^b^^^^b^ ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^b

^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^K ^MB»r« - 28^^^^ ^^^5?*s<V;!^ ' Vy ^^^^^^^t ^^^^^^^^^^^^^B

^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^K^^ ^2^E^- ^w^^^^^^^^'^v^^^^jtfr^ ' i^3SKKKtr ^^^^^^^^^^^^H

^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^L ^^HKki'-<i-7 -->- •'' ^■crSftj-^'^ ^'S'^S^t^Si^L. *~^^^^Pi^r '^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^V

^^^^^^^^^^^^^H ^^K> ^ ;.~.^.-^JF>^.^ -Si^iHr. -^7^iSBtrr ^^^^^^^^^

^H ^"^BpPl^^^^^^iiSi^i'..i^^^ ^H

H^sl^^'^^^Q^^S^Sk-'

^^^"'' ^^^^^H

^^^^K ^^1

\ ^ -"

iJ^!^ ^^^^^^^^B

^^R ^

. ^>W^^^

^^^^^^^^B

r ^^H

^^^

^*

V

i

■■RP

1 Preparators found this rare baenid turtle skull encased in
the rock matrix surrounding Sue's 67-million-year-old
remains. While removing the matrix, preparators created a
photographic record oj each oj the T. rex's 200 or so hones,
as well as of the remains of the other animals buried along-
side of her.

2 For the past two years, paleontologist Lance Grande has
been researching the evolutionary history, comparative
anatomy and biogeographic distribution of fossil and living
gars. Grande "clears and stains' the modern fish specimens to
highlight their bones (red) and cartilage (blue). This makes
it easier to compare the living species to the fossil specimens.

2 ;N THE FIELD

Robert Vosper

Important scientific information is often ft)und in the
subtle details of a cultural object or biological speci-
men — the wear and tear on an animal's tooth, for
instance, the cracks and sutures on the fossilized
bones of a dinosaur, the shape of a design on an
ancient pottery shard, or the texture of a leaf growing
on a new species of plant. These details are like words
in a book, providing scientists with a narrative of the
specimen and its history. As a result, there is no sub-
stitute for being able to hold, touch and examine a
specimen or artifact in person. There is one, however,
that comes very close.

Each year, the Museums photography department
shoots on average 15,000 photographs, about half of
which are requested by the Museum's research staff
for scientific applications. Researchers use these pho-
tographs in everything from the classes they teach at
universities to the records they keep on specimens
gathered in the field. In addition, the department,
which maintains a collection of 700,000 images, offers
its services to scientists and research institutions all
over the globe.

For the most part, however, scientists use these
photographs as visual aids in the papers they publish
in scientific journals, the main vehicle for communicat-
ing new discoveries, theories and collection techniques

Continued on page 5

3 Anthropologist Alfred Kroeber
unearthed this piece of pottery while
excavating the ancient ruins of the
Nazca Valley of Peru in 1926.
Altamira Press recently published
Kroeber's excavation reports from this
archaeological expedition and included
hundreds of photographs of the artifacts
he found that are now housed in the
Museum's anthropology collections.

4 Robert Welsch, adjunct curator of
anthropology, published this photograph
of a Sulka dance mask from New
Britain in his two-volume book. An
American Anthropologist in
Melanesia. In the book, Welsch used
photographs to document the vast array
of objects collected by Museum anthro-

pologist A.B. Lewis during his travels
through the former colonies of
Melanesia from 1909 to 1913.

5 Glass vials containing alcoholic
beverages made in the 1930s from
various botanicals, such as corn and
cacao beans. This photograph is being
used on an education- and research-
based Web site, funded by Abbott
Laboratories, that documents The
Field Museum's extensive economic
botany collections.

JANUARY . FEBRUARY 2000 3

1 These three photographs show the
different anatomical features of the
skull of a female rhesus monkey
(Macaca mulatta). Zoologist Jack
Fooden will publish these images in a
paper he is writing on the morphologi-
cal characteristics of the genus.

2 Scientists use herbarium sheets like
this one of a Viguiera weberbaueri,
collected by botanist Michael Dillon in
Peru, as reference tools when identify-
ing plants. Since scholars from other

institutions often need to borrow these
sheets for their research, the Museum
will often send photographs in place of
the real thing when the sheet is too
fragile or important to travel.

3 In 1998, curator Lance Grande
and his colleague William Bemis
published this photograph of an acid-
prepared, 100-million-year-old fossil
of a Calamopleurus cylindricus
in their 700-page monograph "A
Comprehensive Phylogenetic Study of

amiid fishes (Amiidae) Based on
Comparative Skeletal Anatomy: An
Empirical Search for Interconnected
Patterns of Natural History." This
monograph was published in the
Society of Vertebrate Paleontology
Memoir 4.

4 A professor from the University
of Indiana requested this photograph
of turn-of-the-century ceremonial dance
wands for use in his research of
Pawnee culture.

5 A hoy's coat, shirt and leggings from
the Mesquakie (Fox) Indians of Tama,
Iowa. In 1998, Field Museum anthro-
pologist James VanStone published a
comprehensive study of Mesquakie
material culture in the Museum's scien-
tific journal, Fieldiana.

6 Before 1998, most scientists believed
that there was only one species of
mouse lemur inhabiting Madagascar.
However, field biologist Steve
Goodman and a Malagasy colleague
proved otherwise by finding at least
seven different species. They will
publish this photograph in a paper
they are writing that describes the
morphological characteristics of these
nocturnal primates.

4 IN THE FIELD

to the scientific community. These photographs often
convey inft)rmation and data that are impossible to
capture in words alone.

The Field Museum, like many other museums and
research institutions across the country, is construct-
ing photographic databases of its collections, which
allov/ the Museum to share information without
having to send specimens and objects off-site. This is
especially useful when an artifact or specimen is too
valuable or fragile to travel or be handled. Many insti-
tutions are also converting these photographs into
digital formats so that collections can be shared over
the Internet.

In addition, anthropologists use photographs in
the field to gather ethnographical information about
specific objects in the collections. They will show
these photographs to members of the cultures that
crafted the objects, hoping to gain new insight or
gather information not recorded by the original
collector. This technique has been used successfially
by Field Museum anthropologists working in Papua
New Guinea and Panama.

These are just a few examples of how Field
Museum scientists use photographs in their research.
We thought it might be interesting to showcase a sam-
ple of these images, most of which have never been
seen by the public. ITF

Vlfitlan MbKbawi s. e. BUto

SK^tM to I mi ny* na dlac yvlloi.

JANUARY • FEBRUARY 2000 5

Field Updates

Fossil Discoveries in Madagascar Fill in the
Holes in Some Long-Held Evolutionary Theories

Above: Team leader John Flynn examines a fossil embedded in the red silt of an
ancient flood plain in Madagascar's Morondava Basin. The National Geographic
Society and longtime Field Museum supporters John and Withrow Meeker funded
the team's research.

Robert Vosper

While digging through layers of sandy sediment in
two rift basins in western Madagascar, an international
team of paleontologists led by John Flynn, MacArthur
Curator of Fossil Mammals, uncovered two fossil sites
teeming with the remains of the long-extinct animals
that once ruled this island nation.

These animals, some of which have been entombed
in the sediment for 230 million years, are helping the
scientists gain new insight into the vast array of life
forms that inhabited Madagascar during the Mesozoic
Era (65 million years to 245 million years ago). And
with each new animal they exhume, the scientists are
filling in the holes in some long-held theories about
the evolutionary history of dinosaurs and mammals.

In the fall of 1999, the team — which includes
Field Museum paleontologist William Simpson
and research associates Andre Wyss and J. Michael
Parrish — published the results of their most signifi-
cant discoveries in articles in the journals Nature
(Sept. 2, 1999 ) and Science (Oct. 22, 1999). In N«(i<re,
they described their discovery of a new species of
mammal about the same size as a shrew; and in
Science, they reported on their discovery of a collection
of cynodonts ("mammal-like reptiles") and the jaw-
bones of two plant-eating dinosaurs. These jawbones,
the team argues, might be the oldest-known dinosaur
bones ever unearthed.

A Triassic Fauna from Madagascar

Toward the end of their first of four field seasons in
Madagascar in 1996, the team discovered a promising
fossil bed in the Morondava Basin, just east of the
town of Sakaraha in southwestern Madagascar.
Although they didn't have time to examine the site in
detail, Flynn knew immediately that they had stum-
bled upon something significant.

"While we were looking around on the first day, we
found the skull of a cynodont sitting on the surface
with its eye socket staring up at us," he explains. "The
skull was deeply weathered but still in great condition,
so we immediately knew that it was a great site at
that point. "

The following year, the team returned to the area
and unearthed the 230-million-year-old remains of a
variety of cynodonts and true reptiles in the white
sand and red silt of an ancient river channel and flood
plain. According to Flynn, the remains of these early
vertebrates, which included some partial and complete
skeletons, are shedding new light on the origins of
true mammals.

About 330 million years ago, he explains, primitive
land vertebrates (amniotes) split into two evolutionary
branches: the Reptilia (reptile line) and the Synapsida
(the mammal line). During this split, some of the early
synapsids were the cynodonts, a sort of physiological
hybrid between warmblooded mammals and cold-
blooded primitive land vertebrates.

"These cynodont fossils will help us complete the
picture of that evolutionary transformation," Flynn
says. "The fossils are exquisitely preserved, showing
a level of detail far superior to anything else from
that time."

Only a few hundred yards away from the first dis-
covery, the scientists uncovered the 3-inch-long and
5-inch-long bleached-white jawbones of two previ-
ously unknown species of plant-eating dinosaurs.
These dinosaurs, the team calculates, are about two
million years older than Herrerasaurus, a 228-million-
year-old flesh-eating dinosaur from Argentina that for
the past decade has held the distinction of being the
oldest dinosaur ever found.

Unlike Herrerasaurus, which was a ruthless 13-foot-
long predator, the two dinosaurs from Madagascar
were both prosauropods, gentle kangaroo-sized herbi-
vores that had small heads, long necks and strong
hindquarters that allowed them to amble on either
two or four legs. Most paleontologists believe that
these early dinosaurs either shared a common ancestor
with, or were themselves the ancestors to, the mighty
sauropod dinosaurs like Apatosaurus that evolved
much later.

6 IN THE FIELD

Dinosaurs are divided into nvo major groups: the
Saurischia (the "lizard-hipped dinosaurs" like
Brachiosaurus and T. rex) and the Ornithischia (the
"bird-hipped dinosaurs" like Triceratops and
Stegosaurus). Within Saurischia are the two evolution-
ary branches known as the theropods, or the meat
eaters, and the Sauropodomorphs, or the plant eaters.
The prosauropods found by Flynn's team are early
members of the latter group.

Although the two dinosaurs from Madagascar
are fairly primitive in form, Flynn is quick to point
out that they are by no means the ancestral species of
all dinosaurs.

"Dinosaurs have to be older than this simply
because of the fact that you have prosauropods, which
tells you that the major dinosaur branches had already
split apart. So, the fact that you have a representative
of some of the sub-branches of the tree tells you
that the root of the tree is deeper in time. Now, how
much deeper it goes is hard to tell. But, I think we are
getting close."

A Middle Jurassic Mammal from Madagascar

A few weeks before discovering the fossil site in south-
ern Madagascar, the team found a much younger fossil
bed in the Mahajanga Basin in northwestern
Madagascar. After prospecting the site, which is about
450 miles north of Sakaraha, the team scooped up a
few hundred pounds of sediment and shipped it back
to Chicago for analysis.

Over the next few years. Field Museum volunteers
Dennis Kinzig, Ross Chisholm and Warren Valsa
sifted through the sediment using high-powered
microscopes. In the summer of 1998, they struck pay
dirt when they uncovered a jawbone about half the
size of a piece of rice, complete with three tiny
teeth, each no larger than the head of a pin. The
scientists have determined that this jawbone
belonged to a previously unknown species of a
shrew-sized mammal that lived in
Madagascar 165 million years ago. In
Nature, the team argues that this
mammal, which they have named
Amhondro mahaho, doubles the age
of the oldest-known mammals
from the island and shatters the
widely held theory that the subgroup of
mammals that encompasses most living
forms (marsupials and placentals) arose first
in the northern hemisphere.

"This jaw is the first mammal fossil of any kind
found from the southern continents during this time
interval," Flynn says. "And it is much older than any
advanced mammal from the north, even though the

Jurassic fossil record is much better known from the
northern continents."

According to Flynn, Amhondro mahaho represents a
group of mammals known as the Tribosphenida that
had an advanced set of molars that are characteristic of
most modern mammals, including humans. The more
primitive forms of mammals, he explains, basically had
a bunch of cusps (elevations on the chewing surface of
the tooth) on their molars that formed an elongated
oval pattern. As mammals evolved, however, the cusps
on their upper molars formed a more triangular pat-
tern that, in combination with basin-like platforms
that developed on the back of their lower molars,
allowed the animals to use a more effective "slice and
grind" method of chewing.

"While the Jurassic dinosaurian giants grab most of
the attention, major evolutionary advances were occur-
ring in our mammalian ancestors during that period,
but their tiny size has up until now made it hard to
find and study them," Flynn says.

Once they have finished studying the fossils, the scien-
tists will construct cast replicas of the bones, returning
a portion of the original material to scientists at
Madagascar's Universite d' Antananarivo. For the past
10 years. Museum scientists have been collaborating
with researchers from this university on a number of
different projects.

"Our Madagascar project illustrates that modern
science is a truly international and collaborative
endeavor," Flynn says. "Expeditions in remote and
little-explored regions, with Malagasy and U.S. scien-
tists working side by side, have yielded extremely
important paleontological discoveries. Our
teams of students, professionals and volunteers
are making key contributions to understand-
ing the evolution of two groups near and dear
to humans: dinosaurs and mammals." ITF

Above: One of the two dinosaur jawbones the team
unearthed in the Morondava Basin in 1997. The scientists
believe these jawbones might be the oldest-known dinosaur
bones ever discovered.

JANUARY . FEBRUARY 2000 7

Field Notes

Museum Dinosaur Prepares for Arrival
AT Chicago's O'Hare International Airport

Robert Vosper

Museum President John McCarter recently announced
that the 75-foot-Iong Brachiosaurus that guards the
northern end of Stanley Field Hall will be moved
January 17 to the United Airlines terminal at Chicago's
O'Hare International Airport. The 4,000-pound fiber-
glass replica, which has been a fixture at the Museum
for the past seven years, is being relocated to make
room for the installation of Sue in May 2000.

"This represents an extraordinary opportunity for
us to share our Brachiosaurus with a broad audience
and to further establish Chicago as dinosaur central,"
he said.

The Museum will position the specimen, which will
be unveiled to the public the morning of January 19,
next to the escalator at the United Terminal that joins
Concourse B with Concourse C.

"After we truck the dinosaur over to O'Hare, we
will reassemble it on a special carriage with wheels,"
explained Richard Faron, director of exhibit develop-
ment at The Field Museum. "We will probably
assemble it by a freight elevator in the terminal and
then wheel it into its new home in Concourse B. This
gives us about a 24-hour window to put all the pieces
back together."

According to Faron, the only changes the Museum
will make to the Brachiosaurus are perhaps some slight
adjustments to the angle of its tail and some minor
cosmetic improvements. These include repainting the
specimen's sandy-colored bones in a darker, more real-
istic shade of brown and replacing the specimen's
2-foot-high concrete and wooden base with a sleek, 6-

to 8-inch steel-tube frame that will accentuate the
specimen's lifelike pose. In addition, the Museum will
install an interactive information booth and merchan-
dise kiosk next to the dinosaur.

'As Chicago's hometown airline, we are pleased to
support The Field Museum, one of the city's pre-emi-
nent institutions," remarked Chris Bowers, the senior
vice president of United Airlines, North America.
"The presence of the Brachiosaurus in United's terminal
will be an exciting addition to our customers' travel
experience and will offer them a glimpse at the world
of mystery and science that can be discovered at The
Field Museum."

Fortunately, Museum visitors will not have to trek
out to O'Hare to see their favorite plant-eating
dinosaur. During the summer, the Museum installed a
clone of the specimen on the west terrace overlooking
Lake Shore Drive. The only difference between the
two replicas is that the one outside is made of a
weatherproof fiberglass resin. In addition, the
Museum had to hire engineers to design a special steel
armature that could withstand the high winds and
heavy snowfalls that punctuate a Chicago winter.

Although neither specimen contains real bone, both
include cast replicas of the fossilized remains of a
Brachiosaurus unearthed by Elmer Riggs in western
Colorado in 1900. Riggs, the Museum's first paleontol-
ogist, discovered about 20 percent of the dinosaur,
including a 10-foot-long rib bone and a 6-foot-long
femur weighing 800 pounds. Because Riggs was the
first to discover a Brachiosaurus, his specimen stands as
the holotype, the standard against which scientists
must compare all new Brachiosaurus findings.

As for the missing bones, those are sculptured from
a more complete Brachiosaurus found by German pale-
ontologists working in Africa in 1909. Since their
specimen was smaller than the one at the Museum,
designers in 1993 had to increase the scale of the
sculptured bones to match those found by Riggs.

Ironically, because of the scientific importance of
the real bones. Museum officials at the turn of the
century refused to display Riggs' dinosaur — a deci-
sion that infuriated the paleontologist who wanted to
share his discovery with the world. Sadly, Riggs, who
died in 1963, never got to see his Brachiosaurus on dis-
play. Today, not only can thousands of Museum
visitors share in Riggs' discovery each year, but so too
can the 180,000 airline travelers who pass through
O'Hare each day. ITF

I Left: Engineers installing the neck of the Brachiosaurus in
f 1993. In all, the 75-foot-long dinosaur is made up of about 63
5 separate sections.

8 IN THE FIELD

Membership News

Members' Viewing Days
The Dead Sea Scrolls

March 8 & 9; 10 a.m. - 10 p.m.

Join the membership department March 8 and 9 for
an exclusive sneak preview of "The Dead Sea Scrolls"
a temporary exhibit co-organized by The Field
Museum and The Israel Antiquities Authority. In
the coming weeks, members will receive an invitation
to this preview that will include more details about
the event.

"The Dead Sea Scrolls" which will be on display at
the Museum from March 10 through June 11, features
portions of 15 different parchment and papyrus
scrolls, some of which represent the earliest surviving
copies of the book of the Old Testament. The last
time any of these 2,000-year-old scrolls were on dis-
play in Chicago was in 1949 when the Oriental
Institute exhibited three scroll fragments.

The scrolls — which were written in Hebrew,
Aramaic and Greek over a 300-year period beginning
in 250 B.C. — were first discovered by a Bedouin
shepherd in some caves in the Qumran region of the
Judean desert, about 17 miles southeast of Jerusalem.

Following the shepherds discovery, archaeologists
searched the cave site for additional artifacts and dis-
covered more than 100,000 scroll fragments, which
together represent about 800 individual compositions.
Although many of these ancient compositions
are documents from the Hebrew Bible, some
contain apocryphal books found in Christian and
Greek scriptures.

"The Dead Sea Scrolls are one of the greatest man-
uscript discoveries in the history of archaeology,"
explains Field Museum President John McCarter.
"They are rarely exhibited outside of Israel."

"We have worked closely with The Israel
Antiquities Authority on this exhibit and we are very
excited to bring a unique collection of scrolls to

Chicago, including five that have never traveled out-
side Israel," he adds. "The Dead Sea Scrolls are the
subject of an extensive and lively academic debate and
they provide a meaningful connection for many to
ancient times."

In addition to the 15 scroll fragments are 80 arti-
facts from Qumran settlements, including coins,
goblets, sandals, a scroll storage jar and a pottery
inkwell. The exhibit also will contain books and manu-
scripts from the collections of The Field Museum and
Chicago's Newberry Library, as well as a modern torah
scroll from the Spertus Museum in Chicago. The Field
Museum also plans to construct a laboratory inside
the exhibit where conservators from The Israel
Antiquities Authority will demonstrate the art of pre-
serving ancient manuscripts. ITF

Above: This
ancient fragment
of text contains
commentary on
the biblical verses
of Hosea 2: 8-14.

Membership Programs at a Glance

Preview — "Star Wars: The Magic of Myth"
July 14, 21 & 23

This exciting exhibit showcases original artwork,
props, models, costumes and characters used to create
the Star Wars trilogy, and connects the films to ele-
ments of classical mythology. "Star Wars: The Magic
of Myth" was developed by the Smithsonian's
National Air and Space Museum. The exhibit — which
is on display at the Museum from July 15, 2000,
through Jan. 7, 2001 — was organized for travel by
the Smithsonian Institution Traveling Exhibition
Service (SITES). All of the artifacts in this exhibit are
on loan from the archives of Lucasfilm Ltd.

Members' Nights
June 8 & 9

Mark you calendars today for

Members' Nights, the annual

extravaganza during which the

Museum throws open the doors to

its research and collections areas

and lifts the curtain on exhibits in

the making. In addition. Museum

curators and researchers will be on

hand to discuss their research and to show off some

of the specimens they've collected while conducting

fieldwork around the word.

JANUARY • FEBRUARY 2000 9

Your Guide to The Field

Inside

1 Exhibits

3 Calendar of Events

5 Get Smart

7 Free Visitor Programs

Masks:

Faces of Culture

Throughout recorded history, masks have
been part of the human experience. In
nearly every culture, age and inhabited part
of the globe, they have functioned as medi-
ums of expression and transformation. As
works of art, masks embody dynamic visual
energy; as cultural icons they present a rich
panoply of diversities and commonalties in
humankind. The human need to mask
reveals a universal desire to transcend
earthly limitations, to penetrate alien envi-
ronments and to be reinvented, renewed,
strengthened and protected.

Field Museum visitors can experience the
visual power of these objects in "Masks:
Faces of Culture," a new temporary exhibit

Top Row: (Left) Nonmilitary respirator, United States, 19305; (Middle) Devil mask, Mexico,
1991; (Right) Theatrical mask, Guatemala, 1900s;

Bottom Row: (Left) Lakisi initiation mask, Zaire, 1800s; (Middle) funerary mask, the Middle
East, 5000 - 3000 B.C.; (Right) Baseball catcher's mask, United States, 1985.

on display at The Field Museum from
February 19 through May 14. The 140 masks
in this exhibit (nearly 30 of which are shown
with full costumes) represent 50 countries
on six continents. Ranging from prehistoric
times to the present, these masks exemplify
the exquisite design, provocative imagery
and compelling purpose found in one of
humankind's most enduring art forms.

In addition to familiar types, the exhibition
introduces a number of lesser-known
masks from places like rural Europe, Central
America and Siberia — making this exhibit
the first to explore such a comprehensive
range of masks. The diversity of the selec-
tion, the visual power of their provocative
imagery and the universal need they express
offer visitors a rich mosaic of the many
faces of culture and dramatize masking as
a dynamic, living tradition throughout
the world.

The exhibit is organized around six predom-
inant themes that examine the
fundamental, shared reasons why cultures
mask. As visitors explore these themes —

Left: A 19th-century Brazilian storm mask
from the collections of the Staatliches Museum
fUr Volkerkunde in Germany. These bark-
cloth masks are worn exclusively by men and
are meant to represent animals, natural phe-
nomena and useful plants.

which include discussions of rites of pas-
sage, aggression and protection, and
theater and cinema — it will soon become
evident that whether in warfare, religion or
celebration, masks have always been agents
of change and that the tradition of masking
has been predominantly male. For instance,
during Paleolithic times, hunters and
shamans used masks and costumes as
decoys and men performed masquerades
before and after each hunt to gain the
blessing of the spirits. In addition, masking
has been important in the depiction of real
and fictional persona in theater and film,
both outgrowths of male-dominated rituals
in mythology and religion.

After viewing "Masks: Faces of Culture,"
visitors are encouraged to explore the hun-
dreds of masks on display in the Museum's
permanent exhibits, such as Africa, Pacific
Spirits, Tibet and Eskimos and Northwest
Coast Indians. These masks not only open
windows into the broader cultural context
in which they were created, but also illus-
trate the extent of The Field Museum's vast
anthropological collections.

"Masks: Faces of Culture," which is free
with general Museum admission, was orga-
nized by Cara McCarty (the Grace L.
Brumbaugh and Richard E. Brumbaugh
Curator of Decorative Arts and Design), and
John W. Nunley (the Morton D. May Curator
of the Arts of Africa, Oceania and the
Americas, at the Saint Louis Art Museum).

1 THE FIELD MUSEUM

CALENDAR OF EVENTS

JANUARY • FEBRUARY 2000

Exhibits

Sounds from the Vaults

For decades, more than 6,000 musical arti-
facts in the Museum's collections have
rested in silence. They come from around
the world and their voices are as diverse as
the people who created them. Now,
through the magic of digital technology,
50 of these artifacts will perform again —
some for the first time in 100 years.

"Sounds from the Vaults" — which is on dis-
play through June 18, 2000 — features the
digitally recorded sounds of 50 musical arti-
facts of all shapes and sizes, from finger
cymbals to a 12-foot-long Tibetan trumpet.
Although the artifacts themselves are dis-
played behind glass in traditional wooden
cases, visitors can "play" them by tapping
on large, touch-sensitive pads mounted in
front of each case.

"This exhibit is a new direction for us . . .
we wanted to do something different for
the new millennium," explains Field
Museum anthropologist Alaka Wall. "We're
pushing the envelope here, using the latest
interactive media technologies to give visi-
tors a whole new way of interacting with
our collections."

When visitors activate the touch pads below
each case, they trigger a sampler that plays
back the digitized sound of the instrument
on display. And if a person keeps their fin-
ger on the pad, a rhythmic pattern is heard
until the pad is released. If someone does
the same thing at the same time with
another pad, the rhythms of the two instru-

CaRTIER 1900-1939

The "Cartier 1900 - 1939" exhibit, which is
on display through Jan. 16, 2000, showcases
more than 200 objets d'art designed by the
House of Cartier from the turn of the cen-
tury to the 1930s. Many of the most
stunning pieces on display show how Cartier
drew inspiration from newly discovered
archaeological finds from around the world.
For example, the discovery of King
Tutankhamen's tomb and its ancient trea-
sures contributed a range of highly
structured motifs and inspired a new gener-
ation of Cartier designers.

In addition to the jewelry, cigarette boxes,
watches, clocks and accessories that visitors
will find on display are more than 70 design
drawings from Cartier's remarkable archives,
as well as client order books, idea sketches
and recently discovered original plaster casts
that are records of early pieces that no
longer exist. Together with new research,
these materials offer a rare behind-the-

Above: In "Sounds," visitors can play 50 musical instruments, including this bass drum from Java
that had been sitting on a shelf in the Museum's collections-storage facilities for nearly a century.

ments synchronize to reveal Vault Grooves,
an original composition created by sound
installation artists Bruce Odiand and
Sam Auinger.

"All the artifacts were recorded with a com-
mon tempo, so they can mix rhythmically In
interesting ways," says Odiand, the co-
founder of 30/70 Productions, the New York
company that spearheaded the project.
"People will find themselves participating in
making a new kind of world music."

scenes look at the creative process of
the world's premier houses of design.

"Cartier 1900- 1939" has been orgar
by The British Museum, London, and
Metropolitan Museum of Art, New York
with generous loans drawn from the
of Cartier Collection, Geneva.

In addition, the exhibit includes computer
workstations where visitors can trace the
stories behind each artifact on display,
including how it was made, what it was
used for, who collected it and how it came
to the Museum. With some of the artifacts,
visitors can even view original field maps,
notes, movie clips and wax cylinder record-
ings made by the anthropologist who
collected the artifact.

Admission to the exhibit is $12 for

adults, $6.50 for children ages 3 to

1 1 and $8 for seniors and students

with an ID (ticket prices include

general admission fees). During free

day every Wednesday, tickets to the

exhibit are $6 for adults, $3 for child

ages 3 to 1 1, and $4 for seniors and

dents. To purchase tickets in advance, please

call Ticketmaster at 312.902.1500.

Members can also receive their two free
tickets (family members can receive four)
through Ticketmaster.

stu-

Above: A turquoise and pearl vanity case
made by Renault and Fourrierfor Cartier
Paris in 1924.

THE FIELD MUSEUM

CALENDAR OF EVENTS

JANUARY • FEBRUARY 2000 2

Calendar of Events

Behind-the-Scenes Evening
What's so Great about Dirt?

7/74, Friday, 6-8 p.m.

Join Field Museum mycologist Gregory
Mueller on an expedition into the Museum's
newest permanent exhibit. Underground
Adventure, to learn about the connections
between soil and the food you eat and
the clothes you wear. This 15,000-square-
foot exhibit — which opened to the public
March 27, 1999 — allows visitors to explore
the living world of soil while discovering
how soil affects the environment and influ-
ences cultural practices. "What's so Great
about Dirt?" is designed for adults and chil-
dren grades 3 and up. $10 per participant
($8 members). Please call 312.665.7400
for more information or to register.

Family Workshop
Fielding Stories

7/75, 2/79, 3/18, 4/15 3 5/20
Saturdays, 9:30 - 70:30 a.m.

Add a new dimension to your favorite bed-
time stories by participating in a five-part
family workshop in which Field Museum
educators will explore a host of children's
books that delve into the world of culture
and the environment. At the conclusion of
each reading, educators will then discuss
Field Museum exhibits that relate to the

books being discussed. This workshop is
designed for children in second and third
grade. $20 per participant for each class
($16 members) or $90 per participant
($70 members) for all five classes. Please
call 312.665.7400 for more information or
to register.

Family Workshop
All about Movement

1/22,2/19, 3/11, 4/8 & 5/13
Saturdays, 9:30 - 10:30 a.m.

Discover the world around you by examin-
ing animal biomechanics with the Green
Light Performing Company, a Chicago-based
theater group. During the workshop, fami-
lies can get "down and dirty" exploring
how animals — such as polar bears and
mule deer — move in, around and through
the different places they call home. Since
this program is basically yoga with a twist,
participants are encouraged to wear com-
fortable clothes. "All about Movement" is
offered in five sessions and is designed for
adults and children ages three to five. $20
per participant for each class ($16 members)
or $90 per participant for all five classes
($70 members). Please call 312.665.7400 for
more information or to register.

Left: A diorama depicting polar bears frolick-
ing in the ice along the Arctic coast. In the
workshop "All about Movement," visitors can
learn how polar bears and other animals move
in and around the places they call home.

Lecture — An Evening with
Jimmy Santiago Baca

7/25, Tuesday, 6:30 p.m.

Listen to distinguished poet Jimmy Santiago
Baca read selections from his new and
forthcoming books of poetry. Baca, a native
of New Mexico, has overcome poverty and
prison to become one of America's most
gifted writers. He is the author of several
books of poetry, one of which, Martin and
Meditations on the South Valley, won the
1988 American Book Award. He also has
received the Hispanic Heritage Award for
Literature, the Pushcart Prize and the
Southwest Book Award. Among
his new books are Set This Book on Fire
and the novel Healing Earthquakes. He
also has three movie scripts in the works,
including one that Julia Roberts recently
purchased about the life of Pancho
Gonzales, one of the most colorful players
that the tennis world has ever seen. $15
($10 members; $12 students and educators).
Please call 312.665.7400 for more informa-
tion or to register.

Adult Course — Nature Writing:
interesting Explanations

7/26, Wednesday 6:30 - 8:30 p.m.
2/2, 2/16, 2/23 S 3/1, Wednesdays,
6:30-9 p.m.

Whether you are writing a simple two-sen-
tence description of a tree or an extended
essay about a nature preserve, you not only
will need to inform the reader, but also
capture their interest and challenge their
imaginations. In this course, Laurie Lawler,
an English professor at Columbia College in
Chicago, will teach you the basics of clear,
concise exposition, as well as the essential
ingredients that comprise quality nature
writing. This class is offered as part of the
ongoing Naturalist Certificate Program
(NCP), a collaboration with the Morton
Arboretum and the Chicago Botanic
Garden to offer beginning and advanced
naturalists classes in nature study. $125
($105 members). Please call 312.665.7400
for more information, to register or to
obtain a complete listing of NCP classes
offered this winter.

3 THE FIELD MUSEUM

CALENDAR OF EVENTS

JANUARY • FEBRUARY 2000

Adult Course

Exploring World Movement

7/27, 213. 2/10, 2/17, 2/24. 3/2, 3/9 & 3/16
Thursdays. 6-8 p.m.

People in different cultures have developed
very unique ways of expressing themselves
through dance, which they use in every-
thing from celebrations to rituals. In this
unique eight-part series hosted by Terry
Crews, a dance instructor at the University
of Chicago, a variety of guest instructors
will explore different dance traditions
from around the world, including those
from Spain, West Africa, India and the
Middle East. Participants are encouraged
to wear comfortable clothing. $18 per
participant for each class ($15 members)
or $110 per participant for entire series
($93 members). Please call 312.665.7400
for a complete listing of session topics or
to register.

Behind-the-Scenes Evening
Discovering Sounds

7/28, Friday, 6-8 p.m.

Take a trip into the world of rhythm by
exploring the many aspects of and the
instruments used in percussion music
around the globe. During this program,
Chicago drummer Lenny Marsh will lead
participants on a cultural and musical jour-
ney, with stops in Africa and various regions
of the Pacific. This program, which will
leave you tapping your feet and whistling a
new tune, is for adults and children grades
three and up. $10 per participant ($8 mem-
bers). Please call 312.665.7400 for more
information or to register.

Above: Musicians from West Africa in 1934 playing traditional stringed drums. In the program
"Discovering Sounds," visitors can learn how percussion instruments are used in African and
Pacific cultures.

Lecture — An Evening
with Wole Soyinka

2/3, Thursday, 6:30 p.m.

Wole Soyinka, the first Nigerian and African
to win the Nobel Prize in literature (1986),
has been called "an outspoken, daring pub-
lic figure deeply engaged in the main
political issues of his country and Africa."
He is the author of a number of critically
acclaimed plays and essay collections,
including / Dance of the Forests, l\/lyth.
Literature and the African World and The
Burden of Memory, the Muse of
Forgiveness. In addition to his work in the
arts, Soyinka has become a symbol for
human rights throughout the world and has
been cited for excellence by Amnesty
International. He is currently the Robert W.
Woodruff Professor of the Arts at Emory
University in Atlanta. $20 ($15 members;
$18 students/educators). Please call
312.665.7400 for more information.

Left: In 1967, Nigerian author Wole Soyinka
appealed for a ceasefire to the civil war that
was ravaging his country and, as a result, was
arrested, accused of conspiring with the rebels
and held as a political prisoner for two years.

Lecture — An Evening with
Anna Quindlen

2/29, Tuesday, 6 p.m.

Winner of the Pulitzer Prize for commen-
tary, Anna Quindlen has written for some of
America's most influential newspapers and
magazines. In addition, many of her novels
have shot to the top of the fiction and non-
fiction best-seller lists. A former columnist
for The New York Times and, most recently,
a columnist for A/eivsi/vee/c, Quindlen has
written three critically acclaimed best-selling
novels: Object Lessons (1991), One True
Thing (1994) and Black and Blue (1998).
Striking a delicate balance between national
affairs and personal ones, Quindlen will give
the audience a more realistic picture of
modern life in America, and will discuss
choices and changes in the 21st century.
$18 ($12 members; $15 students and educa-
tors). For more information or to register,
call 312.665.7550.

THE FIELD MUSEUM

CALENDAR OF EVENTS

JANUARY • FEBRUARY 2000 4

Get Smart

Masks: Faces of Culture
Opening Festivities

On Feb. 19, 2000, the Museum will open
"Masks: Faces of Culture." a temporary
exhibit that unites the visual, cultural and
historical significance of masks by present-
ing them not only as works of art, but also
as cultural icons.

Family Field Days

Saturday & Sunday, February 19 8 20.
11 a.m. -3 p.m.

After exploring the "Masks: Faces of
Culture" exhibit, visitors are encouraged to
take a self-guided tour showcasing masks
from different cultures on display in the
Museum's permanent exhibit halls. Once
inspired, you can then design your own
mask to take home as a souvenir. This pro-
gram, which also includes a number of
performances and activities, is free with
general Museum admission. Please call
312.665.7400 for more information.

Between Dark and Daylight:
Cultures of Masks Revealed

Saturday & Sur\day, February 19 & 20
11 a.m., 12:30 p.m. & 1:30 p.m.
Saturday & Sunday, February 26 & 27
11 a.m. & Noon

See, hear and enjoy stories about masks and
their uses in this specially commissioned
puppet play by Walkabout Puppets, a
Chicago-based performance group that
combines puppets and actors to create a
unique visual and animated theatrical expe-
rience. During these free performances,
visitors will learn about the powerful and
provocative imagery and role of masks
throughout the world.

Curator Lecture:
Behind the Masks

Sunday, February 20, 2 p.m.

Cara McCarty and John Nunley, the curators
who developed the "Masks: Faces of
Culture" exhibit, will discuss the central
themes of the exhibit, as well as the univer-
sal human fascination with masks and the
desire to wear them. Their presentation will
also highlight some of the extraordinary
works in the exhibit, the contexts in which
the masks were used and personal anec-
dotes about the difficulties they had in
securing these objects for display. For more
information about this lecture, which is free
with general Museum admission, please call
312.665.7400.

Mask and Puppet Making

Saturday, February 26
2-4 p.m.

This hands-on workshop presented by
Walkabout Puppets is designed to comple-
ment the "Masks: Faces of Culture" exhibit,
as well as to highlight masks on display in
the Museum's permanent exhibits. In this
workshop, participants will learn how
to design and make puppets, and will
hear about the techniques used to bring
them alive. $15 ($10 members $12 stu-
dents/seniors). Please call 312.665.7400
for more information.

Above: Chinese and Tibetan masks collected on a 190S Field Museum expedition.

Cartier 1900 - 1939 Closing Festivities

Sunday, January 16, 11 a.m.- 3 p.m.

In celebration of the successful run of the
"Cartier 1900- 1939" exhibit The Field
Museum will host a variety of free activi-
ties for visitors of all ages that highlight
the connections between jewelry and the
natural world. There also will be a num-
ber of hands-on programs that will allow
visitors to explore different methods of
jewelry making and design from around
the world.

In addition, jewelry specialist Eve Reppen
Rogers will give a slide presentation at
2 p.m. about the magnificent jewels sold
through Sotheby's auction house. Many
of these jewels were once owned by
some of the most famous women in
the world, including Jacqueline Kennedy
Onassis and the Duchess of Windsor
Please call 312.665.7400 for more infor-
mation about this festival.

5 THE FIELD MUSEUM

CALENDAR OF EVENTS

JANUARY • FEBRUARY 2000

African Heritage Festival: Talking Roots

February 5 & 6, 11 a.m. - 4 p.m.
February 7 & 8, 10 a.m. - 1 p.m.

This year's African Heritage Festival explores
the history of Africa through music, dance,
scientific research and hands-on activities,
with a special focus on the spoken and writ-
ten word. Throughout this four-day festival,
visitors can learn about African traditions
and, in the process, find connections
to their own lives by discovering how
American culture is influenced by and
draws inspiration from African art, music
and history.

The festival will kick off on Thursday,
February 3, with a 6:30 p.m. lecture by Wole
Soyinka, the Robert W. Woodruff Professor
of the Arts at Emory University. Soyinka is
the first Nigerian and African to win the
Nobel Prize in literature (1986). In 1967,
Soyinka appealed for a cease-fire to the civil
war that was ravaging his country and, as a
result, was arrested, accused of conspiring
with the rebels and held as a political pris-
oner for two years. Since his release,
Soyinka has published about 20 works in
English, ranging from novels to poetry.

On Saturday, February 5, the first official
day of the festival, the council of elders
from Dance Africa will inaugurate the pro-
gram by offering libations in honor of past
ancestors. The festival will continue with a
variety of programs showcasing African sto-
ries, poetry, traditions and Field Museum
research, and will include performances by
S.P.I. R.I.T.S., the Kuntu Drama Players and
award-winning poet Michael Warr.

During the festival, visitors also can partici-
pate in a number of interactive activities

'^■fv^J^^'V^

Above: An intersection in the Kenyan town ofVoijust outside oJTsavo National Park. For the
past year, Field Museum researchers have been studying the cause of tnanelessness in male lions
that inhabit this park. During the African Heritage Festival, visitors can hear about this and
other Field Museum research projects being conducted in Africa.

that explore the rich cultures and environ-
ments of Africa. For example, they can
watch a mask-making demonstration, help
write a poem, play traditional African
instruments, listen as storytellers examine
African culture and history, and talk to Field
Museum scientists about their fieldwork on
the African continent and in Madagascar.

All festival activities are free with general
Museum admission, except the Wole
Soyinka lecture, which is $20 ($15 members;
$18 student/educators). For more informa-
tion about this festival or Soyinka's lecture,
please call 312.665.7400.

The Field Museum's African Heritage
Festival is made possible through the gen-
erosity of Abbott Laboratories.

Talking Roots: A Poetry Happening at The Field

Saturday, February 5, 7:30 p.m.
$7 ($5 members)

Explore African culture through the spo-
ken word by participating in a number of
poetry-related lectures and activities. This
event also includes a special invitation to
attend the official release party of
Quraysh Ali Lansana's recently published
collection of poems titled "southside
rain. " As part of this celebration, poet

Left: Poet Quraysh Ali Lansana.

Regie Gibson will join forces with some of
Chicago's finest jazz musicians to create
an improvisational experience that blends
the spoken words of poetry with music.
The evening will also include an open
microphone so visitors can share their
poems about Africa and African ancestry
with others.

THE FIELD MUSEUM

CALENDAR OF EVENTS

JANUARY . FEBRUARY 2000 6

Free Visitor Programs

Above: A man relaxes with his family outside their home in a rural village in Kenya. During the
African Heritage Festival, which begins February 5, visitors can learn about African traditions
and family life, and, in the process, find connections to their own lives by discovering how
American and African cultures are linked.

Every Saturday and Sunday

1 p.m. Story Time: Facts, Fables and Fiction.

Learn new songs and stories, and have fun
creating artworl< — all in a 20-minute pro-
gram sponsored by the Siragusa Foundation
Early Childhood Initiative. In January and
February, visitors can listen to music from
around the world and hear stories about
the lives of children in other cultures.

Interpretive Station Activities. Drop by
hands-on stations located throughout the
Museum (check informational directories
for daily listings) and delve into the fasci-
nating world of natural history.

January 8 — Saturday

2 p.m. Performance: Teens Together
Ensemble. Watch the Teens Together
Ensemble perform "Gongs, Ghosts and
Ancient Anthems: Releasing the Spirits of
Sound," an original musical play based on
the "Sounds from the Vaults" exhibit.

January 9 — Sunday

2 p.m. Performance: Teens Together
Ensemble. See January 8.

January 15 — Saturday

2 p.m. Performance: Teens Together
Ensemble. See January 8.

January 16 — Sunday

1 1 a.m. - 3 p.m. Cartier Family Field Day:
The Nature of Jewelry. Take part in a variety
of programs designed to complement the
"Cartier 1900 - 1939" exhibit.

2 p.m. Lecture: Famous Jewels — Their
Famous Owners and Designers. Jewelry spe-
cialist Eve Reppen Rogers will give a slide
presentation about some of the magnificent
jewels that have been sold through
Sotheby's auction house.

2 p.m. Performance: Teens Together
Ensemble. See January 8.

January 22 — Saturday

2 p.m. Performance: Teens Together
Ensemble. See January 8.

January 23 — Sunday

2 p.m. Performance: Teens Together
Ensemble. See January 8.

January 29 — Saturday

1 1 a.m. - 2 p.m. Scientists on the Floor.
View rarely displayed specimens from the
collections and listen to Field Museum
mycologist Gregory Mueller discuss his
research and how it relates to the new
Underground Adventure exhibit.

2 p.m. Performance: Teens Together
Ensemble. See January 8.

January 30 — Sunday

2 p.m. Performance: Teens Together
Ensemble. See January 8.

February 5 — Saturday

1 1 a.m. - 4 p.m. African Heritage Festival:
Talking Roots. Explore the history of Africa
through music, dance, oral traditions, scien-
tific research and hands-on activities. See
"Get Smart" page for details.

February 6 — Sunday

1 1 a.m. - 4 p.m. African Heritage Festival:
Talking Roots. See February 5.

February 7 — Monday

10 a.m. - 1 p.m. African Heritage Festival:
Talking Roots. See February 5.

February 8 — Tuesday

10 a.m. - 1 p.m. African Heritage Festival:
Talking Roots. See February 5.

February 12 — Saturday

2 p.m. Film: Changing our Role. Watch a
film that examines how the roles of women
have changed within African society and
how younger generations of women are
breaking with tradition at the risk of losing
their families.

2 p.m. Performance: Teens Together
Ensemble. See January 8.

February 13 — Sunday

2 p.m. Performance: Teens Together
Ensemble. See January 8.

Daily Highlight Tours

Take a guided tour of the exhibits that
maice this Museum one of the world's
finest and learn about the history of
these displays. Tours are offered Monday
through Friday at 11 a.m. and 2 p.m.
Check the informational directories for
weekend tours.

Please note that programs are subject to change. Check the informational directories located throughout the Museum for daily program listings.

7 THE FIELD MUSEUM

CALENDAR OF EVENTS

JANUARY • FEBRUARY 2000

February 19 — Saturday

1 1 a.m. - 3 p.m. Family Field Days: "Masks:
Faces of Culture." Celebrate the power of
masks at The Field Museum during a day
of performances and hands-on activities
for all ages.

2 p.m. Film: African Odyssey. Watch a film
that explores some of the environmental
problems in Africa and documents the
return to Zambia of two expelled scientists
determined to continue their controversial
environmental research.

2 p.m. Performance: Teens Together
Ensemble. See January 8.

February 20 — Sunday

1 1 a.m. - 3 p.m. Family Field Days: "Masks:
Faces of Culture." See February 19.

2 p.m. Performance: Teens Together
Ensemble. See January 8.

2 p.m. Masks Lecture. Cara McCarty and
John Nunley, the curators of "Masks: Faces
of Culture," will discuss the central themes
of this temporary exhibit and the universal
fascination that people have with wearing
and making masks.

February 26 — Saturday

11 a.m. - 2 p.m. Scientists on the Floor.

View rarely displayed specimens from the
collections and listen to Field Museum
entomologist Margaret Thayer discuss her
research and how it relates to the new
Underground Adventure exhibit.

2 p.m. Performance: Teens Together
Ensemble. See January 8.

February 27 — Sunday

2 p.m. Performance: Teens Together
Ensemble. See January 8.

Resource Centers

Explore topics in more depth through a
variety of resources, including computer pro-
grams, books, activity boxes and much more
at the Africa Resource Center and the Daniel
R & Ada L. Rice Wildlife Research Station.
Open daily from 10 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. See
below for information on the Webber
Resource Center and the Crown Family Place
for Wonder.

Pawnee Earth Lodge

Visit a traditional home of the Pawnee
Indians and learn about their life on the
Great Plains. Open from 10 a.m. to 4:30 p.m.
on weekends and at 1 p.m. during weekdays.
Check the informational directories or the
sign in front of the lodge for program times.

Ruatepupuke:

The Maori Meeting House

Discover the world of the Maori people
of New Zealand at their treasured and
sacred Maori Meeting House. Open daily
from 9 a.m. to 5 p.m.

McDonald's Fossil
Preparation Laboratory

Watch Field Museum preparators work
on a variety of dinosaur bones. Open daily
from 9 a.m. to 5 p.m.

Please Excuse our
Renovations

As you plan a visit to the Museum,
please note that the following resource
centers and exhibits are currently closed
for renovations until Memorial Day
weekend: the Webber Resource Center,
the Webber Gallery, the Crown Family
Place for Wonder and the North
American ethnographic collection (arti-
facts from the Native American cultures
of the South, Southwest, Plains and
Great Lakes regions). In addition, the
Museum's North American archaeology
collections, including the Hopewell mate-
rials, will be unavailable to the public
until next winter, and the Reptiles Hall
will be closed from the end of February
until Memorial Day weekend.

Above: Sulka dance masks from New Britain, located about 100 miles off the New Guinea coast-
line in the Bismarck Archipelago. On February 20, visitors can listen to the curators of the
"Masks: Faces of Culture" exhibit talk about how people from different cultures use masks.

Please note that programs are subject to change. Check the informational directories located throughout the Museum for daily program listings.

THE FIELD MUSEUM

CALENDAR OF EVENTS

JANUARY • FEBRUARY 2000 8

Field Updates

Mycologist Develops a New Weapon to
Combat Deadly Mushroom Poisonings

Robert Vosper

Above: The The vomiting, diarrhea and abdominal cramps kick in

deadly Amanita about eight to 12 hours after you've eaten an Amanita
verna contains verna, or, for that matter, any of the other five deadly

a toxic peptide mushroom species found growing in Illinois that con-

known as f^ri amatoxins. After spending hours wishing that

amatoxin that someone would put you out of your misery, the symp-

damaves the tis- toms often just disappear. Within a few days, however,
sue and cells in ^he violent waves of nausea will return, at which point

the liver. the toxins in your blood have caused irreversible dam-

age to your liver and kidneys. Your only chance for
survival now is a liver transplant. And without any
form of treatment along the way, death will come
knocking about 12 days after you took the first bite
out of Amanita verna, more commonly known as the
"destroying angel."

Fortunately, most of the hundreds of mushroom
poisonings that occur each year in Illinois are the
result of people eating one of the many nondeadly
species of toxic mushrooms that spring up in back-
yards and forest preserves around the state. Although
the initial symptoms of the two different types of poi-
sonings can be similar, the nondeadly mushrooms
don't contain any organ-damaging toxins. But this is
little comfort to doctors who, based on symptoms
alone, have no way of telling how much danger their
patients are in.

This is where Field Museum mycologist and botany
department chairman Gregory Mueller steps in.

Since joining the Museum in 1985, Mueller has
been identifying mushrooms for physicians around the
state as a nonpaid consultant for the Illinois Poison
Control Center. In a few cases, Mueller can identify a

mushroom over the phone based on a doctor's descrip-
tion. However, because many mushroom species are
similar in appearance, Mueller usually needs to exam-
ine the mushroom in person.

"There have been times when I've had the state
police or a relative of a patient drive for hours to give
me a mushroom to identify," Mueller says.

Since deadly mushroom poisonings require imme-
diate treatment, doctors often can't wait this long. As a
result, they have to treat the poisoning as though it
was deadly, which means pumping a patient's stomach
or pouring activated charcoal down their throats to
absorb the toxins, rather than just waiting for the
patient's body to expel the mushroom naturally.

This past summer, Mueller and Connie Fischbein, a
poison information specialist at the Center, began
experimenting with a system that might take some of
the guesswork out of treatment. This system allows
hospital staff with access to digital cameras to e-mail a
photograph of the mushroom directly to Mueller. To
date, Mueller and Fischbein have used the system in
three cases, all of which resulted in an identification
being made within an hour.

"In one case, I had a doctor who began describing a
mushroom that sounded like it was one of the deadly
poisonous varieties," Mueller says. "From the photo-
graph, however, it was obvious that the mushroom
was a green-spored lepiota, a nonfatal toxic mushroom
that causes severe gastrointestinal problems."

As a result, the doctor was able to modify the
course of treatment, saving the patient unnecessary
discomfort and expense.

The obvious drawback is that the system relies on
people saving enough of the mushroom they've eaten
for a mycologist to identify. Based on experience, how-
ever, Mueller doesn't see this as much of a problem:

"What often happens is that if the patient is a child
then their parents will catch them eating the mush-
room and bring it with them to the emergency room.
If it is an adult, then they usually were greedy and
grabbed more mushrooms that they could eat in
one sitting."

Although the new system seems to be working just
fine, Fischbein is hesitant to declare victory.

"We still have to collect a lot more data before we
can really evaluate it," she says. "Right now, we are
developing the protocols that our staff can use to
instruct doctors on the kinds of photographs we need
to make an identification."

If the program is as successful as the initial data
suggest, Mueller and Fischbein will write a paper
instructing poison control centers around the country
on how to set up similar systems. ITF

10 IN THE FIELD

Q&A

Playing The Field with Richard Faron,
A Field Museum Exhibit Developer

For more than a year, Richard Faron, director of
exhibit development at The Field Museum, and his
staff worked with a team of designers, computer pro-
grammers and musicians from 30/70 Productions in
New York to create "Sounds from the Vaults," a tempo-
rary exhibit currently on display through June 18. In
this exhibit, visitors can interact with and play 50
musical instruments from the Museum's anthropology
collections. See "Exhibit" page in the calendar section
for details.

In the Field: Is "Sounds" really that much different from
our other exhibits?

Richard Faron: Yeah, It's different. And thank God,
because that is what we set out to do. A big part of our
mission was to create something unique and to discover
something new. You know, the old Star Trek thing: "To go
where no one has gone before." We especially wanted to
surprise, please and maybe even upset the visitor a little.
Basically, we wanted to make them think. We had a suspi-
cion that our audience might have become complacent or
used to a certain routine. It was a challenge to break our
own mold.

ITF: And what is that mold?

RF: It's the tradition of collecting, conserving and inter-
preting. This Is the formula that has served us well for 100
years. It fuels the kinds of exhibits that we are so familiar
and comfortable with. You know, exhibits with objects,
labels and handicrafts like dioramas and models. It's how I
learned to do things 15 years ago.

ITF: So, how is "Sounds" different?

RF: It's truly interactive. People use "Sounds." They touch
it and toy with it and grab the person next to them
and make them join in. There is conversation and play
happening in "Sounds." The interactions are surprising
and beyond anything I've seen in any other venue. It's
truly innovative.

ITF: How so?

RF: 'Experience' Is the big buzzword in museums today. In
a sense, "Sounds" creates an experience. Museums have
struggled to make interactive elements in exhibits deliver;
however, I think "Sounds" has succeeded where the oth-
ers have failed.

ITF: How does technology contribute to that experience?

RF: Technology has finally caught up with our desires and
has allowed exhibit developers to turn their daydreams
into reality. Without getting too caught up in the details,
"Sounds" is basically driven by a customized computer
network that makes the interactions immediate, elegant
and seamless.

ITF: Who came up with the idea for the exhibit?

RF: It took a partnership. 30/70 supplied designers, the
hardware and the software jocks. We provided content
expertise, management skills, awareness of the visitor and
a vision of what The Field Museum is all about. The intro-
duction of a collaborator helped us break with tradition
by introducing fresh ideas. The outsiders asked questions
that we've been trained not to ask, such as "Can we
touch and play these artifacts?" and "Can we record their
sounds?" These were important questions that made the
difference and shaped the product. To my knowledge, no
one has ever played a priceless museum collection before.

ITF: You mentioned a vision. What did you mean by that?

RF: At the Museum's core there is a collection, which is
the institution's soul. But how does one deliver and com-
municate that soul to the public? Members' Night does it,
but only once a year. I think "Sounds" delivers a daily
helping of that soul.

ITF: Do you think that "Sounds" is a preview of what
exhibits will look like in the 21st century?

RF: I think so, but it doesn't mean the older exhibits are
obsolete. This type of exhibit simply strengthens our over-
all program by adding to our repertoire. Exhibits that
focus on objects and interpretation will last as long as
real objects fascinate people and for as long as we can
learn from them. In a sense, "Sounds" needed to happen.
We needed to know that we could pull it off and that the
public could learn from it and enjoy it.

Above: To the left of Richard Faron is one of the exhibit cases where visitors can
play a selection of musical instruments from different cultures.

JANUARY . FEBRUARY 2000 1 1

Field Museum Tours at a Glance

In August, travel throughout Peru with Field Museum
anthropologist Jonathan Haas and visit some of South
America's most captivating Pre-Columbian archaeological
sites, including Paracas, Nazca, Cuzco, Machu Picchu and
Moray. The tour also includes an optional extension to the
Amazon rainforest.

British Columbia and Alaska's
Inside Passage

May 18 -May 27

Duration: 10 days

Museum Leader. Gregory Mueller,

chairman of the botany department

Price: Starts at $2,340, not including

airfare of $750 from Chicago

Fire & Ice: Japan, the Kuril
Islands and Kamchatka

May 21 -June 1

Duration: 12 days

Guest Leader: Explorer and oceanog-

rapher Don Walsh

Price: Starts at $5,490, not

including airfare

Archaeology and Landscapes
of China

May 23 -June 10

Duration: 19 days

Museum Leader. Archaeologist

Deborah Bakken

Price: $5,695, including airfare

from Chicago

Northwest Submarine Safari

Three departures: June 30 - July 4;

July 3 - July 7; or July 5 - July 9

Duration: 5 days

Guest Leader. Marine biologist

Joe Valencic

Price: $3,890, not Including airfare

For more information or
free brochures, please call Field
Museum Tours at 800.811.7244,
or send them an e-mail at
fmtours@sover.net.

Galapagos Island Adventure

July 19 -July 29
Duration: 1 1 days

Museum Leader. Conservation ecolo-
gist Doug Stotz

Price: Approximately $3,900, includ-
ing airfare from Chicago

Archaeological Treasures
of Peru

August 25 - September 5

Duration: 12 days

Museum Leader. Anthropologist

Jonathan Haas

Price: TBA

Wildlife of Southern Africa:
Botswana and Zimbabwe

Ortober 5 - October 19
Duration: 14 days
Museum Leader: Zoologist
David Willard

Price: $8,535, including airfare
from Chicago

Egypt Revisited

October 15 - October 29
Duration: 15 days
Museum Leader. Egyptologist
Frank Yurco

Price: Approximately $5,000, includ-
ing airfare from Chicago

On the Drawing Board

Egyptian Odyssey
Amazon by Riverboat
Treasures of Israel
Tunisia Unveiled
Wildlife of Borneo

Join Field Museum botanist Gregory
Mueller in May on a tour of British
Columbia and Alaska's Inside Passage
aboard a 69-cabin cruise ship. During
this 11-night voyage, you will visit
many magnificent bays, hidden ^ords
and vast glaciers, as well as some of the
cultural sites of the indigenous peoples
of the northwest coast.

■ m

In October, explore some of the finest wildlife parks of southern Africa on a safari
with Field Museum zoologist David Willard. While traversing through Botswana
and Zimbabwe in 4-wheel drive vehicles and small riverboats, you will see many of
the region's most spectacular natural wonders, including the Okavango Delta,
Victoria Falls and the Hwange National Park.

Please Note: Dates, prices and itineraries are subject to change. Prices are per person, double occupancy.

tt£^

Field Museum's Membership Publication

March

April

2000

.... . \ \

i^; »,

r^'%>:> -tUi^nr-^ 1

£,*ft!$^^t^^ ^'H<f^ "^ /<1i^ <^'t^ ^ .•^'^*^'j

S/?i

1^

*t>^T^i^ '^.y-v- '**^^t^^

I

/•.•*.

The Dead^ejaScrolls

March 10 through Jurie ll

■■■i

4i

Keeping the Peace in
Tsavo National Park

From the President

Cultural Diversity in
THE 21 ST Century

The story of evolution is like that
of a mighty river slicing through
the landscape of time — powerful,
unpredictable and ever changing.
Yet, this river would soon stagnate
if it weren't for the thousands
of small streams that infuse it
with life and energy along the way.
The same is true for human
evolution, which today relies on
the rich mosaic of the world s
cultures to propel it forward and
shape its course.

Over the past few centuries,
this cultural mosaic has begun to
crumble, the victim of warfare,
ethnic cleansing, rapid industrial
development and a global culture
that is spreading rapidly to every
society and community. Together,
these forces have stripped many
people of their knowledge systems,
languages and ways of life. No
longer exposed to the new ideas,
creativity and knowledge that
diversity fuels, the mighty river of
human-cultural evolution could be
in danger of running dry.

Sounds extreme, doesn't it?
Well, not to those who study cul-
tures for a living.

For years, anthropologists have
been sounding the alarm that cul-
tural diversity, which they believe
is as essential to our survival as
biological diversity, is under attack.
To illustrate the extent of this
problem, they often point out that
of the 6,000 or so languages that
were spoken at the turn of the
20th century, more than half have
vanished, threatening the distinct
cultural identities of many peoples
around the world.

About six years ago, we cre-
ated a department within the
Academic Affairs division to
address these urgent cultural
issues. The mission of this depart-
ment, called the Center for
Cultural Understanding and
Change (CCUC), is to promote
understanding and respect for
cultural diversity through the
use of the Museum's various
anthropological resources.

Recently, CCUC has been
using more and more of these
resources to bring the cultural
crisis to the forefront of public
attention and to understand the
effect it is having on the interna-
tional and local cultural landscape.

With the many different cul-
tures and traditions practiced here,
Chicago is really a microcosm of
the diversity found around the
world. At times, this diversity can
lead to confusion and conflict
among diverse groups — which
often spills over into our school-
yards, neighborhoods and places of
work. Part of the solution to this
problem is to educate people about
the many contributions different
cultures have made to our lives and
how these cultures continue to
enrich them.

To that end, CCUC developed
Cultural Connections, a yearlong pro-
gram that exposes participants to
local cultures through the help of

14 ethnic museums and cultural
centers in the city. At these institu-
tions, participants interact with
people from different cultures,
explore the collections housed at
these institutions and engage in
activities that shed light on the
role local cultures have played in
Chicago's social, political and eco-
nomic development.

On the research front, CCUC
and its partners have created a pro-
gram called the Urban Research
Initiative in which university stu-
dents work with community
organizations to learn how anthro-
pological research methods can be
used to study local diversity. So far,
the graduates of this program have
investigated a wide range of issues,
from the effect that gentrification
has had on Chicago's West Town
community to how generational
issues are reshaping Chicago's
Korean-America community. In
addition, CCUC is working with
Museum ecologists to foster com-
munity conservation efforts that
tap into indigenous peoples' knowl-
edge of the environment.

Obviously, we can't resolve the
cultural crisis alone. However, we
are dedicated to bringing this issue
to the same level of public con-
sciousness as the environmental
crisis and to lend our support to
the many people around the world,
as well as here at home, who are
fighting to protect and preserve
their cultural identities.

You can learn more about
CCUC's activities and partnerships
at www.fieldmuseum.org/ccuc.

John W. McCarter Jr.
President & CEO

We would like to know what you
think about "In the Field"

Please send comments or questions to Robert Vosper,
publications department. The Field Museum,
1400 South Lake Shore Drive, Chicago, IL 60605-2496,
or via e-mail at rvosper@fmnh.org.

Save the Date!

Friday, May 19

Celebrate Sue's unveiling at an action-packed
Sue Family Festival on Friday, May 19! Start with a
1^ special 5 p.m. screening of Disney's new Dinosaur movie

in Arie Crown Theatre on the day of its national
premiere. Then join a Dino-parade up the lakefront to The Field Museum to see Sue in
person! Kid-friendly food and lots of fun activities make this a night to remember.

Tickets are limited, so call now or respond with this postcard to receive a ticket purchase form.
Sue Family Festival Night Hotline: 312-665-7552.

ICS; I want ticket purchase information!

Address

Phone .

Pri^fin +l-fc^i Owr\r'l^r\wf%*

BUSINESS REPLY MAIL

FIRST-CLASS MAIL PERMIT NO 7401 CHICAGO IL

NO POSTAGE

NECESSARY

IF MAILED

IN THE

UNITED STATE

POSTAGE WILL BE PAID BY ADDRESSEE

THE FIELD MUSEUM
SUE FAMILY FESTIVAL
1400 S LAKE SHORE DRIVE
CHICAGO IL 60605-2496

l.ll..ll....ll..ll....l.l.„l.t.l..ll.l...ll....l.ll

Inside

Roland Kays reveals how the
Kenya Wildlife Service keeps the
peace between animals and
humans in Tsavo National Park.

8

What do diamonds and football
helmets have in common with
canoes and totem poles?

11

Botanist William Burger retires
after 34 years of collecting plants
in Costa Rica. But don't expect
him to stop working.

13

An indigenous group from the
Amazon has used a Museum speci-
men to overturn a U.S. patent on a
sacred medicinal plant.

Your Guide to The Field

A complete schedule of events
for March/April, including pro-
grams offered in conjunction with
"The Dead Sea Scrolls" exhibit.

K' "V

V^S

iIPI^^S

fcirrflj^'E^'^^;^^^^ py HF^H

^^^^^

On March 10, the Museum will
unveil one of the greatest manu-
script discoveries in the history
of archaeology. See the
Calendar Section for details.

Africa was the cradle of
civilization for thousands of
years. So, why do non-Africans
continue to ignore the contribu-
tions Africans have made to our
cultural heritage?

When things go horribly wrong
in the field. Museum scientists
are turning to the heavens for
some assistance.

INTHEFIELD

March/April 2000, Vol. 71, No. 2

Editor and Designer:
Robert Vosper

Design Consultants:
Hayward Blake & Company

In the Field (ISSN #1051-4546) is published
bimonthly by The Field Museum. Copyright
©2000 The Field Museum. Annual subscriptions
are $20; $10 for schools. Museum membership
includes In the Field subscription. Opinions
expressed by authors are their own and do not
necessarily reflect the policy of The Field
Museum. Notification of address change should
include address label and should be sent to
Membership Department. POSTMASTER: Send
address changes to In the Field, The Field
Museum, 1400 South Lake Shore Drive, Chicago,
IL 60605-2496. Pehodicals postage paid at
Chicago, Illinois.

This issue's cover photograpli is by the Israel
Antiquities Authority of the Hosea
Commentary scroll.

useum

The Field Museum salutes the people
of Chicago for their long-standing,
generous support of the Museum
through the Chicago Park District.

The Field Museum

1400 South Lake Shore Drive

Chicago, IL 60605-2496

ph 312.922.9410
www.fieldmuseum.org

Around Campus

Shedd Aquarium

With so many depleted fish stocks,
what's a seafood lover to eat? Find
out at the Shedd Aquarium's Right
Bite on Friday, Saturday and Sunday,
April 21 to 23. At this program, you
will learn that you can help protect
the health of the oceans by avoiding
depleted species, such as swordfish
and orange roughy, and instead
select delicious alternatives that are
abundant and thriving. The Shedd
will let you sample some of these
"right bites," such as mahi-mahi and

Alaska salmon, during seafood tastings
on Friday and Saturday. On all three
days, you can win prizes, watch
films and partake in some fun activi-
ties. Please call 312.939.2428 for
more information.

Adler Planetarium

In the StarRider Theater™ show
Blueprint for the Red Planet, you can
take a voyage to Mars and investigate
the secrets of this mysterious red

planet. After arriving on Mars, you
can then play the role of pioneer by
building a new community and flying
through your completed settlement.
If taking a journey to Mars doesn't
interest you, come relax in the Sky
Theater and catch Millennium
Mysteries, a traditional Zeiss plane-
tarium presentation that emphasizes
the relationship between the cycles
observed in the heavens and calen-
dars created on Earth. Please call
312.322.0304 for more information.

MARCH . APRIL 2000 1

Keeping the Peace in
TsAvo National Park

Above: A Kenya Wildlife Service ranger escorts a group of Field Museum researchers through the thick
thorn brush ofTsavo National Park. In addition to hungry lions, the park is also full of elephants and
buffalo that will charge without warning when they feel threatened. As a result, tourists and scientists
are not allowed to walk around the park unless accompanied by armed KWS personnel.

2 IN THE FIELD

Roland Kays

Curator of Mammals at the New York State Museum

The tale was just too bizarre to be true — the Hair
Ball of Death? Sarah Lansing, my assistant, shot me a
covert skeptical glance. Surely I didn't believe this leg-
end. I responded with my own skeptical look. After
all, most legends and superstitions stem from fear of
and mystery in the natural world. Lions have hunted
the thick scrub of Tsavo National Park in Kenya since
before the dawn of time, and humans have always
been on the menu. Not surprisingly, local tribal lore is
full of fearsome lion stories. The tale of the Hair Ball
of Death fit the legend profile so perfectly that we
assumed it was just that — a legend.

Over dinner at our camp in Manyani, Tsavo, Kisio
and Chui were talking about the final seconds in the
life of a Tsavo lion. Sergeant Kisio, a Wakamba
tribesman employed by the Kenya Wildlife Service
(KWS), and Mr. Chui of the Kikuyu tribe explained
that some lions cough up a ball of hair just before
dying. In the Kikuyu language this ball of hair is
known as a Kio Ngero. Anyone who finds one will
have great luck from that day forward. If a man walks
around the village with it in his pocket, other men will
instinctively respect and fear him. But the Kio Ngero
is not easy to find. This mass of feline hair does not
just plop out onto the ground; it rockets forth from
the last breath of this king of beasts and usually disap-
pears into the undergrowth of the African savanna.

Imagine our surprise a few days later when
William Mukabane showed us his Kio Ngero. He
obtained it from a large male lion he shot a few years
ago. Mukabane, an expert KWS lion hunter, was help-
ing us survey the lions in Tsavo as part of an ongoing
Field Museum research project. His job is to defend
civilians from the untamed wildlife in Tsavo. He is not
a coldblooded lion killer, but a friendly man with great
bush knowledge and a compassion for the animals he
tracks, as well as the people he protects. As a sharp-
shooter with the Problem Animal Control (PAC) unit
of the KWS, Mukabane has shot 222 lions in the past
12 years, but has found only the one Kio Ngero.

Working with Mukabane is always interesting. We
were introduced over a lioness that had been horribly
gored by a buffalo and had to be put down before it
wandered into a tourist lodge or began attacking goats
in the nearby village. While we were examining the
animal at a KWS camp, Mukabane entered the scene,
led by a wide smile and followed by a little boy and a
herd of goats. A tall man from western Kenya, he has
a friendly demeanor that offsets his large build. He
and his family live in the KWS compound where the
PAC unit is based. Like most of the constituency he
protects, his family keeps a herd of goats. His son
took the goats home while Mukabane told us about
the unfortunate lion at our feet and the nature of
problem animal control in Tsavo.

According to Mukabane, conflict between humans
and wildlife is on the rise in the region and the KWS

Above: In 1898, two maneless male lions like this one stalked and ktlled 130
workers who were building a railroad bridge in Tsavo for the British army.
Eventually, the officer in charge of the bridge killed the two lions and sold their
remains to the Museum. For the past few years, Bruce Patterson, Mac Arthur
Curator of Mammals, has been leading a comprehensive research program to deter-
mine why so many ofTsavo's male lions are maneless. Kays' surveys in 1999 were
part of this program.

rangers in the Tsavo PAC unit are always busy. At
stake is the safety of local herders and the survival of
the threatening wildlife populations. Conflict with
humans is the number one mortality factor for African
lions. If problem situations are left unchecked, lions
can be wiped out of an area by vigilante herdsmen.
Mukabane and his KWS colleagues are skilled experts
who remove offending individuals before the locals
take more extreme measures. The KWS rangers do
not enjoy killing lions. In fact, they try to stop con-
flicts by scaring the animal away with blank gunshots
or by relocating the animal to another region. If a lion
must be killed, the rangers use their tracking skills and
bush knowledge to pursue only the offending individ-
ual. When dealing with problem lions, ranchers with
hungry families are not likely to be as discriminating.
The boundaries of Tsavo National Park were not
drawn with the human-animal conflict in mind. The
heavily populated areas of Voi Town and the Taita
Hills were excluded from the park, and their human
populations continue to grow. However, these areas lie
virtually in the middle of 4,536 square miles of pro-
tected national park, forming a human center
completely ringed by wildlife. Other areas of potential

MARCH • APRIL 2000 3

conflict encircle the park, including Masai ranch land,
the Tanzanian border and a dangerous no man's land
buffering the Somali border.

Tsavo National Park is an incredible landscape of
thorn scrub, grassland, rock and red dirt. A typical
view from the top of a kopje (rock outcropping) in
September shows a parched wasteland of red sandy
soil barely concealed by lifeless bush twigs and thin
grass. Acacia trees break up the landscape here and
there, but are nowhere abundant. This is the long dry
season. Vegetation and rivers are so dry that grazing
animals are forced to concentrate around the few
remaining water sources. This is the best time to fully
appreciate the diversity and abundance of mammal life
in the park. Hundreds of buffalo race for a drink on
one side of a water hole while bull elephants trumpet
and spar for control of the other. This is the fat season
for lions. Pride members find shade near a water
source and wait for dinner to come to them.

When the rains return, Tsavo is transformed —
the red dirt is shaded by new leaves sprouting from
the thorn bushes. Ungulates spread out across
the landscape to harvest the bounty and drink from
the abundant small streams and rejuvenated water
holes. The lion prides no longer have it easy —
they must cover much more ground to find their
dispersed quarry.

In the past decade, wildlife populations within
Tsavo National Park have started to recover from
uncontrolled poaching in the 1970s and 1980s. The
KWS anti-poaching patrols used military methods
and shoot-to-kill orders to vanquish the poachers. The
growing population of animals, however, regularly
cross out of the unfenced park and into neighboring
private lands, weaving their way around towns and
through herds of livestock. It is surprising that there
are not more problems with Tsavo wildlife. Millennia
of conflict with humans have produced a guild of car-
nivores that is wary of humans and their stock, and
rural inhabitants who are used to the ways of African
predators. Nonetheless, conflict does occur. Goats and
cows are the perfect helpless victims in comparison to
the savvy buffalo and fleet gazelle within the park.
Some individual lions are unusually bold; others
become sick or injured and must resort to easier prey
at the risk of being shot.

Field Museum scientists are studying the details
of these carnivore attacks by looking for patterns in
Mukabane's reports. Julian Kerbis, an associate profes-
sor at Roosevelt University and adjunct curator of
mammals at the Field Museum, and Tom Gnoske, a
Field Museum zoologist, predict a temporal pattern of
increasing attacks during wet seasons, when lions are
hungry. During the dry season, the lions have little

Right: William Mukabane is one of eight KWS rangers in
Tsavo responsible for dealing with problem animals. Unlike
his colleagues who use automatic weapons, Mukabane
prefers the accuracy of a rifle.

reason to risk attacking livestock. Kerbis and Gnoske
will also test the idea that smaller women and children
are more vulnerable to deadly attack than men, and
that certain areas in Tsavo are more risky than others.
In the end, it is hoped that this study will help identify
the most dangerous situations and help KWS rangers
focus their education and prevention efforts.

Although killing livestock is the most common
strife brought by rogue carnivores around Tsavo, mod-
ern man-eating lions are not unheard of. Trouble
typically starts with sneak attacks on goats or cows,
which can lead directly to attacks on humans when
herdsmen try to ward off the lions and are themselves
attacked. This has happened at least six times in the
past four years. Luckily, Tsavo-area herders have
learned to travel in groups, and five of these lions were
chased off before they could finish the man off.
Unfortunately, in the sixth case the poor man's compa-
triots were so scared by the lion that they ran off in
terror and the victim was completely eaten. It pays to
have good friends in Tsavo.

Mukabane may be the best friend of all. He and
the other KWS rangers who staff the Tsavo PAC
office travel all over the region in response to com-
plaints about problem animals. Kenya does not permit

4 IN THE FIELD

civilians to hunt except on certain game ranches; only
trained KWS staff are allowed to kill rampaging lions.
If caught early, these animals may be permanently
scared off by loud blank gunshots. More determined
lions are trapped and moved away from population
centers to the National Park. As a last resort, the
rangers stake out the area in an all-night vigil, perch in
a tree above a recently killed cow, and wait for the cul-
prit to return to the scene of the crime.

After a successful hunt, the lion is killed and its
carcass is brought to park headquarters where the
skull and hide are locked away to prevent black-mar-
ket theft. These specimens have proved valuable to
Field Museum scientists who are interested in the
genetics and morphology of Tsavo lions. Bruce
Patterson, The Field Museums MacArthur Curator of
Mammals, and the other Museum scientists are work-
ing with Mukabane to improve the quality of his data.
Using Field Museum tags, Mukabane is now collecting
more information when a lion is shot (e.g., location,
date and sex), preserving the full skeleton and arrang-
ing to store the specimens at the National Museums
of Kenya in Nairobi.

Carnivores are not the only problem in Tsavo
National Park. In the dry season, some elephants leave
the park boundaries and stream across private prop-
erty in search of food and water. A group of elephants
can eat and completely trample a small family farm in
minutes. African elephants are rarely intimidated by
farmers who try to scare them away by banging pots
or machetes. The PAC crew has more success with
blank gunshots and can usually scare off problem ele-
phants without being forced to shoot them.

Problems are expected to increase, however, as the
park's population of about 8,000 elephants continues
to grow. During a long dry season, Mukabane is fre-
quently called to chase elephants away from farms. In
one situation a villager was trampled and gored to
death as he stumbled between a mother elephant and
her calf at night. Some conservationists predict that
the Tsavo ecosystem can hold 40,000 elephants. When
asked what his job would be like with five times more
elephants, Mukabane responded, "40,000 elephants?
That would be a nightmare."

On our way out of Tsavo we found Mukabane at
the Voi market and stopped to say goodbye.
Mukabane's friendly nature and reputation for bush
knowledge are world-renowned. His tracking skills
have helped many scientists and film crews locate and
document the growing wildlife in Tsavo and the result-
ing conflict with humans. By the end of our survey,
Mukabane had helped us track a number of lion
prides and showed us firsthand the delicate and dan-
gerous work of problem animal control in Tsavo.

Now, as to the Kio Ngero — the Hair Ball of
Death. Tracking and killing dangerous lions requires
great skill, but luck is also important. Mukabane gets
his luck from his Kio Ngero, to which he credits his
perfect personal safety while on the job. I was privi-

Above: Mukabane found his Kio Ngero about five years ago when he shot a large
male lion that was wreaking havoc in the region. According to Mukabane, the lion
coughed up the object just before taking its last breath.

leged to hold and photograph his prize. The ball of
fur was about 2 inches in diameter and sand-colored,
like the body hair of Tsavo lions. The hair was tightly
packed and amazingly smooth over most of the
surface. Historically, tribesmen tie these to their arms
for luck, but Mukabane keeps his in his pocket or in
a drawer at home. He said that the hair ball has
brought him good luck in his lion encounters and
with the Western film crews that have come to docu-
ment his work.

So the Hair Ball of Death is a true story. We
could not deny it now that we had heard from the
most experienced lion hunter in Kenya and actually
held the evidence in our hands. But why do lions
cough it up before dying? Which lions expel hair balls?
What kind of hair is in the ball? We had plenty of new
questions, but these will likely remain unanswered
since Kio Ngero are so rare and Mukabane is not
about to give up his lucky charm for scientific dissec-
tion. Given the nature of his dangerous profession, I
don't blame him. If Mukabane attributes his years of
success during thousands of dangerous field experi-
ences to the Hair Ball of Death, how can anyone argue
with the power of its legend? ITF

During this research project, Roland Kays was a post-doc-
toral fellow working at The Field Museum on the Tsavo
Lion Project. In January, he accepted a position as the cura-
tor of mammals at the New York State Museum in Albany,
N.Y. Sarah Lansing, Kays' assistant, is a high-school senior
at Phillips Academy, Andover, Mass., and a summer volun-
teer in The Field Museum's mammal division.

MARCH • APRIL 2000 5

Field Updates

What Does Africa Mean to You?

Chapurukha Kusimba

Curator of African Archaeology and Ethnology

and Bennet Branson

Curator of Asian Archaeology and Ethnology

There are striking contradictions in the ways people
see Africa's role in the past and present world. Few
people still question that Africa was the birthplace of
the modern human lineage and that it was the only
home known to humans until about a million years
ago. Nevertheless, non- Africans still devalue both the
historical and contemporary contributions that
Africans have made around the globe.

Before 10,000 B.C., Afi-ica's greatest contribution
was advanced stone-tool technologies. For instance,
the invention of the stone knife and spear either
occurred in Africa and spread to Eurasia or
occurred in Africa at the same time as the rest
of the Old World.

After 10,000 B.C., Egyptians and other north
Africans began to tame animals and raise food plants,
while Africans further south domesticated crops like
sorghum, three species of millet, legumes, yams, coffee,
oil palm and possibly watermelon. It didn't take long
for Eurasians to begin growing several of these African
crops, including sorghum and two species of millet,
and for Africans to begin raising such Eurasian domes-
ticates as cattle, sheep, wheat, barley and bananas.
Genetic and linguistic evidence shows that people, as
well as crops, were moving in and out of Africa during
this period, which might explain why the Semitic (i.e.,
Hebrew, .\ssyrian and Arabic) and ancient Egyptian
languages seem to have originated in central Africa.

Left: This 62-year-old Field Museum mural, painted by
Julius Moessel, shows French merchants purchasing coffee in
Yemen in 1706. Coffee was first domesticated in Africa and
then introduced to Yemen during the first millennium A.D.

Most people know that civilization in ancient
Egypt is now thought to be as old as in the Middle
East with regard to such key developments as
writing, architecture, royalty, written laws and
bureaucracy. But few are aware that Egypt was in close
and almost constant contact with regions
further south. Extremists on both sides of the "Black
Cleopatra" controversy have tended to ignore the evi-
dence that sub-Saharan Africa regularly supplied
Egypt with workers, entertainers, soldiers and even
ruling dynasties.

Although most direct evidence of what Egypt sent
south in return has vanished, one impiortant export
has survived: the Coptic form of Christianity, which
was brought to Ethiopia from Egypt more than 1,200
years ago. The ancient rock churches of Lalibela in
Ethiopia bear witness to the intensity of this early cul-
tural interchange between the Nile Valley and parts of
sub-Saharan Africa.

Around 3,000 years ago, trade between the sub-
Saharan region and the rest of the world became
almost routine. For instance, the Egyptians and
Carthaginians were conducting overland trade on a
regular basis at the beginning and middle of the first
millennium B.C. As early as the first century A.D.,
improvements in ship building and the introduction of
the camel made it possible for Eurasians to trade
across the Indian Ocean with East Africa and across
the Sahara with West Africa. In northeast Africa,
important urban centers, including the kingdoms
of Kush and Axum, began emerging at this time. In
eastern and southern Africa, long-distance trade stim-
ulated urban development along the East African coast
and in the interior, especially in Zimbabwe. In West
Africa, the trans-Saharan caravan trade led to the
birth of a series of large, highly centralized kingdoms,
such as Ghana, Mali and Songhai. One sub-Saharan
African group, the Almoravids of the upper Niger
area, expanded northward beyond the desert in the
12th century. Conquering first Morocco and then
Spain, they eventually established one of the most
impressive dynasties of the Islamic Middle Ages.

So, why did a negative image of Africa emerge and
persist even among people in parts of the world who
had little or no direct contact with Africans? We think
there are at least three reasons.

The first is slavery. Because some parts of Africa
were p)opulous, poor and militarily weak, they became

6 IN THE FIELD

the major source and suppliers of slaves. In Christian
Europe and the Americas, although not necessarily in
Islamic countries, slaves were low in social status, an
identification that eventually rubbed off on all
Africans, whether in chains or free.

The second reason is that as European imperial-
ism grew in the 19th and 20th centuries, Africa was
forced from its role as an equal trading partner to a
supplier of raw materials, such as ivory, gold, platinum,
diamonds, chromium, manganese, bauxite and ura-
nium. Because Africa was seen as producing nothing
from its resources, it lost much of its prestige among
Europeans as a major manufacturing and trade center.
However, very few Europeans noticed that the colonial
and post-colonial systems, which they themselves
erected, kept Africans from building plants to convert
their raw materials into finished goods.

Third, East Asians and Westerners were often "cli-
matological chauvinists." Both groups had light skin
and lived in chilly climates; so it was quite natural for
them to think that partial nudity was immoral, that
dark-skinned people were inferior and that warm cli-
mates encouraged laziness, messiness and
undisciplined attitudes. Europeans also believed that
Africans and people from other tropical regions shared
another "uncivilized" trait: They bathed too much.
Europeans, on the other hand, bathed infrequently
and tended to regard this, along with their heavy
clothes, as symbols of their civilized status.

None of these reasons, however, fully account for
Africa's negative image, especially in places like the
Far East where people had little historical contact
with Africa. Yet, this image has persisted with some
serious consequences.

One such consequence is a general lack of interest
in Africa's agricultural and cattle-breeding practices.
Western experts have spent more than a century try-
ing to persuade Africans to raise European and
American breeds of cattle, even though these breeds
do poorly in Africa's tropical climates. Only recently
have breeders realized that African cattle, once consid-
ered primitive, are the product of hundreds of
generations of carefully controlled, patient and intelli-
gent selection. One of the first results of this new
attitude is the introduction of the Tuli breed to the
United States. With the quality of its meat on a par
with that of an Angus steer, its exceptionally docile
nature and its ability to thrive in spite of extreme heat
and drought, the Tuli, which originated in Zimbabwe,
may replace many of the breeds that are currently
popular on American cattle ranches.

Another consequence of this negative image is
that much of the material culture of traditional Africa
has disappeared. For several millennia, African com-

munities had earthenware industries that were well-
adapted to their own functional and symbolic cultural
needs. Yet today, many African nations import ceramics
at the expense of the indigenous industries, harming
local economies and leading to the deterioration of tra-
ditional skills among craftspeople.

In addition, this negative image has led to the loss
of centuries-old knowledge about architectural and
urban-planning methods that work well in the African
environment. In recent years, many elegant houses con-
structed out of indigenous material have been allowed
to decay and collapse without any effort to preserve
them. Others have been remodeled without any
thought about how they will fare in the African cli-
mate. Additionally, modern structures built from
imported materials tend to be poorly designed, deterio-
rate quickly and are difficult to repair. This has led to
the increased perception around the world that mega-
slums are overrunning African cities.

We could cite more examples of how this negative
image has impacted Africa and the achievements of its
people; however, the point, we think, has been
made. While many communities around the world may
be aware of how Africa has contributed to their cul-
tural heritage, they seem to ignore the contributions
that Africans have made to their lives today. The solu-
tion, we think, is educating people about Africa's
contributions through programs developed not only by
non- Africans, and Americans and Europeans of
African ancestry, but, more importantly, by Africans
themselves. When Africans can confidently and knowl-
edgeably offer their heritage as solutions to the
problems of other continents, Africa's historical place
in the modern world will no longer be questioned. ITF

Below: At his
excavation site in
Mtwapa on the
Kenyan coast,
Chap Kusimba has
found evidence of
a sophisticated
trade-orientated
society that dates
hack to 1000 A.D.

MARCH • APRIL 2000 7

Field Notes

Exploring the Anthropology of
Diamonds and Football Helmets

The following was written by Gary Feinman, chair-
man of the anthropology department, and Bennet
Bronson, curator of Asian archaeology and ethnology,
in response to a letter they received from a volunteer.
In the letter, the volunteer asked for their thoughts on
the anthropological significance of some recent tempo-
rary exhibits showcased at the Museum, specifically
"Carrier: 1900-1939," "The Art of the Motorcycle" and
"The Chicago Bears: 80 Years of Gridiron Legends."

We appreciate your letter and believe it deserves an
answer from both of us.

All the objects in these exhibits are every bit as
relevant to understanding the diverse nature of
humanity as are those on display in our permanent
exhibition halls. The jewelry is an especially obvious
case since designers at Carrier made so much use of
non-Western shapes and motifs found in objects
housed at museums like ours. Even the reasons why
Carrier's clients wore that jewelry are familiar to every
anthropologist. Rarely has status competition been
more frenetic than it was during the rivalries among
the Euro-American and colonial elite in the first four
decades of the 20th century. In fact, as we look around
the globe, it is unusual to find status markers that are
as functionless and arbitrary as the enormous, exquis-
itely set Cartier gems favored by Indian maharajahs,
French duchesses and American millionaires. In gen-

Above: Some of the objects on display in the recent "Chicago
Bears" exhibit included a Super Bowl trophy, jerseys worn
by some of the team's greatest legends, leather helmets from
the early years of the franchise and even Papa Bear's
brown fedora.

eral, we think the exhibit is strangely exotic, highly
educational and in line with what a museum like ours
should be exhibiting.

In addition, all the artifacts on display here,
whether in "Cartier" or "Ancient Egypt," were made and
used in a real human society. They may seem over-
whelmingly exotic, but they are not fictional, which is
one of the main reasons why good anthropology dis-
plays are so compelling.

You also wanted to know how we differ from art
museums. Well, we think that in many ways we are
very similar. "The Art of the Motorcycle," for example,
meshes nicely with our traditional approach, which
has always been to showcase a lot of art. After all, we
have a lot of art in our collections and, judging by the
size and quality of our artistic holdings, we are one of
the top art museums in the Midwest. The anthropolo-
gists in our department are in agreement with the
Solomon R. Guggenheim Museum (the developer of
"The Art of the Motorcycle") that the symbolism of
motorcycles can sometimes be as important as their
uses. However, our only problem with the exhibit
was that our New York colleagues chose too many
pretty and unusual machines to display, whereas we
probably would have picked more routine and perhaps
"uglier" ones.

And this is why Chicago Bears memorabilia were
worth exhibiting; not because they are ugly, but
because their beauty or lack of it doesn't matter. In
fact, we judge the appearance of the helmets, jerseys
and trophies as surpassingly important symbols,
encapsulating more emotion and cultural meaning
than most other artifacts in American society. True,
they are on exhibit because they are popular, but
should we take them off display because of this? No,
we should do a better job of educating the public
about the anthropological meaning of these objects.
In addition, we should spend more time putting
these objects and items in their social, cultural and
economic contexts.

You will be pleased to know that most of our
upcoming exhibits, such as "The Dead Sea Scrolls," are
more straightforward in their anthropological content
and contexts, and more reflective of the anthropology
department's mission. However, there are a few
upcoming exhibits that are causing some debate in the
department. One such show is "Star Wars: The Magic
of Myth," which opens this summer. Some stafi^ mem-
bers think the exhibit is a brilliant example of the
anthropology of human imagination; others view it as
devoid of anthropology.

We hope that you and your friends will continue
to let us know what you think and like about all of the
marvelous, diverse and curious things that we plan to
exhibit during the year ahead. ITF

8 IN THE FIELD

Membership News

Membership Department Announces
Price Changes

On April 1, 2000, we will be increasing membership
rates across all categories. These new rates will be $60
for families; $50 for individuals; $40 for seniors; $35
for students; and $30 for national affiliates.

This rate change, only the second in 12 years, in
part reflects the dramatic increase over the past few
years in the value of a Field Museum membership, as
well as some new benefits that we will begin offering
this spring. The change also coincides with the
Museum's plan to raise the general admission price for
adults by $1 on March 1, 2000.

Some of the new benefits we plan to offer you this
spring includes reciprocal admission privileges to more
than 225 museums around the country, such as the
Exploratorium in San Francisco and the Orlando
Science Center in Florida. Depending on your mem-
bership category, you can now receive up to four free
passes to special exhibits that can be used at any time
during the run of the exhibit (you can even pass them
on to friends and family). With the upcoming special
exhibition lineup to include "The Dead Sea Scrolls,"
"Star Wars: The Magic of Myth" and "Kremlin Gold,"
you will be receiving up to $72 worth of tickets this
year alone. These new benefits are in addition to some
improvements we have already made to membership,
such as:

Free admission to Underground Adventure, the new

permanent exhibit that allows you to explore the
world beneath your feet (admission for non-members
is $4 per adult and $2 per child).

An additional day added to Members' Nights,
as well as a change in policy that allows you to
bring two guests for free to this annual behind-the-
scenes extravaganza.

Membership Updates

Free Passes for 'The Dead Sea Scrolls"

Members are eligible to receive up to four free passes
to see "The Dead Sea Scrolls" exhibit, which is on dis-
play from March 10 through June 1 1 (family members
can receive four tickets; all others can receive tvi/o).
Passes are coded for timed entry every half hour
from 9 a.m. to 4 p.m. Since we anticipate record
attendance for this exhibit, we recommend that you
reserve your free passes by coming down to the
Museum and ordering tickets for a future date (no
service charge) or by calling Ticketmaster at
31 2. 902. T 500 (a service charge and transaction fee will
be assessed). Please remember that these free passes
are in addition to those you may have already
received for the Members' Preview on March 8 and 9.
For more information, please call 312.665.7700.

Above: At the new membership desk at the south entrance, members can order and
pick up tickets to special exhibitions, get their questions answered and even renew
their membership cards.

A new and improved magazine-style In the Field that
features more in-depth coverage of Field Museum
events, exhibits and the work of our scientists.

Free members-only previews to all ticketed exhibits
(this is in addition to the free passes described above).

As in the past, you will continue to receive a compli-
mentary Field Museum calendar and a 10 percent dis-
count in the new Corner Bakery restaurant and the
vastly improved Museum Store. We appreciate the
loyal support of our members and look forward to
serving you in the years to come.

The Membership Department

Members' Nights — June 8 & 9

Mark your calendars today for Members'
Nights, the annual extravaganza during
which the Museum throws open the
doors to its research and collections areas
and lifts the curtain on exhibits in the
making. In addition. Museum scientists
will be on hand to discuss their research
and to show off some of the specimens
they've collected while conducting field-
work around the word. The theme of this
year's Members' Nights is Sue, who will be on display
in all her ferocious glory in Stanley Field Hall.

MARCH . APRIL 2000 9

Your Guide to The Field

Inside

1 Exhibits

3 Calendar of Events

5 Get Smart

7 Free Visitor Programs

-.1-v

lp*f

The Dead Sea Scrolls

^'X'"

Above: Datingfrom 200 B.C., this scroll frag-
ment is a portion of the apocryphal Book of
Enoch, which is quoted in Jubilees and the
Testaments of the Twelve Patriarchs, and
referred to in the New Testament (Jude 1:14).

For the first time in 50 years, the Dead Sea
Scrolls will be on display in Chicago in a
special exhibition at The Field Museum from
March 10 through June 11. Written on
parchment and papyrus more than 2,000
years ago, these scrolls are one of the
greatest manuscript discoveries in the
history of archaeology and are rarely exhib-
ited outside Israel.

The scrolls — which were written in
Hebrew, Aramaic and Greek over a 300-year
period beginning in 250 B.C. — were discov-
ered in 1947 by a Bedouin shepherd in caves
in the Qumran region of the Judean desert,
about 17 miles southeast of Jerusalem.
Following the shepherd's discovery, archae-
ologists searched the area and discovered
more than 100,000 scroll fragments in 1 1
caves. Together, these fragments represent

about 800 individual compositions.
Although many of these ancient composi-
tions are books of the Hebrew Bible, some
contain apocryphal books found in Christian
and Greek scriptures, while others are sec-
tarian documents, such as community laws.

Portions of 15 different scrolls will be on
display at The Field Museum, including five
that have never traveled outside Israel. One
of those five is a segment from the book of
Deuteronomy, which includes the Ten
Commandments. The other four contain
language and concepts similar to those later
found in the Gospels of the New Testament.

Many scholars believe that these scrolls
were created by the Essenes, a group of sec-
tarians who broke away from mainstream
Judaism and set out to live a communal life
in the desert. When the Romans invaded
the region around 58 A.D., this group hid
their manuscripts in nearby caves. The
archaeological ruins of Qumran, located
at the base of the caves, are believed by
many to represent the communal homes
of these people.

"Whoever was writing these documents was
not in the mainstream of Judaism at the
time," says James Philips, an anthropologist
at the University of Illinois at Chicago and a
Field Museum adjunct curator who has
worked in the Sinai and Judean deserts for

Lefr: One of the many storage jars found in
the caves at Qumran.

more than 35 years. "We have no idea what
happened to these people after the destruc-
tion of Qumran."

Despite the probable connection between
Qumran and the scrolls, a few scholars
believe the Essenes were not the exclusive
authors of these ancient documents. They
assume that at least some of the manu-
scripts were written in Jerusalem and later
deposited or hidden in the caves at Qumran
when the Romans invaded.

The exhibit, which is coorganized by The
Field Museum and the Israel Antiquities
Authority, also features 80 artifacts from
Qumran settlements, including coins, gob-
lets, sandals, a scroll storage jar and a
pottery inkwell. It also contains books and
manuscripts from the collections of The
Field Museum and Chicago's Newberry
Library, as well as a modern torah scroll
from the Spertus Museum in Chicago.

"The Dead Sea Scrolls" is sponsored by The
Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints,
The Fourth Presbyterian Church of Chicago,
Chicago Sinai Congregation, the
Archdiocese of Chicago and the Jewish
United Fund/Jewish Federation of
Metropolitan Chicago. Additional support is
provided by The Joseph and Bessie Feinberg
Foundation, the Dorot Foundation, Claire
and Gordon Prussian, Marshall and Doris
Holleb and Fern and Manfred Steinfeld. This
exhibition is indemnified by the Federal
Council on the Arts and the Humanities.

CALENDAR OF EVENTS 1

MARCH/APRIL 2000

THE FIELD MUSEUM

Exhibits

Masks: Faces of Culture

"Masks: Faces of Culture," which is currently
on display through May 14, presents 139
masks from nearly 50 countries on six conti-
nents. Ranging from prehistoric times to the
present, these masks, some of which are on
view with full costume, exemplify the
exquisite ciesign, provocative imagery and
compelling purpose found in mask-making
— one of the most enduring forms of artis-
tic expression. The largest global exhibit to
explore the visual power of masks, "Masks:
Faces of Culture" unites visual, cultural and
historical perspectives to present these
anthropological artifacts as works of art and
cultural icons.

Throughout recorded history, masks have
been part of the human experience. In
nearly every culture, age and inhabited part
of the globe, they have functioned as medi-
ums of expression and transformation. As
works of art, they embody dynamic visual
energy; and as cultural icons, they present
the rich panoply of diversities and common-
alties in humankind. The human need to
mask, so vividly emphasized in the exhibit,
reveals a human desire to transcend earthly
limitations, to penetrate alien environments
and to be reinvented, renewed, strength-
ened and protected.

One highlight of the exhibit is a 230-year-
old Siberian shaman's costume discovered in
Gottingen, Germany, that has not been
removed from its case in more than 50
years. Another remarkable piece, the oldest
in the exhibit, is a 5,000-year-old funerary

Above (from left to right): Funerary mask from Guatemala, circa 400 A.D. to 500 A.D.;
Dzonoqua mask of the Kwakwaka'wakw people of Canada, 1800s.

mask from the Middle East that was made
to resemble a grinning human skull. In addi-
tion to the 139 masks on display are music
and video footage of masquerades, carni-
vals and festivals in which masks play a
central role.

"Masks: Faces of Culture," which is free
with general Museum admission, was
curated by Cara McCarty (the Grace L.
Brumbaugh and Richard E. Brumbaugh
Curator of Decorative Arts and Design), and
John W. Nunley (the Morton D. May Curator

of the Arts of Africa, Oceania and the
Americas, at the Saint Louis Art Museum).

The exhibit was organized by the Saint
Louis Art Museum. The exhibition and
catalogue were made possible by a
grant from AT&T. Additional generous
funding was provided by the National
Endowment for the Arts, a federal agency;
the Jordan Charitable Foundation; the
Rockefeller Foundation; the Helen Clay
Frick Foundation; and Jefferson
Smurfit Corporation.

Sue is on her way

On May 17, The Field Museum will unveil
Sue, the largest and most complete T. rex
ever discovered.

When fully erected in Stanley Field Hall,
Sue will stand 13 feet high at the hips and
42 feet long from head to tail. One of the
only pieces of Sue that will not be mounted
is her 5-foot-long skull, which is too heavy
to be placed on the steel armature that will
hold together her 200 or so fossilized bones.
As a result, the Museum will install a cast
replica of the skull on the skeleton, placing
the real one on display in an exhibit on the
second-floor balcony overlooking Stanley
Field Hall. Here, visitors will be able to get
an up-close view of the predator's massive
head, as well as some insight into the
mounting process and the story of how Sue
ended up at The Field Museum. In addition,
visitors can view animated CT scans of the

.„»y>rir)

^

mmM

^^yy

yyyy//

^fejs

skull and touch a variety of casts of Sue's
bones, including a rib, forelimb and tooth.

To celebrate Sue's unveiling. The Field
Museum will be hosting a number of special
dino-related programs from May 17 to
May 21, including a family event featuring
a special screening of Walt Disney Pictures'
spectacular new animated action movie.
Dinosaur, a theater piece written specially

for The Field Museum that offers a peek
into the life and times of Sue; and a
family concert featuring the Chicago
Chamber Musicians.

"Sue at The Field Museum" is made possible
in part by McDonald's Corporation and
Walt Disney World Resort. Additional exhi-
bition support is provided by the Elizabeth
Morse Charitable Trust.

THE FIELD MUSEUM

MARCH/APRIL 2000

CALENDAR OF EVENTS

Calendar of Events

^^

■^:

«' *-i

t-:^.

**a^***

♦«

. ;.v.J»:

*s./^.

•ir -

^

i.

>

*^;

V'CHr

Above: Gary Feinman's excavation site in Oaxaca, Mexico. On March 18, Feinman, the chair-
man of the Museum's anthropology department, will talk about his more than 20 years of
fieldwork in the Valley of Oaxaca in southeast Mexico.

Family Workshop:
All About Movement

3/11, 4/8 a 5/13
Saturdays, 9:30 - 10:30 a.m.

Discover the world around you by examin-
ing animal biomechanics with the Green
Light Performing Company, a Chicago-based
theater group. During the workshop, fami-
lies can get "down and dirty" exploring
how animals — such as polar bears and
mule deer — move in, around and through
the different places they call home. Since
this program is basically yoga with a twist,
participants are encouraged to wear com-
fortable clothes. "All about Movement" is
offered in three sessions and is designed for
adults and children ages three to five.
$20 per participant for each class ($16 mem-
bers). Please call 312.665.7400 for more
information or to register.

New Discoveries:

Unraveling the Economy of the

Ancient Valley of Oaxaca, Mexico

3/18, Saturday, 2 p.m.

In his first public lecture at The Field
Museum, Gary Feinman, the new chairman
of the anthropology department, will talk
about his more than 20 years of fieldwork
in the Valley of Oaxaca in southeast Mexico.
Specifically, Feinman, who is also the

Adult Course:

Mining the Museum — Exploring

Identity Through Mask-Making

3/25, 4/1 & 4/8, Saturdays,
10 a.m. - 12:30 p.m.

Join Museum educator Cyd Engel for an in-
depth journey into the "Masks: Faces of
Culture" exhibit, which uses 139 masks to
explore the universal desire of people
around the world to transcend earthly limi-
tations, penetrate alien environments and to
be reinvented, strengthened and protected.
The program also will include a tour of
masks from various cultures that are on dis-
play in the Museum's permanent exhibition
halls. Many of these masks illustrate how
people around the world have used masks
to disguise their identities during celebra-
tions, ceremonies, performances and
warfare. After learning about the reasons
people mask, you will retreat to a classroom
to create your own mask. No prior art expe-
rience is required. $70 ($60 members). Call
312.665.7400 for more information.

Museum's curator of Mesoamerican archae-
ology, will reveal the different field
procedures and techniques he has used to
decipher the systems of production and
exchange employed by the peoples of this
region. $12 ($10 students/educators;
$8 members). Please call 312.665.7400 for
more information or to register.

A World of Words: Literary
Reading with Jhumpa Lahiri

5/27, Tuesday, 6:30 p.m.

During this evening of literary and cultural
exploration, author Jhumpa Lahiri will read
selections from her critically acclaimed book
of short stories. Interpreter of Maladies. Set
in the United States and India, these stories
chart the emotional journeys of different
characters in search of love beyond the bar-
riers of nations and generations. Imbued
with sensual details of Indian culture, the
stories also speak to everyone who has ever
felt like a foreigner. As one reviewer noted,
the author, who was born in London and
grew up in Rhode Island, is "a sensitive
chronicler of the immigrant experience, and
her collection is wise and sophisticated."
$15 ($10 members; $12 students/educators).
Call 312.665.7400 for more information.

Above: On April 20, nature writer Peter
Friederici will talk about the amazing wildlife
that can be found in the suburbs of Chicago.

CALENDAR OF EVENTS

MARCH/APRIL 2000

THE FIELD MUSEUM

New Discoveries:

Medicine Quest — in Search of

Nature's Healing

414, Tuesday, 6:30 p.m.

On this night of botanical exploration and
adventure, ethnobotanist Mark Plotkin will
reveal how scientists are harvesting nature's
pharmacy in the hope of finding cures to
some of the world's nastiest diseases.
Plotkin — president of the Amazon
Conservation Team and a research associate
at the National Museum of Natural History
in Washington, D.C. — has spent 15 years
trying to uncover the medicinal "secrets" of
the shamans of the Amazon rain forest, a
sojourn made famous in his book Tales of a
Shaman's Apprentice. With his latest book.
Medicine Quest, Plotkin takes readers on a
journey from the freezing Arctic Circle to
the burning jungles of South America in
search of the source of new medicines.
$12 ($8 members; $10 students/educators).
Call 312.665.7400 for more information.

Dead Sea Scrolls Lecture:

An Evening with Elaine Pagels and

Michael Eric Dyson

4/13, Thursday, 6:30 p.m.

Join scholars Elaine Pagels and Michael Eric
Dyson as they explore "Issues in Christianity:
From the Ancient World to the Modern
Day." Pagels gained international acclaim as
the author of the bestselling book The
Gnostic Gospels, which won the National
Book Critics Circle Award and the National
Book Award. Dyson, an ordained Baptist
minister and professor at DePaul University,
has been called "one of the youngest stars
in the firmament of black intellectuals."
In 1993, he published Reflecting Black:
African American Cultural Criticism, which
won the Gustavus Myers Center for Human
Rights Award. $20 ($15 members; $18
students/educators). Call 312.665.7400
for more information.

Family Presentation:

Dr. Art's Environmental Show

4/15, Saturday, 1 p.m.

For the past 20 years. Art Sussman, an envi-
ronmental educator and creator of the
popular "Dr. Art's Planet Earth Show," has
been developing fun and exciting demon-
strations that teach adults and children
about complex ecological and environmen-
tal concepts. Using the principles of matter,
energy and life, he provides the audience
with a simple, yet powerful framework to
understand how the planet has been oper-
ating for more than a billion years and how

Right: A Sulka dance mask from New Britain.
On March 25, April 1 and April 8, you can
explore the art of mask-making and the
different reasons why people wear masks.

the actions of humans are threatening this
delicate operating system. Members who
attend this performance, which is free with
general Museum admission, will receive
free copies of Sussman's book Dr Art's
Guide to Planet Earth. Please call
312.665.7400 for more information.

1999 Chicago MVP
Chess Tournament

4/19, Wednesday, 9 a.m. - 5 p.m.

To some, chess is art; to others it is science.
Find out for yourself as students of all ages
from 125 Chicago public schools battle it
out for $10,000 in scholarship money from
the David R. MacDonald Foundation. This
daylong tournament celebrates the Chicago
Public Schools' innovative chess program,
which teaches students about the art and
science of chess through summer instruc-
tion, team and private tutoring, and
organized competitions. During the tourna-
ment. Field Museum visitors can watch as
the students compete at three different lev-
els, beginning with novice matches in
Stanley Field Hall and ending with the
championship match in the Maori Meeting
House at 4 p.m. Please call 312.665.7400 for
more information about this free program.

New Discoveries:
The Suburban Wild

4/20, Thursday, 6:30 p.m.

Spend some time with author and field
biologist Peter Friederici and learn about
the rich and fragile environments that exist
in Chicago's North Shore suburbs. During
this lecture, Friederici will discuss his new
book. The Suburban Wild, which traces the
seasons from one spring to the next in the
Chicago suburbs, revealing, along the way,
a host of natural miracles and a landscape
less tamed than you might imagine.
Friederici was raised in Chicago and now
lives in Arizona. His writings about the
beauty of the American wilderness, the mir-
acles of nature and the damage caused by
human indifference have been widely pub-
lished in magazines and journals across the
nation. $12 ($8 members, $10 students/edu-
cators). For more information or to register,
please call 312.665.7400.

THE FIELD MUSEUM

MARCH/APRIL 2000

CALENDAR OF EVENTS

Get Smart

The Dead Sea Scrolls Opening Festivities

March 10-12, Friday to Sunday
10-3 p.m.

On March 10, The Field Museum will unveil
"The Dead Sea Scrolls," a temporary
exhibit featuring portions of 15 different
papyrus and parchment scrolls written in
what is now Israel more than 2,000 years
ago. In celebration of the exhibit's opening,
the Museum has designed a number of
programs that delve into the history,
significance and meaning of these ancient
religious and secular manuscripts. All
opening weekend activities are free with
general Museum admission. Please call
312.665.7400 for a more complete and
detailed list of programs.

Family Activities

Friday, Saturday & Sunday,
March 10, 11 & 12
10 a.m. - 3 p.m.

During the family activities portion of the
festival, you can learn about the science
used to unmask the mysteries of the scrolls
and watch as a Jewish safer (scribe) demon-
strates the art of scroll writing. Younger
visitors can put together a map of the
Middle East or piece together fragments
of a scroll.

Exhibit Meet and Greet

Friday & Saturday, March 10 & 11
10:30 - 1 1:30 a.m.

Listen as a Field Museum scientist, designer
and exhibit coordinator offer their insights
into the development of the exhibit, the
significance of the manuscripts and some of
the controversies surrounding the scrolls.

/thove: In addition to the IS icrolh that will he on display in the exhibit are more than 80 arti-
facts that were found in and around the Qumran caves. These objects include storage jars, coins,
inkwelb, baskets and these two combs, which were used for straightening hair and removing lice.

Family Presentation:
Storytelling and Puppetry

Friday & Saturday March 10 & 11
1 1 a.m., 1 p.m. & 2 p.m.

Watch as Marilyn Price, a storyteller and
puppeteer, shows how the values espoused
in the 2,000-year-old scrolls can be applied
to modern life. Price also will lead a story-
telling and scroll-writing family workshop
on Saturday, March 25.

Sunday Symposium:
Opening Lecture

Sunday, March 12, 2 p.m.

Listen to Eric Meyers of Duke University dis-
cuss the historical development of Judaism
and Christianity. Meyers' appearance is part
of an ongoing series of lectures in which
world-renowned experts will explore the
content and controversies surrounding the
Dead Sea Scrolls.

Africa: From Eritrea with Love

On Display Through July 2, 2000

The exhibit "Africa: From Eritrea with
Love" presents paintings by Betty LaDuke
that capture the diverse cultures of
Eritrea, one of the youngest nations in
northeastern Africa. LaDuke, a painter,
activist and former professor at Southern
Oregon State University, first traveled
to this nation on the Red Sea in 1993,
just three years after it won a 30-year
struggle for independence from Ethiopia.
During her travels there over a four-year
period, she recorded on canvas the daily
life of the Eritrean people, their depen-
dency on the region's mountainous

terrain and their agricultural and spiritual
practices and beliefs.

Throughout her career, LaDuke has devel-
oped a number of exhibitions on cultural
themes, such as "Impression of India. "
"China, an Outsider's Inside View" and
"Totems and Creation Myths." She also
has organized exhibits of women's
art from India, Borneo, Latin America
and Africa.

Left: Saho Basket Weavers,' 1997, acrylic,
54 inches by 50 inches.

CALENDAR OF EVBNTS

MARCH/APRIL 2000

THE FIELD MUSEUM

It's Wild in Chicago 2000:
Taking Action

April 1 & 2, 11 a.m. - 4 p.m.; April 3 & 4, 10 a.m. - 1 p.m.

April 22, 2000, marks the 30th anniversary
of Earth Day, an event that many regard as
the birthday of the modern environmental
movement. In celebration of this anniver-
sary, The Field Museum will host "It's Wild
in Chicago," the kickoff event for Chicago's
Earth Day celebrations. Together with
members of the Chicago Wilderness organi-
zation and Chicago's Earth Month Coalition,
the Museum will offer visitors a unique
opportunity to learn about the work of
some 100 organizations that are giving back
to Mother Earth so that future generations
will have a healthy environment in which
to live.

During this four-day program, Chicago
Wilderness will highlight its new
Biodiversity Recovery Plan. This regional
action plan identifies the most significant
ecological communities in the greater-
Chicago region, evaluates the condition of
these communities and outlines recommen-
dations for restoring and protecting them.
In addition. Field Museum scientists will
be on hand to discuss their environmental
research programs, shed light on how
humans are impacting the biological
world and encourage visitors to become
more involved in environmental issues in
their communities.

--fe>^^

::^y

-^ -'^

^tiS^:

Above: Chicago Wilderness is comprised of 90 organizations, including The Field Museum, that
are working together to restore the natural communities of the Chicago region. This photograph
was taken in Pilcher Park, about 40 miles southwest of Chicago.

"It's Wild in Chicago" also will include a
number of fun activities for visitors of all
ages, including puppet shows, scientific pre-
sentations and musical performances by the
likes of the Green Light Performing
Company and musician Stan Slaughter, who

has written more than 30 award-winning
songs and melodies about the environment.

"It's Wild in Chicago" is free with general
Museum admission. Please call 312.665.7400
for more information.

The Dead Sea Scrolls Performing Arts Programs

Join the Museum for a series of musical and
artistic performances that examine the
cultural and historical significance of the
Dead Sea Scrolls. All programs are $15
($10 members; $12 students/seniors) unless
otherwise noted.

Shesh-Besh

Sunday, April 9, 7 p.m.
Shesh-Besh is an ensemble of four musicians
from Israel whose sounds and melodies
meld classical and jazz music with tradi-
tional elements from the Middle East and
the Far East.

The Golden Age

Monday, April 10, 7 p.m.
Listen to Ofri Eliaz and the Sahar Ensemble
explore the music of the Sephardic Jews,
who settled in North Africa, the Balkans,
Turkey, Greece and present-day Israel after
being expelled from Spain in 1492.

To the Land of Sheba
and Back Again

Sunday April 16, 11 a.m. & 1:30 p.m.
Through storytelling and song, Zipporah
Sibahi Greenfield will explore the role of
women in the Jewish family and the fasci-
nating culture preserved by Jews in Yemen.
Free with general admission.

Live at The Field!
Body Scriptures

Saturday, June 3, 8 p.m.
Watch the world-renowned Liz Lerman
Dance Exchange perform material from
their ongoing project that examines the
role of faith and identity in community.
Call 312.665.7400 for more information.

Right: Singer Ofri Eliaz will perform the
music of the Sephardic Jews with the Sahar
Ensemble on April 10.

THE FIELD MUSEUM

MARCH/APRIL 2000

CALENDAR OF EVENTS

Free Visitor Programs

Above: During the "It's Wild in Chicago" festival in April, visitors can learn about the rich biolog-
ical diversity that surrounds Chicago. This photograph was taken in November at Hogwash
Slough in Palos Hills, III, about 20 miles southwest of downtown Chicago.

Every Saturday and Sunday

1 p.m. Story Time: Facts, Fables and Fiction.
Learn new songs and stories, and have fun
creating artwork in the Grainger Gallery —
all in a 20-minute program sponsored by
The Siragusa Foundation Early Childhood
Initiative. In March and April, you can hear
stories about a heroine in the tundra, ani-
mals that spend their lives underground
and the beauty and diversity of the wilder-
ness that surrounds Chicago.

Interpretative Stations Activities. Drop by
hands-on stations located throughout the
Museum (check informational directories
for daily listings) and delve into the fasci-
nating world of natural history.

March 4 — Saturday

9 a.m. - 3:30 p.m. Ibeji 2000 International
Festival: Creation Stories and Dances of
Women. Celebrate the first Women's
History Month of the new millennium by
taking advantage of musical performances,
craft demonstrations and storytelling. The
Ibeji 2000 festival seeks to unite women of
different social backgrounds and traditions
in order to explore the universality of
women's aims, goals and purposes.

March 10 — Friday

11 a.m. - 3 p.m. Dead Sea Scrolls Family
Field Days. Visitors are invited to discover
the mysteries surrounding the Dead Sea
Scrolls, one of the greatest manuscript dis-
coveries in the history of archaeology.
Programming will include demonstrations,
storytelling and highlight tours of the
exhibit. See "Exhibit" page in the calendar
section for more information.

March 11 — Saturday

11 a.m. - 3 p.m. Dead Sea Scrolls Family
Field Days. See March 10.

1:30 p.m. Tibet Today and Bhutan, Land of
the Thunder Dragon. This slide presentation
takes you to places now open to tourists in
Tibet and the Himalayan Buddhist country
of Bhutan.

March 12 — Sunday

11 a.m. - 3 p.m. Dead Sea Scrolls Family
Field Days. See March 10.

2 p.m. - 4 p.m. Dead Sea Scrolls Sunday
Symposia: Second Temple Judaism and the
Dead Sea Scrolls. As an introduction to the
Dead Sea Scrolls Symposia, Eric Meyers, a
professor at Duke University, will share his

thoughts on the religious sects that once
inhabited Qumran, the site in the Judean
desert where a Bedouin shepherd discov-
ered the Dead Sea Scrolls.

March 18 — Saturday

1 1 a.m. - 2 p.m. Scientists on the Floor.
Join scientists from the U.S. Department
of Agriculture to learn about soil science
and careers relating to agriculture. The
scientists also will discuss how they
work to educate the public about the
importance of soil, one of the planet's most
valuable resources.

April 1 — Saturday

1 1 a.m. — 4 p.m. Festival: It's Wild in
Chicago 2000. To kick off the first Earth
Month of the new millennium. The Field
Museum will host "It's Wild in Chicago
2000," a festival comprising activities,
demonstrations and performances designed
to introduce families, kids, school groups
and other visitors to issues of local conserva-
tion. See "Get Smart" page in the calendar
section for more information.

Noon & 2 p.m. Performance: Stan Slaughter.
Experience the amazing sounds of award-
winning "eco-troubadour" Stan Slaughter,
who uses his music to educate the public
about sustainable environmental practices.

April 2 — Sunday

1 1 a.m. - 4 p.m. Festival: It's Wild in Chicago
2000. See April 1.

Noon & 2 p.m. Performance: Stan Slaughter.
See April 1.

April 3 — Monday

10 a.m. - 1 p.m. Festival: It's Wild in Chicago
2000. The featured performers for this day
of environmental celebration will include
the Green Light Performing Company at
noon and Hody Coyote, a puppeteer whose
performance at 11 a.m. will focus on the
natural wonders of prairie ecosystems.
See the "Get Smart" page in the calendar
section for more information.

10:30 a.m. Performance: Stan Slaughter.
See April 1.

Daily Highlight Tours

Take a guided tour of the exhibits that
make this Museum one of the world's
finest and learn about the history of
these displays. Tours are offered Monday
through Friday at 1 1 a.m. and 2 p.m.
Check the informational directories for
weekend tours.

i

Please note that programs are subject to change. Check the informational directories located throughout the Museum for daily program listings.

CALENDAR OF EVENTS

MARCH/APRIL 2000

THE FIELD MUSEUM

April 4 — Tuesday

10 a.m. - 1 p.m. Festival: It's Wild in Chicago
2000. The featured performers for this day
of environmental celebration will include
the Green Light Performing Company at
noon and Hody Coyote, a puppeteer whose
performance at 1 1 a.m. will focus on the
natural wonders of prairie ecosystems.

See the "Get Smart" page in the calendar
section for details.

April 15 — Saturday

Noon - 3 p.m. Hall Demonstrations: Artists
In the Field. Watch student artists from The
School of the Art Institute demonstrate the
drawing and painting techniques they use
to capture the beauty of the Museum's
many dioramas and cultural artifacts.

1 p.m. Presentation & Book Signing:
Dr. Art's Environmental Show. Join Art
Sussman, a world-renowned scientist and
environmental educator, as he makes sci-
ence come alive in this exciting show for all
ages. As an added bonus. Field Museum
members who attend this free program will
receive a complimentary copy of Art's book.
Dr. Art's Guide to Planet Earth.

April 16 — Sunday

11 a.m. & 1:30 p.m. Storytelling: To the
Land of Sheba and Back Again. Storyteller

Zipporah Sibahi Greenfield will transport
you back in time to a distant land filled
with unfamiliar melodies. Greenfield has
designed her performances to shed light on
the role of women in the Jewish family.

April 19 — Wednesday

9 a.m. - 5 p.m. The 1999 Chicago MVP Chess
Tournament. The Field Museum is proud to
host the 1999 Most Valuable Player Chess
Tournament, an event celebrating the
Chicago Public Schools' chess program. See
the "Calendar" pages for more information.

April 22 — Saturday

11 a.m. - 2 p.m. Earth Day Festivities. Enjoy
a variety of environmental programs and
activities designed to help you celebrate
Earth Day.

1 1 a.m. - 2 p.m. Scientists on the Floor.

See March 18.

1 1 a.m. - 2 p.m. Interpretive Station: Mud
Management. Learn about soil and the
work of soil scientists through activities that
demonstrate soil classification techniques,
the tools used to study soil and the differ-
ent types of life forms that inhabit the soil.

Resource Centers

Explore topics in more depth through a vari-
ety of resources, including computer
programs, books, activity boxes and much
more at the Africa Resource Center and the
Daniel F. & Ada L. Rice Wildlife Research
Station. Open daily from 10 a.m. to 4:30 p.m.
See below for information on the Webber
Resource Center and the Crown Family Place
for Wonder.

Pawnee Earth Lodge

Visit a traditional home of the Pawnee
Indians and learn about their life on the
Great Plains. Open from 10 a.m. to 4:30 p.m.
on weekends and at 1 p.m. during weekdays.
Check the informational directories or the
sign in front of the lodge for program times.

Ruatepupuke:

The Maori Meeting House

Discover the world of the Maori people of
New Zealand at their treasured and sacred
Maori Meeting House. Open daily from
9 a.m. to 5 p.m.

McDonald's Fossil
Preparation Laboratory

Watch Field Museum preparators work on a
variety of dinosaur bones. Open daily from
9 a.m. to 5 p.m.

Please Excuse our
Renovations

We are on the move! As you plan your next
visit to The Field Museum, you should note
that some of our exhibit halls and resource
centers are temporarily closed for reorgani-
zation. These include the Crown Family
Place for Wonder, the Webber Gallery,
Webber Resource Center, and Place for
Wonder — all of which will reopen this
summer. Although the new "Ancient
Mesoamerica and North America" hall will
not be complete until mid-July, sections of it
are currently available for public viewing. In
addition, portions of our North American
archaeology collections, including some of
the Hopewell material, are currently
unavailable to the public. The reinstallation
of these collections will occur in stages
beginning in late winter. This summer, the
Museum also will be opening a Plains and
Southwest Native American Gallery. For
more information, please call 312.665.7400.

Above: Join students from The School oj the Art Institute on April 15 as they reveal the secrets to
painting the Museum's world-renowned dioramas, such as this one of mule deer in the "Nature
Walk" exhibit.

Please note that programs are subject to change. Check the informational directories located throughout the Museum for daily program listings.

THE FIELD MUSEUM

MARCH/APRIL 2000

8 CALENDAR OF EVENTS

Field Updates

Satellite Phones Keep Field Museum
Scientists Out of Trouble

Robert Vosper

Just about every medical emergency imaginable has
befallen a Field Museum expedition at one time or
another. For instance, scientists in the field have bro-
ken their legs, been bitten by deadly venomous snakes,
stricken with acute appendicitis and contracted a slew
of unpronounceable tropical diseases. Since most of
these emergencies occur in remote locations far from
civilization, the expedition team usually carries their
fallen comrade out of the field on their backs. And
although nobody has died in the field in recent years,
the concern hangs over the head of every scientist who
conducts fieldwork.

To help alleviate that concern. Motorola Inc.
recently donated six satellite phones that work off the
new Iridium System, a network of 66 low-orbit satel-
lites 485 miles above the Earths surface. This network
allows you to call anyone in the world, whether you
are in the Andes, the African savanna, the Amazon
rain forest or the middle of the Pacific Ocean.

"If one of your researchers is in Afi^ica, for exam-
ple, and calls The Field Museum, their voice will travel
from one satellite to the next and then down to a gate-
way (a land-based switching station) where it will
travel through a land line to Chicago," says Eva
Valentine, a spokeswoman for Motorola's satellite
phone division. "Basically, it will help them keep in
touch when they are in places where there is no com-
munication or they've gone outside the boundaries of
traditional terrestrial cellular sites."

In addition to expanding the range of wireless
communication, these state-of-the-art phones are ideal
for fieldwork: They weigh only 16 ounces and can run
on a high-capacity battery that provides 72 hours of
standby time and nearly eight hours of continuous
talk time. The phones, which can be recharged with
an optional solar charger, also can receive voice and
written messages.

So far. Field Museum scientists have used these
phones during fieldwork in North America, South
America and Africa. Although no one has had to use
the phones in an emergency, they have found them to
be invaluable logistical tools. For example, Bruce
Patterson, MacArthur Curator of Mammals; Doug
Stotz, a conservation ecologist; and Sergio Solari, a
research associate, used the phones to reprovision
their field camp in Manu, a five-million-acre nature
preserve located on the remote edge of the Amazon
Basin in Peru.

For nearly nine weeks this past fall, these Field
Museum scientists, joined by a small army of biolo-
gists, trekked through the rain forests of Manu
conducting biological surveys along an elevation gradi-
ent of 1,320 feet to 11,550 feet above sea level.

"The schedule of this fieldwork required that we
head out to camp, spend three weeks sampling birds,
mammals, ticks, fleas, bat flies and lice; then picking up,
moving to another site along this gradient and doing it
all over again," Patterson says.

With each move, the team had to resupply the camp
with food and replace broken equipment. In the past,
this meant someone would have to miss at least three
days of fieldwork traveling to and from Cuzco, the near-
est town. However, on this trip the scientists were able
to use the phones to call a colleague in town who sent
the needed supplies by bus.

"I really wouldn't have wanted to do this Peruvian
project without these phones," Patterson says. "They are
that vital to the coordination of our fieldwork. Basically,
they gave us the flexibility to cope with changing needs
and problems."

Patterson also found one other use for the phones:
While in Manu, he called his 4-year-old son, Dan, to
wish him a happy birthday.

"I spent a total of five months in the field last year,
which is insane. For somebody like me, these phones
make a big difference in terms of security, convenience
and keeping my family supportive of my work. And it
really makes the difference for my son to be able to call
me when I am working on the other side of planet." ITF

Above: The new Motorola Satellite Series 9505 portable
phone is water, shock and dust resistant, and can be used as
either a satellite or cellular phone.

10 IN THE FIELD

Botany Curator Retires After 34 Years of Service

Robert Vosper

There isn't much that William Burger, curator of vas-
cular plants, would change about his life.

"I was awfully lucky, gee, was I lucky," remarks
the 65-year-old botanist, who announced on Dec. 31,
1999, that he was retiring after 34 years of service to
the Museum.

"I really can't think of doing anything different.
Part of that reflects my personality. I simply don't have
the kind of personality that would have allowed me to
succeed in business, medicine or law."

However, his personality was well-suited for
botany, where he became a world-renowned expert on
the flowering plants of Costa Rica.

Ironically, Burger, who grew up on the streets of
Manhattan in the 1930s and 1940s, admits that botany
wasn't what he really wanted to study.

"What I really wanted to do was study insects, but
the premeds at Columbia University were so competi-
tive that I couldn't score higher than a B in zoology.
So, when it came to applying to graduate school, I
decided that I had a better chance in botany where
I had gotten an A. It worked out pretty well, don't
you think?"

It did. After graduating from Columbia with a
B.A. in biology in 1953, Burger was drafted by the
Army and sent to Western Europe where he served as
a soil analyst. After returning stateside two years later,
he used the GI Bill to help pay his way through gradu-
ate school at Cornell University and earn his Ph.D. at
Washington University. It was in St. Louis that his life
took a dramatic change when he decided in July 1961
to enroll in a teaching program at an agricultural col-
lege in Ethiopia.

"This was an incredible experience," says Burger,
who spent four years at the college teaching plant tax-
onomy. "Within a three-hour Jeep ride we could be in
subdesert grassland, acacia thorn bush or agricultural
areas that were once broadly forested. We also could
trek into the mountains to explore evergreen forests
and unique alpine habitats."

But his time in this botanical paradise was soon to
be over. During a break from teaching in 1964, he
attended a botanical conference in Scotland where he
met former Field Museum botany chair Louis
Williams. Williams was so impressed by the young
botanist that he asked Burger on the spot to help him
start a research and collecting program in Costa Rica.
Knowing that this was a chance of a lifetime. Burger
agreed to relocate to the urban, mountain-starved
landscape of Chicago.

For the next three decades. Burger immersed him-
self in the botanical world of Costa Rica, spending on
average one month each year in the field collecting
plants for the Museum's herbarium, studying the

Above: William Burger taking some photographs of coconut
palms at Punta Cahuita, Costa Rica, in 1981.

regions plant diversity and developing a comprehen-
sive survey of all the flowering plants of Costa Rica.

"His work in Costa Rica is really seminal," says
Gregory Mueller, chair of the botany department.
"His plant treatments are so elucidating that everyone
wants to use them. The other thing that makes his
work so important is that he chose the most difficult
flowering-plant families to study. He also has been a
valuable member of the department, serving eight
years as the botany chair and six years as editor of
the Museum's scientific journal."

His sense of service, however, was not just
reserved for his department. Throughout his career,
he has gone out of his way to provide assistance to the
education, fund-raising and exhibition departments.
But to Burger, this is only part of the story. What he is
most proud of are his "nonscientific" accomplishments.

"My daughters and my wife have been the most
wonderful aspects of my life," he says. "The business of
watching little human beings grow up has got to be
one of the most satisfying things in life."

As for the future. Burger plans to continue study-
ing and collecting the plants of Costa Rica, as well as
leading Museum tours to Central America.

"My other plan is to enjoy the beauty of nature
for as long as I can," he adds. ITF

MARCH . APRIL 2000 1 1

The Archives

From the Photo Archives

You can learn
more about Jame}
MacEride at
www.iacha.org

Around noon on March 22, 1922, Museum botanist
James MacBride, pictured here with an unidentified
child outside a bar along the Higaris River in Peru,
boarded the SS Teresa in New York Harbor on what
became the most grueUng eight months of his life.

MacBride, a 29-year-old newcomer to fieldwork,
had been assigned the daunting task of collecting the
plants of the Peruvian Andes — a challenge that
thrilled this native of Rock Valley, Iowa.

"We stood astern until we could no longer see the
Statue of Liberty; then I seemed to have started my
adventure, to me, a great adventure," he wrote in his
field diary.

However, after a few months of trekking across
the cold, rugged terrain of the Andes, dodging roving
bands of thieves and trying to ignore the dysentery
that was ravaging his system, MacBride had lost much
of his initial enthusiasm.

"Today, about 15 miles further — very tired, no
alfalfa — a grain country entirely and the people
either too lazy or stupid to have hay. Slept in a field
and little indeed because of taking turns watching lest
robbers or cutthroats attack us," he wrote on Aug. 18.

The Peruvians weren't the only ones on whom
MacBride took out his frustrations. As the months
dragged on, he began to lash out at the W.R. Grace
Company for constantly misplacing money wired to
him from Chicago, the American Consul General for
refusing to help him get his collections through cus-
toms and even the Catholic Church, which he blamed

for his difficulties in finding a blacksmith to shoe his
horse on Good Friday.

"May God damn the Catholic Church — I do my
part in this regard," he filmed.

Although MacBride may not have been the most
culturally sensitive Field Museum employee, he proved
to be a competent botanist, amassing a huge collection
of specimens during his expedition. These collections,
along with another he made in Peru the following
year, served as the foundation of what would become
the most comprehensive collection of Peruvian flora in
North America. He also became an accomplished
author, writing a series of journal articles about the
flora of Peru that together stand as one of the most
complete surveys of Peruvian plants ever published.

However, these journal articles may have been
MacBride's undoing.

As the years passed by, MacBride became increas-
ingly obsessed with finishing this survey, often at the
cost of his other curatorial duties. Facing increasing
pressure from his superiors to perform, MacBride,
who was rumored to be independently wealthy, left
the Museum in the 1940s to finish his work in the
peace and quiet of Northern California, What became
of MacBride at this point is unclear. According to one
account, he was "swindled" out of his fortune and
became destitute.

In the early 1970s, he entered a convalescent home
in California, where he died fi-om pneumonia on
June 15, 1976, at the age of 85. ITF

12 IN THE FIELD

Ask a Scientist

Do you have a question for one of
our scientists? If so, please send it to
the Publications Department, The
Field Museum, 1400 South Lake
Shore Drive, Chicago, IL 60605, or via
e-mail to rvosper@fmnh.org. Only
questions published in the magazine
will be answered. An archive of
questions and answers that have
appeared in past issues can be
found at ww.fieldmuseum.org.
askascien tist.htm.

Did you kill the animals that are
on display?

Nearly all the mammals featured in
our exhibits have been on display for
at least 50 years, and some for more
than 100 years. At the time they
were collected, mammal populations
were large and people were accus-
tomed to hunting animals for food.
Consequently, very few people were
concerned at the time about killing a

few animals to put on display at the
Museum, and perhaps even less con-
cerned when they knew that these
animals were helping to educate mil-
lions of people. However, because so
many of these animals today are
endangered from overhunting and
habitat loss, we could not nor would
we want to kill more. And because
we have been able to reuse the old
taxidermy mounts very effectively,
we only have had to create a few
new ones in recent years. The ani-
mals in these contemporary displays
have come from zoos, nature centers,
state wildlife agencies or similar
organizations. Since The Field
Museum remains one of the nation's
primary centers for both education
and basic research on biological
diversity and environmental conser-
vation, we feel these new displays, as
well as the older ones, are a great
way to educate our visitors about the

natural world and illustrate how
we must change our attitudes and
activities if we are to preserve the
biological diversity that remains.

— Lawrence Heaney
Associate Curator and Head
Division of Mammals

Why were the arms of 7; rex
so short?

We really don't know why. What we
do know is that their arms, which
were about the same length as those
of a human, were robust and
extremely powerful. Muscle scarring
on the arm bones of Sue indicate
that her forelimb muscles were very
well developed. So, whatever these
dinosaurs were doing with their
arms, they were doing it with force.

— William Simpson

Chief Preparator and Collections
Manager, Geology Department

Field Museum Specimen Overturns U.S. Patent

An indigenous group from the Amazon rain forest has
used a 20-year-old Field Museum herbarium specimen
(right) to overturn a U.S. patent on Banisteriopsis caapi,
an hallucinogenic plant used by shamans in a ceremo-
nial drink known as "yage."

In 1986, the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office
(PTO) granted the patent to American researcher
Loren Miller because he had proved to their satisfac-
tion that the plant was cultivated from a domesticated
variety (Miller said he found the plant growing in a
"garden" in the Amazon). More importantly, he had
proved that his cultivated plant was unique (it had
flowers that were "rose colored, fading to white with
age," whereas all published material about B. caapi at
the time described the flowers as "pale pink, fading to
pale yellow").

Naturally, the indigenous group was infuriated
that a foreigner could own the rights to a plant that
they had been using for centuries. Eventually, the
Center for International Environmental Law (CIEL)
in Washington, D.C., stepped in on their behalf by fil-
ing a Request for Reexamination in March 1999. In
their petition, CIEL attorneys argued that Miller's
plant wasn't unique because a specimen of B. caapi
with rose-colored flowers had existed in The Field
Museum's herbarium about 13 months before Miller
filed his original application on May 21, 1981. The
PTO agreed with CIEL's assessment, and revoked
the patent.

"If it (the plant) had been accessioned 364 days before
the application, it wouldn't have qualified under the
PTO statute and we wouldn't have been able to use it
in our petition," says CIEL attorney Glenn Wiser. "And
all the testimony in the world would not have con-
vinced the PTO to reopen the case." ITF

MARCH • APRIL 2000 13

Field Museum Tours at a Glance

In October, explore some of the finest wildlife parks of south-
ern Africa on a safari with Field Museum zoologist David
Willard. While traversing through Botswana and Zimbabwe
in 4-wheel drive vehicles and small riverboats, you will see
many of the region's most spectacular natural wonders,
including the Okavango Delta, Victoria Falls and the
Hwange National Park.

Fire & Ice: Japan, the Kuril
Islands and Kamchatka

May 21 - June 1
Duration: 1 2 days
Guest Leader. Explorer and
oceanographer Don Walsh
Price: Starts at $5,490, not
including airfare

Archaeology and Landscapes
of China

May 23 -June 10

Duration: 19 days

Museum Leader: Archaeologist

Deborah Bakken

Price: $5,695, including airfare

from Chicago

Pacific Northwest
Subnfiarine Safari

June 30 - July 4, or July 5 - July 9

Duration: 5 days

Guest Leader. Marine biologist

Joe Valencic

Price: $3,890, not including airfare

For more Information or
free brochures, please call Field
Museum Tours at 800.811.7244,
or send them an e-mail at
fmtours@sover.net.

Galapagos Island Adventure

July 19 -July 29

Duration: 1 1 days

Museum Leader. Conservation

ecologist Doug Stotz

Price: $5,725, including airfare

from Chicago

Archaeological Treasures
of Peru

August 25 - September 6

Duration: 12 days

Museum Leader: Anthropologist

Jonathan Haas

Price: $5,995, including airfare

from Chicago

In August, travel throughout Peru with Field Museum
anthropologist Jonathan Haas and visit some of South
America's most captivating Pre-Columbian archaeological
sites, including Paracas, Nazca, Cuzco, Machu Picchu and
Moray. The tour also includes an optional extension to the
Amazon rainforest.

Join conservation ecologist Doug Stotz
in July on a 22-passenger ship as he
explores the different islands and
habitats that comprise the world-
famous Galapagos archipelago. Along
the way, you will get to snorkel with
sea lions and penguins in a world
where the wildlife shows virtually no
fear of humans.

Wildlife of Southern Africa:
Botswana and Zimbabwe

October 6 - October 19
Duration: 14 days
Museum Leader: Zoologist
David Willard

Price: $8,535, including airfare
from Chicago

Egypt Revisited

October 15 - October 29
Duration: 15 days
Museum Leader: Egyptologist
Frank Yurco

Price: Approximately $4,445, includ-
ing airfare from Chicago

Tunisia Unveiled

November 2 - November 16
Duration: 15 days

Guest Leader: Willard White, former
V.P. for Institutional Advancement
Price: $5,880, including airfare
from Chicago

On the Drawing Board

Egyptian Odyssey
Amazon by Riverboat
Central America Under Sail

Please Note: Dates, prices and itineraries are subject to change. Prices are per person, double occupancy.

The Field Museum's Me

The Natural Jewels
of the Amazon

From the President

Unmasking the Secrets
AND Mysteries of Sue

It was a long and nerve-racking
eight minutes.

Here we were bidding on the
worlds most famous fossil at
Sotheby's in New York City on
Oct. 4, 1997. Fortunately, my close
friend Richard Gray, president of
the Art Dealers Association of
America, was doing the bidding for
the Museum and Peter Crane, the
former vice president of our
Academic Affairs division and now
director of the Royal Botanic
Gardens in Kew, England, was tak-
ing copious notes. The only thing
left for me to do was fidget.

As the price of Sue skyrocketed
from $500,000 to $6 miUion in a
matter of minutes, I started to
think that there was no way that
the Museum could compete in this
race. It seemed inevitable that Sue
would be snatched up by a private
collector, forever shielded from the
inquisitive eyes of the public and
scientific community.

After about five minutes, the
auction suddenly slowed to a
crawl. As it turned out, we were

one of only a few bidders left in
the running at this point. When
the auctioneer reluctantly slammed
down his hammer on our bid of
$7.6 million, it took me a few sec-
onds to realize that Sue would be
spending the rest of her life at
The Field Museum.

On May 17, we will unveil Sue
after two and a half years of clean-
ing, restoring and preserving her
more than 250 fossilized bones.
For months to come, she will be
the focus of intense media atten-
tion, educational programming,
scientific reporting, dinner galas
and even a "Cretaceous Concerto."
During this time of celebration,
let's not forget why we set our
sights on Sue more than two
years ago.

When we competed for Sue
that autumn day in New York, we
knew that her prehistoric bones
harbored a fountain of information
about a species of dinosaur that
is still a relative mystery to scien-
tists. Before Susan Hendrickson
unearthed Sue's remains in the
high plains of western South
Dakota on Aug. 12, 1990, only
about 20 T. rex skeletons had ever
been found — almost all less than
60 percent complete. Sue is not
only 90 percent complete, but also
is larger and significantly better
preserved than these other speci-
mens. As a result. Museum
scientists are gradually uncovering
some long-held secrets of T. rex,
such as how the animal moved,
whether or not it was a skilled
hunter or an opportunistic scav-
enger, and whether its evolutionary
path led to modern-day birds.

From CT scans of Sue's skull,
we now have a better idea of the
size of an adult T. rex brain and
how developed this animal's senses
were. For instance, we recently dis-

covered that Sue has a pair of
massive olfactory bulbs (a part of
the brain that receives scent signals
from the nose), suggesting that
Sue may have "sniffed" her way
through life. We also have deter-
mined that the scars on her lower
jaws, once thought to have been
teeth marks, were actually caused
by an infection.

While gleaning these scientific
data from Sue's remains, we also
realized that Sue is an extraordi-
nary tool for teaching visitors
about paleontology, the geologic
forces that shape our planet, the
extensive collections of vertebrate
fossils housed here and the impor-
tant scientific work of our research
staff. Right after purchasing Sue,
for example, thousands of people
flocked to the Museum to watch
our researchers clean and preserve
Sue's bones in the specially
designed McDonald's fossil prepa-
ration lab. During the two-year-
long preparation process, we also
created a number of small exhibits
about Sue that touched on every-
thing from fossilization to the
theory that dinosaurs evolved into
the birds that grace our skies.

Sue has only just started to
reveal her educational potential
and will no doubt continue to yield
new information about the life and
times of the dinosaur known as the
Tyrant Lizard King. I believe she
will soon become Chicago's star
attraction, helping us introduce
millions of new people to the many
other important and fascinating
stories housed in our building.

John W. McCarter Jr.
President &■ CEO

We would like to know what you think about
"In the Field"

Please send comments or questions to Robert Vosper, publications
department. The Field Museum, 1400 South Lake Shore Drive,
Chicago, IL 60605-2496, or via e-mail at rvosper@fmnh.org.

Inside

Jaime Raduenzel reveals why some
South American indigenous
groups decorate their bodies with
animal and insect parts.

8

For the price of a luxury sedan,
you can be one of 10 people to
own a bronze replica of Sue's
5-foot-long skull.

It's time again for the Museum to
unlock its doors and let members
explore areas of the building usu-
ally off-limits to the public.

11

A new book by botanist Michael
Dillon offers readers a peek at the
botanical beauty and diversity of
northern Peru.

Your Guide to The Field

A complete schedule of events
for May /June, including programs
offered in conjunction with the
Sue exhibit.

Around Campus

After more than two years of
being cleaned, preserved and
restored. Sue is ready to reveal
herself to the world. See the
Calendar Section for details.

What do Field Museum scien-
tists really mean when they say
that Sue is the most complete
and best-preserved T. rex fossil
ever unearthed?

Find out why Daniel Burnham
pleaded with state legislators
to let him build The Field
Museum on a man-made island
in Lake Michigan,

INTHEFIELD

May/June 2000, Vol. 71, No. 3

Editor and Designer:
Robert Vosper

Design Consultants:
Hayward Blake & Company

In the Field (ISSN #1051-4546) is published
bimonthly by The Field Museum, Copyhght
©2000 The Field Museum. Annual subscriptions
are $20; $10 for schools. Museum membership
includes In the Field subscription. Opinions
expressed by authors are their own and do not
necessarily reflect the policy of The Field
Museum. Notification of address change should
include address label and should be sent to
Membership Department. POSTMASTER: Send
address changes to In the Field, The Field
Museum, 1400 South Lalce Shore Drive, Chicago,
IL 60605-2496. Periodicals postage paid at
Chicago, Illinois.

This issue's cover photograph (GE08e278.2C)

is by John Weinstein of a cast replica of Sue's
5-foot-long sl<ull.

TbrPield

Museum

The Field Museum salutes the people
of Chicago for their long-standing,
generous support of the Museum
through the Chicago Park District.

The Field Museum

1400 South Lake Shore Drive

Chicago, IL 60605-2496

ph 312.922.9410
vvww.fieldmuseum.org

Adler Planetarium

From June 3 through September 5, the
Adler will host the world premiere of New
Views of the Universe: The Hubble Space
Telescope. Organized by the Smithsonian
Institution and the Space Telescope Science
Institute, the exhibit offers a rare and
breathtaking view of the cosmos as offered
by the world's best-known observatory —
the Hubble Space Telescope. It features
videos and interactive components that
take visitors on a tour of the universe and
provides in-depth background information
about the history of the telescope. A spe-

cial sky show in the Adier's original plane-
tarium theater will accompany this exhibit.
Call 312.322.0304 for more information.

The Field Museum

See the Calendar Section for a list of pro-
grams and exhibitions offered in May
and June.

Shedd Aquarium

The flooding starts this summer when
Shedd Aquarium opens Amazon Rising:
Seasons of the River. This permanent

exhibit takes you on a journey through a
year in the Amazon River floodplain forest,
from low water to floods to receding
waters. Along the way, you will discover
the enormous diversity of animals that
inhabit this ever-changing ecosystem.
Amazon Rising features more than 250
kinds of fishes, reptiles, amphibians,
insects, birds and mammals in dramatic
multispecies habitats. Throughout, the
exhibit explores the connections among
animals, plants and people — all of which
benefit from the seasonal cycles of the
great river. Please call 312.939.2438 for
more information.

MAY . JUNE 2000 1

The Natural Jewels of the Amazon:

Discovering their Mysticism and Meaning

Above: Adult males of the Karajd, an indigenous group that lives in Brazil,

created feathered headdresses like this one for hoys who had reached puberty. When a boy wore this

object it gave the impression that spiritual energy was radiating

from his head.

2 IN THE FIELD

Jaime Raduenzel

Collections Management Assistant

Anthropology Department

Most Americans, especially' those living in urban areas,
are detached from the animal world. For example, we
no longer have to hunt for survival; we view the
byproducts of the animals we eat as garbage; we would
rather fumigate our homes with noxious chemicals
than share them with insects; and when designing
jewelry, we tend to shy away from organic material,
preferring instead the luster of metal and the
brilliance of precious stones. In fact, just about the
only thing we wear these days that is derived from an
animal is leather, which has been tanned, processed
and treated to the point where we no longer have a
clue as to its origin.

For many indigenous peoples in South America the
opposite is true. In general, these people consider
themselves an integral part of nature, equal to all the
creatures with which they share their environment.
While working on the more than 9,000 objects in the
Museums South American ethnographic collections, I
discovered that this belief is deeply rooted in the items
with which indigenous people adorn their bodies.

As an assistant collections manager in the anthro-
pology department, each day I handle and organize
hundreds of items that have been collected from
around the world by Field Museum scientists.
Unfortunately, when surrounded by so many artifacts,
a million or more to be exact, it is easy to become
blind to their beauty and the stories they can tell.
However, while organizing the South American mate-
rial, I was captivated by a collection of artifacts
comprised of hundreds of necklaces, armbands, head-
dresses and jewelry made from different animal
products, including bone, teeth, jaguar and monkey
skins, beetle wings and feathers.

At first I was floored by their beauty — the rich
reds, greens, yellows and blues of macaw feathers care-
fully woven into headdresses; the glistening metallic
greens of insect wings delicately attached to necklaces
and armbands; the rows of sandy-colored jaguar claws,
each about the length of a human pinkie finger,
threaded through a thin strip of leather. The more I
worked with these objects, the more intrigued I
became. Did the people who created them use animal
material because they found it beautiful? Or did this
material also hold important meaning in their lives?

In posing these questions to Museum anthropolo-
gists and scouring through the library after work, I
learned that just as in Western culture — in which
something like a crucifix hanging from someone's neck
is more than just a piece of jewelry — the animal-
based ornaments of indigenous groups harbor a
wealth of sociocultural information. While there are
hundreds of distinct indigenous groups living in South
America that use animal material to create decorative
objects, the Shuar and Desana of the northwest

Amazon, and the Bororo of central Brazil offer strik-
ing and diverse lessons in how these animals are used,
valued and honored.

The Desana

In the northwest Amazon, as well as in other parts of
the tropical forests of South America, animals such as
birds and jaguars have important roles in the complex
ideology and methodology of shamanism, a practice in
which religious and herbal leaders communicate with
the spirit world through rituals and ceremonies. At
the heart of this practice is the belief that evil spirits,
especially those sent by an enemy, are as responsible
for pain, sickness and death as are natural forces such
as disease. It is the role of the shaman to combat these
evil spirits. Often this means turning to the animal
world for help.

One of the many South American cultures that
practices shamanism is the Desana, a hunter-gatherer
society that lives along the Vaupes River in the center
of Colombian northwest Amazon. Brazilian anthro-
pologist Gerardo Reichel-Dolmatoff has discovered
that the Desana people believe that animals are the
shamans allies, assisting him in his role as mediator
between human and nonhuman realms. For example,
they believe that the red feathers of the scarlet macaw
are transformations of the Sun, possessing mystical
and medicinal powers. So, when somebody in the vil-
lage becomes ill, the shaman will often rub the
patient's body with an ornament made from macaw
feathers. This practice helps the shaman transmit his

Above: Shuar
earrings made
from beetle wings
and red, yellow
and orange tou-
can feathers. The
armband in the
center also con-
tains monkey
teeth, seeds and
bird bones.

MAY • JUNE 2000 3

own therapeutic powers and helps him call on the
spirits for assistance. Conversely, the shaman might
use these feathers to send a spirit to kill an enemy.
Anthropologists also have witnessed shamans in
the Desana culture using jaguar body parts in rituals
and ceremonies. According to the origin myth of these
people, the early shamans had the power to transform
themselves into jaguars by simply wearing a costume
made from the bones, skin, teeth and claws of the ani-
mal. These clothes were not only meant to disguise the
shaman, but also to help him shift his shape from
human to animal. Some shamans didn't even need an
entire costume to transform. They could "become"
jaguar, for instance, by hanging the fang or claw of a
jaguar around their necks, wearing a belt of jaguar skin
around their waists or even imitating a jaguar's growl.

The Bororo

Unlike the Desana, who inhabit forested areas, the
Bororo live on a central plateau in the state of Mato
Grosso in central Brazil. This lowland environment
generally consists of tropical savanna and flat fields, a
stark contrast to the densely forested areas of the
Amazon Basin. Although it is somewhat barren in
comparison to the Amazon rain forest, it is still home
to a wide variety of animals, many of which hold sym-
bolic value in Bororo culture.

Before the Spanish colonized South America in the
1500s, the Bororo were mainly hunters and gatherers.
According to anthropologist Elizabeth Netto Calil
Zarur, however, today they survive by growing cas-
sava, maize and rice. They also are a matrilineal
society, which means that at birth an individual
becomes a member of a certain clan based on the
mother's lineage. Within Bororo society, there are

about eight different clans — all of which have names
drawn from different immortal spirits. Often this
immortal spirit is an animal, claimed by an ancestor of
the clan who first came in contact with the animal. For
example, the founder of one clan, the Kie, claimed the
right to use the great tapir as his symbol. Thereaftrer,
all members of his clan were given names that reflect
the physical, behavioral and spiritual characteristics of
this creature. To identify themselves as Kie, clan mem-
bers wear ornaments made from material gleaned from
the tapir. Another clan, the Bokodori Exerea (which
means "animal with carapace like a great basket") took
its clan name, personal names and ornamentation from
the spiritual and physical traits of the giant armadillo.

Although these clans have claimed the exclusive
right to use these animals, they do not own them.
Anyone in the community can hunt or eat a tapir,
for instance, but only the Kie can wear the animal's
body parts.

There is, however, one animal that belongs to all
the Bororo: the macaw. This brightly colored bird is
significant because it inhabits areas of the environment
that provide the Bororo with the foods and materials
they need to survive. It also builds nests in caves along
rocky outcrops — the same places the Bororo believe
their ancestors once lived and were buried. As a result,
the Bororo never kill or eat macaws, especially those
with red feathers. They use these feathers to create
objects for healing ceremonies.

Anthropologists don't really know why the Bororo
hold red macaw feathers in such high esteem. Some
have suggested that the Bororo believe that their
ancestors visit the human world as these majestic,
colorful birds.

The Shuar

Perhaps one of the best-known indigenous groups of
South America is the Shuar, who live in a section of
the Amazonian rain forest that straddles the border
between Ecuador and Peru near the eastern slope of
the Andes. Because narrow, rocky rivers slice through
Shuar territory, the Spanish were unable to conquer
these people for centuries. When they did finally man-
age to penetrate the region, the Spanish were quickly
forced back by Shuar warriors, which might explain
why they were once called the Jivaro, the Spanish
word for "uncivihzed." The combination of their mili-
tary prowess and the rugged terrain of their homeland
allowed the Shuar to maintain their autonomy long
after the Spanish subjugated neighboring groups.
However, this part of their history and culture has
since been overshadowed in popular lore by their now-

Left: Taken in 1925 on the border of Colombia and Brazil,
this photograph shows men from an unidentified indigenous
^t I group wearing traditional ceremonial attire, including neck-
laces made from bone or teeth and feathered headdresses.

r.l

4 IN THE FIELD

abandoned custom of shrinking and preserving human
heads. This emphasis is unfortunate because head-
hunting was just a small part of a very complex
religious belief system — a system that is reflected in
the way the Shuar dress and decorate their bodies.
Much of this belief system is beautifully described by
anthropologist Michael Harner in his book The Jivaro:
People of the Sacred Waterfalls.

As with most cultures, the Shuar believe that dress
and ornamentation can enhance an individual's power,
protect against sickness and injury, and reaffirm status
in the community. Among the most interesting and
unique materials the Shuar use to create body decora-
tions are the iridescent greenish-purple wing covers of
Euchroma gigantea, the largest wood-boring beetle in
the New World. The wings of these nearly 3-inch-long
"jewel beetles" have a seemingly magical appearance
and have been used as decorative elements for cen-
turies in places like Amazonia, northern Thailand,
Australia, New Guinea, the West Indies and Victorian
England. For the Shuar, however, these beetles are
more than just decorative objects — they symbolize
wealth, well-being and power, and are incorporated by
the Shuar in everything from armbands and earrings
to headdresses and skirts.

The beetle is not the only significant creature in
Shuar culture. For example, they also believe that tou-
cans possess power in the spirit world. In some
ceremonies men attach stuffed toucans to their waists
or breast ornaments as a way to ward off^ evil spirits.
They also use femur bones from the tayu bird
(Steatornis caripensis) to advertise to their peers, as well
as to young women, that they are brave and skilled
hunters. One reason these bones have so much mean-
ing is because the tayu, a small reddish-brown
nocturnal bird, likes to live in caves that are inhabited
by jaguars, making the task of collecting the bones
quite dangerous. In addition, many of these animal
parts are often found on objects that contain beetle
wings and human hair. When combined, these items
probably take on additional symbolic meaning or mys-
tical powers for the Shuar.

Preserving Material Culture

One of the difficulties in writing about indigenous
groups like the Desana, Bororo and Shuar is deciding
whether to use the past or present tense when
describing their cultural practices. While some of
their traditional belief systems are still alive and well,
others have been transformed or completely destroyed.
Some of the greatest obstacles these groups face in
trying to preserve their cultural practices are defor-
estation, habitat destruction and unchecked
development — all of which have made it difficult for
them to maintain their connection to nature and find
the materials essential to their ceremonies and rituals.
The other problem is that the indigenous populations
have been greatly reduced by disease, economic pres-
sures and the influx of nonindigenous groups into

their traditional homelands. For example, the popula-
tion of the Bororo, which once numbered in the
thousands, is today estimated to be no larger than
800. Yet indigenous peoples today persist in holding
on to their traditional way of life because they believe
it is the only way they can safeguard the forest for
future generations.

Museums are an important resource for some tradi-
tional cultural practices. We, and people of indigenous
cultures, can learn from the objects and artifacts that
are preserved in museums. But, because these artifacts
often are made from fragile material, they will deterio-
rate over time unless money and time are spent to
conserve them. With funding from the National
Endowment for the Humanities, The Field Museum is
addressing this issue by moving its South American
collections into greatly improved storage facilities. As
part of this process, the Museum's collections manage-
ment staffs has packaged these objects in archival
material and reorganized them to facilitate research.
Thousands of feather items and other delicate
ornaments, which at one time were stored in over-
crowded drawers and shelves, are now housed in
airtight cabinets and mounted on supportive struc-
tures to protect them.

In describing museum collections, anthropologist
Ruben Reina once wrote, "These objects are the books
of non-literate people. Museums are their libraries."
The collections management staffs and conservators
in the anthropology department have taken this state-
ment to heart, priding themselves on helping to
preserve the knowledge of indigenous cultures around
the world. As the artifacts created by the Desana,
Bororo and Shuar illustrate, these collections provide a
vivid introduction into the lives of the people who
helped shape and continue to shape the diverse cul-
tural landscape of South America. ITF

Above: Once
on display at
the 1893 World's
Columbian
Exposition, this
jaguar necklace
was worn by
men of the Guato,
an indigenous
group that lived
in the same area
of Brazil as
the Bororo.

MAY • JUNE 2000 5

Field Updates

Sue is More Than a Pretty Face

Above: This 3-D
image of Sue's
skull is made up
of 748 individual
CT or X-ray
"slices."

Ever since dinosaur hunter Barnum Brown unearthed
the first Tyrannosaurus rex fossil in Wyoming in 1900,
T. rex has become one of the best-known pop-culture
icons in history. From silent films to Jurassic Park,
in comic books and novels, at toy stores and theme
parks, the menacing creature with the powerful
jaws and tiny arms is king to dinosaur enthusiasts
of all ages.

Although it is the most popular dinosaur in the
world, very little is known about T. rex. Was it a
predator, a scavenger or both? Was it warmblooded
like a bird or coldblooded like a crocodile? How did it
stand, move, eat or live? How much did it rely on its
eyesight, hearing and sense of smell to survive? Most
importantly, how is T. rex related to other dinosaurs of
its time and to species that lived before and after it?

Nobody really knows the answers to these ques-
tions. However, Sue, who will be unveiled May 17 in
Stanley Field Hall (see calendar section for details),
may contain some of these answers.

"T. rex may be familiar to virtually everyone, but
what we don't know about this creature would fill vol-
umes," says Chris Brochu, a research scientist in the
geology department and the lead researcher on Sue.
"Look at the literature on ancient crocodiles — it's
huge. It fills shelf, aftrer shelf, after shelf By compari-
son, the literature on tyrannosaurids, the dinosaur
family that Sue belongs to, makes a very small stack,
maybe a couple of feet high."

Brochu will add a major volume to that stack
when he completes the monograph on Sue. This trea-

tise will be a fiiU scientific description of the specimen,
complete with detailed measurements and images of
all her bones and anatomical features. Basically, it will
serve as a reference for all future work on T. rex.

"You can't do anything with a fossil until
you know what's there," Brochu explains. "Sue's
completeness is letting us do that to a far greater
extent and with far greater confidence than it has ever
been done before."

Only four other T. rex specimens are even as much
as 60 percent complete; Sue's skeleton, in contrast, is
about 90 percent complete and possesses one of only
two existing T. rex forelimbs. Her completeness,
combined with the exquisite preservation of her
bones, makes Sue an invaluable resource for those
studying the species.

"Because we have all the important pieces from a
single animal," says Brochu, "we're beginning to draw
conclusions about its motion, its growth and the rela-
tionship of T. rex to other species."

These relationships are especially important to
Brochu, whose main interest is studying evolutionary
family trees. By looking at the key features that an ani-
mal shares with other species — such as the shape of
its foot bones or the holes in its skull — scientists like
Brochu can determine a creature's place in the evolu-
tionary tree. This in turn allows them to study and
test theories about evolutionary processes, ancient
ecosystems and even plate tectonics.

"This skeleton is just filled with scientific infor-
mation," adds Barbara Ceiga, a senior exhibit developer
at the Museum. "With the right people looking at it in
the right ways, the stories will come tumbling out."

Sue, Her Life and Times

Among the stories hidden in Sue's bones are clues as
to what life is like at the extreme.

More than 40 feet long. Sue is one of the largest
creatures ever to walk on two legs. Even as dinosaurs
go, she is huge (Museum scientists estimate that in life
she weighed 7 tons). Unlike mammals, but like most
reptiles, dinosaurs continued to grow even after reach-
ing adulthood. The longer they lived, the bigger they
grew. But what happens to bones and muscles when
something gets as big as a T. rex? Because Sue is so
well preserved, it is still possible to see fine surface
details showing where muscles, tendons and other soft
tissue attached to bone. These details allow scientists
to reconstruct what Sue may have looked like in life,
her range of motion, how she was able to stand and
move and how she rested.

Some of these details also reveal more extraordi-
nary events in her life. A number of her bones show

6 IN THE FIELD

pathologies, such as misshapen teeth and scars.
Initially, some researchers believed that these patholo-
gies were bite marks and battle scars. Brochu, however,
disagrees. He thinks most of these lesions were proba-
bly caused by infections.

"What's interesting," Brochu points out, "is that
Sue didn't die from any of these wounds. They all
show extensive healing, a sign of good health. At this
point it looks like Sue lived a good, long life and then
just died."

Brochu also is interested in other ways in which
Sue interacted with the world — especially through
her senses. Because soft tissue doesn't fossilize, it's dif-
ficult to say just how this prehistoric creature saw or
heard, smelled or tasted.

"We do know that Sue could see and hear because
we can tell from the bone structure and nerve open-
ings that these systems were well built," he says.

One of Brochu's most significant finds to date is
that Sue had enormous olfactory bulbs, twin struc-
tures located at the front end of the brain that were
developed to detect smells. According to Brochu, these
bulbs are nearly as large as the brain itself, suggesting
that sense of smell played a vital role in the life of
a T. rex.

"When Sue explored the world," he says, "it was
nose first."

The Age of Dinosaurs Meets
the Age of Computers

The spaces that held Sue's olfactory bulbs — as well
as openings for nerves and blood vessels, and bony
structures surrounding the delicate semicircular canals
of her inner ear — were uncovered by CT scanning
technology. That extraordinary procedure was a break-
through in its own right.

In August 1998, Sue's 5-foot-long skull was care-
fully wrapped and crated, then trucked to Boeing
Company's Rocketdyne lab in Ventura County, Calif.
It was then hoisted up by a crane and bolted to an
industrial-strength CT scanner normally used for
examining jet engines. There it underwent more than
500 hours of X-ray scanning, subjecting it, according
to the tongue-in-cheek calculation of one Boeing tech-
nician, to "more radiation than Godzilla received when
the French A-bomb was detonated in Polynesia."

Because this was the first time scientists had used
an industrial CT technology to examine a T. rex, it
allowed them to go where no paleontologist has gone
before: inside the head of a T. rex.

The 748 images — each an X-ray "slice" of the
skull — fill eight CD-ROMs. Brochu can view these

images individually or stack them to create a 3-D
image of Sue's skull and snout. With the help of a
computer program, he also can take a virtual journey
through Sue's head, traveling down narrow passages,
looking behind bony walls and even slipping inside the
bone itself. Because much of this is uncharted terri-
tory, it is opening up entire new areas of study for
scientists, as well as new possibilities for examining
other fossils.

Sue's Future as a Scientific Specimen

Although Sue will soon be taking her place among
the fighting elephants and Haida totem poles that
adorn Stanley Field Hall, it doesn't mean that her
days as a scientific specimen are over. The steel
framework that supports her more than 250
separate bones for display is designed so that
researchers can easily remove individual bones with-
out disrupting the mount. As a result, scientists can
continue searching for the secrets hidden in her
bones, while Sue introduces a whole new generation
to the lore of the dinosaur known as the Tyrant
Lizard King. ITF

Below: Chris
Brochu examining
one of the CT
scans on his com-
puter. Brochu is
using these scans to
study the internal
detail of Sue's skull.

MAY . JUNE 2000 7

Your Guide to The Field

Inside

1 Exhibits

S Calendar of Events

7 Get Smart

9 Free Visitor Programs

Exhibits at a Glance

The Dead Sea Scrolls

On display through June 1 1, 2000

Discovered by a Bedouin shepherd in caves
in the Qumran region of the Judean Desert
in 1947, the Dead Sea Scrolls connprise 800
compositions written in Hebrew, Aramaic
and Greek more than 2,000 years ago.
Although many of these scrolls represent
books of the Hebrew Bible, some contain
apocryphal works found in Christian and
Greek scriptures, while others are sectarian
documents, such as community laws.
Portions of IS different scrolls are on dis-
play at The Field Museum, including five
that have never traveled outside Israel. The
exhibit which is coorganized by The Field
Museum and the Israel Antiquities
Authority, also features 80 artifacts from the
Qumran settlement and books and manu-
scripts on loan from the Newberry Library
and the Spertus Museum. Tickets for 'The
Dead Sea Scrolls" are $3 for adults, $2 for
children ages 3 to 11, seniors and students
with ID. Tickets can be ordered in advance
by calling Ticketmaster at 312.902.1500.

"The Dead Sea Scrolls" is sponsored by Lilly
Endowment Inc., The Church of Jesus Christ
of Latter-day Saints, The Fourth Presbyterian
Church of Chicago, Chicago Sinai
Congregation, the Archdiocese of Chicago
and the Jewish United Fund/Jewish
Federation of Metropolitan Chicago.

Masks: Faces of Culture

On display through May 14, 2000

"Masks: Faces of Culture" presents 139
masks from nearly 50 countries on six conti-
nents. Ranging in age from the prehistoric
times to the present, these masks, some of
which are on display with full costume,
exemplify the exquisite design, provocative
imagery and compelling purpose found in
mask-making — one of the most enduring
forms of artistic expression. In addition to
the masks that are on exhibit are music and

Above: Cartonnage mummy mask from
Egypt, circa 1325 - 1224 B.C.

Above: The "Psalms Tehillim' scroll is a
liturgical collection of songs and hymns com-
prising parts of 41 biblical psalms.

video footage of masquerades, carnivals
and festivals in which masks play a central
role. The exhibit was curated by Cara
McCarty (the Grace L. Brumbaugh and
Richard E. Brumbaugh Curator of Decorative
Arts and Design), and John W. Nunley (the
Morton D. May Curator of the Arts of
Africa, Oceania and the Americas), both
from the Saint Louis Art Museum. "Masks:
Faces of Culture" is free with general
Museum admission.

Africa: From Eritrea with Love

On display through July 4, 2000

The exhibit "Africa: From Eritrea with Love"
features paintings by Betty LaDuke that
capture the diverse cultures of Eritrea, one
of the youngest nations in northeastern
Africa. LaDuke, a painter, activist and for-
mer professor at Southern Oregon State
University, first traveled to this nation on
the Red Sea in 1993, just three years after it
won a 30-year struggle for independence
from Ethiopia. During her travels there over
a four-year period, she recorded on canvas
the daily life of the Eritrean people, their
dependency on the region's mountainous
terrain and their spiritual practices and
beliefs. The exhibit is free with general
Museum admission.

CALENDAR OF EVENTS

MAY/JUNE 2000

THE FIELD MUSEUM

Sue Exhibit

Sue at The Field Museum

Opens May 17

Sixty-seven million years ago. Sue and
her species, Tyrannosaurus rex, were the
undisputed rulers of their world. The
biggest, fiercest meat-eaters to ever roam
the North American landscape, they faced
no rival to their domination.

Sue lived a long life and when she died the
fine silt of an ancient river covered her mas-
sive bones. For millions of years, while
continents shifted around her and countless
species came and went. Sue lay burled
deep within the high plains of western
South Dakota. There she waited, slowly fos-
silizing, until Aug. 12, 1990, when fossil
hunter Susan Hendrickson encountered the
sleeping giant.

Seven years later. The Field Museum pur-
chased Sue for $7.6 million at a Sotheby's
auction in New York City. For the past two
and a half years. Field Museum preparators
have been carefully removing the rocky
matrix that has entombed her skeleton
since the late Cretaceous period.

Now Sue, her magnificent bones carefully
restored, rules a new domain: The Field
Museum's Stanley Field Hall.

On May 17, 2000, she will take her throne,
presiding over her kingdom from the north
end of the hall where visitors can examine
her bird-like feet, massive legs, pelvis, razor-
sharp teeth and powerful jaws, and, if they

continued next page

^IIHSTIINA

Sue Over Time

67 million years ago

Sue is born, lives and dies in what is now

Soutli Dakota.

1990

August 12 — While working with fossil
hunters from the Black Hills Institute of
Geological Research Inc. (BHI), Susan
Hendrickson discovers Sue on the prop-
erty of Maurice Williams near Faith, S.D.
BHI pays Williams $5,000 for the fossil.

1992

May — The federal government seizes
Sue, arguing that BHI didn't have the nec-
essary permits to excavate the fossil from
Williams' property.

1994

February — A federal appeals court rules
that Williams is still the rightful owner of
the fossil. Williams decides to place the
dinosaur on the auction block.

1997

October 4 — With the help of McDonald's
Corporation and Walt Disney World
Resort, the Museum purchases Sue at
Sotheby's for $7.6 million.

November 18 — Visitors get their first
peek at the famous fossil in the exhibit
"Sue Uncrated. "

1998

June 10 — The Museum opens the
McDonald's Fossil Preparation
Laboratory, allowing visitors to watch as
Museum researchers clean, preserve and
restore Sue's bones.

August to September — Boeing techni-
cians perform CT scans on Sue's skull.
Museum researchers use these scans to
reconstruct the anatomy of the skull.

1999

April — Museum scientists begin the first
step in creating cast replicas of Sue by
making molds of her prepared bones.

May 29 — The Museum opens the
exhibit "Sue: The Inside Story, " which
features some of the discoveries that
were made about T. rex based on new
research and the CT scans.

2000

May 17-

Sue will be unveiled.

THE FIELD MUSEUM

MAY/JUNE 2000

CALENDAR OF EVENTS

Sue Exhibit

have the courage, stare into her dark, bot-
tomless eye sockets.

Unlike most museums, which display cast
replicas of dinosaur skeletons. The Field
Museum has strengthened Its commitment
to authenticity. This is Sue — not a plastic
model or a plaster cast, nor a patchwork
or composite of bones from different
species. The bones on display are the real
fossilized remains of the single largest, most
complete and best-preserved 7: rex fossil
ever unearthed.

Each of Sue's approximately 250 fossilized
bones is cradled in a hand-forged iron
bracket on which the bones rest like a dia-
mond in the setting of a ring. However,
these brackets are hinged and locked,
allowing scientists to remove the bones
for research.

One of the few pieces of Sue that will not
be mounted is her 5-foot-long skull, which
Is too heavy to be placed on the steel arma-
ture that will support Sue's skeleton.
Instead, the Museum will install a cast
replica of the skull on the skeleton, placing
the real one on display in an exhibit on the
second-floor balcony overlooking Stanley
Field Hall. There, you can get an up-close
view of the predator's massive head, as well
as learn about the mounting process and
the story of how Sue ended up at The Field
Museum. In addition, you can view ani-
mated CT scans of the skull and touch a
variety of casts of Sue's bones, including a
rib, forelimb and a 12-inch-long tooth.

Just around the corner, the Museum will
install additional displays that focus on the
ongoing scientific study of T. rex and Sue. In
this section, you also will learn how fact,
theory and speculation have all played a

role in solving the mysteries of T. rex; why
scientific and popular views of T. rex have
changed and will continue to change over
time; and how Sue's bones may hold the
clues to understanding how a T. rex lived.

To celebrate Sue's unveiling, the Museum
will be hosting a number of special dino-
related programs from May 17 to May 21,
including a day of family entertainment on
May 17, a family festival on May 19, a
lecture by the lead researcher on Sue on
May 20, and a concert performance about
the life and times of Sue on May 21 (see
"Get Smart" page in the calendar section
for more information).

If you can't make it to Chicago to see Sue,
don't despair. A life-sized cast replica of
the dinosaur Is being installed at DinoLand
U.S.A. in Disney's Animal Kingdom at Walt
Disney World Resort in Florida. In addition,
two other cast replicas will be traversing the
country as part of a traveling exhibit
sponsored by McDonald's Corporation.
This exhibit will be on display at Boston's
Museum of Science on June 23,
followed by Honolulu's Bishop Museum on

Above: Fossil hunter Susan Hendrickson
standing next to Sue's right foot. She discov-
ered Sue near Faith, S.D.. on Aug. 12, 1990,
after the truck in which she was riding
broke down.

Upper Right: Field Museum preparator Paul
Brinkman removing the matrix from one of
Sue's more than 250 fossilized bones.

Right: Sue's razor-sharp teeth ranged in length
from 7.5 inches to 12 inches. During her
life, Sue's teeth would have continually shed
and regrown.

CALENDAR OF EVENTS

MAY/JUNE 2000

THE FIELD MUSEUM

July 14. It will spend approximately three
months in each city on the tour, which
also will include stops in St. Paul, Minn.,
Los Angeles, Calif., and Columbus, Ohio.

"The traveling Sue exhibition is our way of
ensuring that families nationwide have the
opportunity to enjoy and learn from this
unprecedented scientific discovery," says
Jack Greenberg, chairman and CEO of
McDonald's Corporation.

These two McDonald's exhibits will include
a 42-foot articulated cast skeleton of Sue,
touchable casts of bones, video footage and
interactive anatomical models that allow
visitors to control the movements of a
T. rex jaw, tail, neck and forelimb.

You can also access information about Sue
on the Web at www.fieldmuseum.org/Sue/.
There you will find details about Sue and
the world in which she lived, photographs
of her bones and even a live Web cam that
allows you to watch preparators clean and
restore fossilized bones uncovered by
Museum scientists. ITF

Sue at The Field Museum, which is free with
general Museum admission, is made possi-
ble by McDonald's Corporation. A major
sponsor of Sue is Walt Disney World Resort.
The Elizabeth Morse Charitable Trust is the
generous sponsor of this exhibition.

Above: The shaded areas show the hones
that are missing from Sue's skeleton.

Some Fun Sue Facts

It took six fossil hunters 17 days to get
Sue out of the ground; it took 12
Museum preparators two years (30,000
hours of total preparation time) to dean
and repair her bones.

A T. rex skeleton is made up of approxi-
mately 321 bones. Sue was found with
most of these bones. Among the bones
she is missing are a foot, one arm and a
few ribs and vertebrae.

T. rex lived closer in time to the first
humans (about 60 million years apart)
than it did to the first dinosaurs (about
160 million years apart).

Only two complete T. rex forelimbs have
ever been found — and Sue has one
of them.

Sue's legs are enormous, but her arms
are the size of a human's — so short that
they couldn't even reach her mouth.
Nobody knows how T. rex used these
tiny forelimbs.

Sue's razor-sharp teeth were continually
shed and regrown during her lifetime.

The first T. rex was unearthed in
Wyoming by Barnum Brown in 1900.

Picturing T rex: Selections From the Lanzendorf Collection

While visiting The Field Museum as a child
in the 1950s, Chicago resident John
Lanzendorf purchased a small brass T. rex
figurine. For Lanzendorf, this purchase was
the beginning of a lifelong fascination with
dinosaurs and dinosaur collectibles. Today,
that figurine is just one of hundreds of
pieces that comprise one of the most com-
prehensive private collections of dinosaur
art in the world.

From May 17 through November 13, The
Field Museum will present a portion of
Lanzendorf's extraordinary collection in the
new exhibit "Picturing T. rex: Selections
from the Lanzendorf Collection." Free with
general Museum admission, the exhibit
features more than 70 original paintings,
drawings, sculptures and toys — most
depicting Tyrannosaurus rex, the largest car-
nivore to walk the Earth.

The objects on display range from carefully
modeled bronzes based on the latest
scientific research to whimsical T. rex

salt-and-pepper shakers. Some reflect
the changing theories about the anatomy
and behavior of T. rex. For instance, a cou-
ple of his sculptures depict T. rex as upright
and lumbering, while others portray it as
a more agile creature. Lanzendorf's collec-
tion also reveals the range of solutions that
artists have come up with to add color and
skin texture to a creature known only
by its bones. For example, some have
depicted T. rex as a darkly camouflaged
animal, whereas others have opted for
lizard green or even orange and white like
a spotted giraffe.

Some of the more fascinating objects on dis-
play were created by artists involved in films
in which T. rex played the starring role. For
instance, one T. rex in Lanzendorf's collec-
tion was created by Michael Trcic for the
first Jurassic Park movie.

Right: John Lanzendorf surrounded by his col-
lection ofT. rex paintings and sculptures.

THE FIELD MUSEUM

MAY/JUNE 2000

4 CALENDAR OF EVENTS

Calendar of Events

Literary Reading with
Kathleen Norris

5/1, Monday, 6:30 p.m.

Greet the Day with Kathleen Norris

5/2, Tuesday, 7- 8 a.m.

In her novels — which include Dakota: A
Spiritual Geography and The Cloister Walk
— Kathleen Norris examines issues of
contemporary spirituality and offers illumi-
nating perspectives on difficult theological
concepts. In addition to her novels, Norris
also has published personal narratives,
essays and poetry in a variety of magazines,
including The New Yorker and The New
York Times Magazine. She also has written
several popular essays on monasticism that
have appeared in The Gettysburg Review,
Hungry Mind Review and North Dakota
Quarterly. On May 1, Norris will read a
selection of her short essays; presenting
them the following day with a morning of
meditation along the lakeshore. Tickets for
the "Literary Reading" are $15 ($10 mem-
bers; $12 students and educators) and for
"Greet the Day" are $42 ($35 members; $38
students and educators). Please call
312.565.7400 for more information or
to register.

Sunday Symposia Series:

The Scrolls and Millenarianism

5/7, 2-4 p.m., Sunday

The State of the Continuing
Publication of the Dead Sea Scrolls

5/14, 2-4 p.m, Sunday

As part of its Sunday Symposia Series that
delves into the history and controversy sur-
rounding the Dead Sea Scrolls, The Field
Museum will present "The Scrolls and
Millenarianism" in which four prominent
scholars will debate the apocalyptic refer-
ences found in the scrolls, including one
that mentions a final battle that will be
waged between the Sons of Light and the
Sons of Darkness. Then on May 14, Emanuel
Tov, editor in chief of the Israel Antiquities
Authority's Dead Sea Scrolls Publication
Project, will close out the series by talking
about his organization's ongoing effort
to publish and transcribe these ancient
manuscripts. Tickets to the "Scrolls and
Millenarianism" are $12 ($8 members;
$10 students and educators). Tov's lecture
Is free with Museum admission on a
first-come, first-served basis. Please call
312.665.7400 for more information or
to register for the paid program.

Left: This Black-crowned Night Heron
(Nycticorax nycticoraxj is one of the many
species of birds that you might encounter on
the "Weekend Birding at Black Swamp"
field trip.

Adult Field Trip

Weekend Birding at Black Swamp,

Ottawa City, Ohio

5/19 - 5/21, Friday to Sunday

Join The Field Museum and The Chicago
Audubon Society for a birding trip to the
Ottawa National Wildlife Refuge, Magee
Marsh and Navarre Marsh along the shores
of Lake Erie. The bus will depart from The
Field Museum Friday evening, arriving in
Port Clinton, Ohio, later that night. The
next morning, you will trek through
Magee Marsh and then hike the roads
around the wetlands of the Ottawa
National Wildlife Refuge. After dinner,
Julie Shieldcastle from the Black Swamp
Bird Observatory will discuss the vast array
of wildlife that inhabits the region's
marshes and swamps. On Sunday morning,
she will then introduce you to the art and
science of bird banding. Afterward, you will
have a few hours to explore the Navarre
Marsh before boarding the bus back to
Chicago. $185 ($170, members). Please
call 312.665.7400 for more information
or to register.

Body Scriptures:

Praise, Prophets and Possibilities

Liz Lerman Dance Exchange

6/3, Saturday, 8 p.m.

In celebration of "The Dead Sea Scrolls"
exhibit, the internationally renowned Liz
Lerman Dance Exchange has created a spe-
cial performance based on material from its
national tour of Hallelujah! — a series of
dances that shed light on the question,
"What are we in praise of?" Over the past
20 years, the Liz Lerman Dance Exchange
has produced a number of award-winning
works, including The Good Jew?, which
took an unflinching look at issues of faith,
ethnicity and identity. Most of Dance
Director Liz Lerman's original pieces are
defined by the spoken word drawn from
literature, personal experience, philosophy
and political and social commentary. $15
($10 members; $12 students and educators).
Please call 312.665.7400 for more informa-
tion or to register.

CALENDAR OF EVENTS

MAY/JUNE 2000

THE FIELD MUSEUM

Field Trips

Chicago Jewish Roots

614, Sunday, Noon - 5 p.m.
African-American Chicago, 1936

6/1 1, Sunday, 10 a.m. - 5 p.m.

Throughout the summer, the Spertus
Museum in Chicago will be showcasing
"The Nazi Olympics: Berlin 1936," an extra-
ordinary exhibit that highlights the stories
of athletes who boycotted, participated or
were barred from participating in the most
controversial games in modern Olympic his-
tory. In conjunction with "The Nazi
Olympics," The Field Museum is hosting two
bus tours in June that explore some of the
themes examined in the exhibit. The first
tour, on June 4, will be led by Irvin Cutler, a
professor emeritus in Chicago State
University's geography department, who
will take participants on a journey to areas
in Chicago in which Jewish culture once
flourished. The June 1 1 field trip will be led
by author and historian Timuel D. Black Jr.
who will take you on a tour of neighbor-
hoods in Chicago that were the center of
African-American life in the 1930s. Both
trips will depart from the Spertus Museum.
Tickets for "Chicago Jewish Roots" are $50
($43 members) and for "African-American
Chicago" are $60 ($50 members). Please call
312.665.7400 for more information.

Lecture

The Sacred Depths of Nature

6/6, Tuesday, 6:30 p.m.

Ursula Goodenough, one of America's lead-
ing cell biologists, will offer insight into the
connection between modern science and
spiritual meaning, a connection that is the
focus of her acclaimed book, The Sacred
Depths of Nature. Goodenough's book is
a celebration of molecular biology com-
bined with meditations on the spiritual
and religious meaning that can be found
at the heart of science. During her lecture,
Goodenough will explain this connection
while covering such topics as gene
expression, embryology, evolution and bio-
diversity. $12 ($8 members; $10 students
and educators). Please call 312.665.7400 for
more Information or to register.

Right: A photograph from the Spertus
Museum's new summer exhibit, "The Nazi
Olympics: Berlin 1936." On June 4 and
June 11, you can explore some of the themes
examined in this exhibit by taking bus tours
into areas of Chicago that were once the center
of Jewish and African-American culture.

The State of the Art

The National New Plays Network

6/24, Saturday 2 - 3:30 p.m.

Join The Field Museum and The National
New Play Network as they host "The State
of the Art," a lively exchange on contempo-
rary theater moderated by local theater
critic Jonathan Abarbanel. The National
New Play Network is an alliance of non-
profit theater companies dedicated to
helping its members develop and produce
new works and strengthen relationships
within their communities. "The State of the
Art" is sponsored by the Prop Theater
Group, The Field Museum and the City of
Chicago's Department of Cultural Affairs.
For more information about this free pro-
gram, please call 773.486.PROP

Summer Camp

2000 Summer Worlds Tour:

Extreme Environments

7/1 0-7/1 4; 7/1 7 -7/21;
7/24 -7/28; or 7/31 -8/4

Are you looking for a summer day camp for
your kids that is both fun and educational?
Well, you might want to consider the
"2000 Summer Worlds Tour," a summer
camp coorganized by the Adier Planetarium
and Astronomy Museum, The Field Museum
and the Shedd Aquarium. During these

camps, participants will get to explore envi-
ronments that are unique and extreme,
such as Mars, the so-called red planet; the
mysterious Mesozoic habitat that was home
to dinosaurs like Sue; and the delicate and
mystical rain forests of the Amazon. Parents
can sign up their children for one of the
four one-week sessions (see above). $200
per participant, per session ($180 members).
Please call 312.665.7400 for more informa-
tion or to register.

Downtown Thursday
Nights at The Field

June 22 - August 17

Beginning June 22 and continuing
through the summer. The Field Museum
will be open until 9 p.m. on Thursday
evenings. During these late summer
nights, you can come in and explore the
Museum's exhibits (which will close at
8 p.m.), enjoy some lively performances
and outdoor celebrations and take a
walk around campus to take in the
beauty of the city's skyline. Please call
312.665.7400 for more information.

THE FIELD MUSEUM

MAY/JUNE 2000

CALENDAR OF EVENTS

Get Smart

Sue at The Field Museum
Opening Festivities

On May 17, Sue will stand fully erected for
the first time in nearly 70 nnillion years. In
celebration of her unveiling, The Field
Museum has organized a number of pro-
grams designed to help you explore the
world of Sue and to uncover the secrets
hidden in her prehistoric bones.

Family Activities

Wednesday, May 17
Saturday & Sunday, May 20-21
Saturday, Sunday & Monday, May 27 - 29
10 a.m. - 3 p.m.

During the family activities portion of the
celebration, you can delve into the world of
Sue by creating a dinosaur from foam and
wire; uncovering hidden fossils embedded
in the Museum's limestone floors; and
watching dinosaurs come to life through
the magic of puppetry. On May 20 and
May 21, you also can meet some children's
authors who have written about Sue. All
activities are free with general Museum
admission. Please call 312.665.7400 for
more information.

Sue Family Festival

Friday, May 19
5:30- 10p.m.

Celebrate Sue's unveiling at the "Sue Family
Festival," a fun evening for all ages.
Highlights of the evening will include an
opportunity to meet and get an autograph
from Susan Hendrickson, the discoverer of
Sue; a dino parade around the Museum led
by massive dinosaur puppets; a picnic-style
dinner; and a number of dino-related the-
atrical performances and hands-on
activities. Tickets are $15 for children and
$20 for adults ($12 member children and
$18 for member adults). To order tickets,
please call Ticketmaster at 312.902.1500.

The Science of Sue

Saturday, May 20
3:30 p.m.

Chris Brochu, a research scientist in the
geology department and lead researcher on
Sue, will reveal what he has learned about
Sue from studying her fossilized bones for
the past two years. He also will discuss his
soon-to-be-published monograph, which
contains the full scientific description of
Sue. $12 ($8 members; $10 students and
educators). Please call 312.665.7400 for
more information or to order tickets.

Above: A view from inside Sue's mouth. Sue would have used her teeth, which were serrated like
the blade of a steak knife, to tear apart the flesh of her prey and keep her victims from escaping
her powerful jaws.

7th Annual Silver
Images Film Festival

A Family Dinosaur Concert:

A Celebration of a r. rex Named Sue

Sunday, May 21
11 a.m. & 1 p.m.

Join the Chicago Chamber Musicians and
The Field Museum as they present "A Family
Dinosaur Concert: A Celebration of a I rex
Named Sue." Designed for families with chil-
dren ages 3 and above and sponsored by
Ronald McDonald House Charities, the con-
cert will feature the world premiere
performance of "Tyrannosaurus Sue: A
Cretaceous Concerto," with music by Bruce
Adolphe, poems by Kevin Crotty and illustra-
tions by Kurt Vargo. It also will feature
a reading of Jan Wahl's book. The Field
Mouse and the Dinosaur Named Sue. Call
312.225.5226 to reserve your tickets ($10).
For more information, please call
312.665.7418

Sunday, May 4
11 a.m. to 5 p.m.

During The Silver Images Film
Festival, which celebrates the oppor-
tunities that come with aging,
visitors can watch a variety of inter-
national films and video shorts that
depict the elderly as active, produc-
tive and empowered members of
society. Festival director Sheila
Malkind will hold discussions about
the films after each screening.
Organized by the Terra Nova Films
Inc., a nonprofit organization, the
festival is free with general Museum
admission (the Museum will waive
admission for those with senior-citi-
zen cards). Call 312.881.6940 for
more information.

CALENDAR OF EVENTS

MAY/JUNE 2000

THE FIELD MUSEUM

An Evening with Julie Taymor

Thursday, May 4

6:30 p.m.

As part of its ongoing exploration of tine
"Maslcs: Faces of Culture" exiiibit, the
Museum is proud to present an evening
with Julie Taymor, a theatrical designer and
director who has choreographed, directed
and created costumes for a variety of plays
and operas that incorporate masl<s and
masl<-lil<e outfits.

During the course of her career, Taymor has
made a significant impact on contemporary
popular theater through her use of uncon-
ventional stagecraft, including masks,
puppets and experimental staging tech-
niques. For instance, she recently designed
large-scale puppet masks for the Broadway
adaptation of The Lion King that allowed
the actors to mimic the movements of the
creatures they were portraying.

In addition to The Lion King, Taymor has
worked on The Flying Dutchman, The
Tempest and Shakespeare's Titus
Andronicus, which she recently adapted into
a feature film. Her "braiding together of
global stage forms," as theater historian
Eileen Blumenthal has described her work,
has earned Taymor a number of awards,
including the MacArthur "Genius Grant"
and a Guggenheim Fellowship. $20 ($15
members; $18 students and educators). Call
312.665.7400 for more information.

Above: Tsidii Le Loka wearing one oJTaymor's costumes in the Broadway production of'The
Lion King." After graduating college, Taymor was awarded a fellowship to study Javanese shadow
puppetry in Indonesia. While on the island of Bali, she formed her own theater troupe, whose
first work was called "Way of Snow," based on an Inuit legend.

Collecting Dinosaur Art
With John Lanzendorf

Friday, July 7

6 to 8 p.m.

On display from May 17 through Nov. 13,
the exhibit "Picturing T. rex: Selections
from the Lanzendorf Collection" features
original art and popular representations of
Tyrannosaurus rex. These objects, which
range from sophisticated bronzes to salt-
and-pepper shakers, were all collected by
Chicago resident John Lanzendorf over the
past 50 years.

On July 7, you can meet Lanzendorf, who
will explain why he began collecting
dinosaur art and how he has transformed
his first piece, a brass T. rex figurine he
bought as a child while visiting The Field
Museum, into one of the most comprehen-
sive private collections of dinosaur art in the

world. Participants are encouraged to bring
along selections from their own dinosaur
collections to share with others. $12 ($10
members). Please call 312.665.7400 for
more information.

Right: Any good collection of dinosaur art
usually includes at least one of these $1 "Mold
a-Rama" plastic T. rex miniatures. For more
than 10 years, the Museum has been selling
these dinosaur figurines in coin-operated vend'
ing machines on the ground floor.

THE FIELD MUSEUM

MAY/JUNE 2000

8 CALENDAR OF EVENTS

Free Visitor Programs

Left: A watercolor illustration by Peggy
Macnamara, the Museum's resident artist, of a
spiny-tailed iguana (Ctenosaura similis). On
May 13, visitors can learn how to paint and
draw the thousands of biological and cultural
specimens on display at the Museum.

2-4 p.m. Dead Sea Scrolls Sunday
Symposia: The State of the Continuing
Publication of the Dead Sea Scrolls. For the

closing lecture in the Museum's Symposia
Series, professor Emanuel Tov from the
Hebrew University of Jerusalem will
talk about the future of the Israel
Antiquities Authority's Dead Sea Scrolls pub-
lication project. Started in 1950 by a small
team of scholars, this project is an attempt
to publish all 800 compositions that com-
prise the Dead Sea Scrolls.

May 17 — Wednesday

10 a.m. - 3 p.m. Opening Day: Unveiling of
Sue. See the "Get Smart" page in the
calendar section for a full description of
opening festivities.

10 a.m. & 1 p.m. Tour: Inside Ancient Egypt.
See May 3.

Every Saturday and Sunday

1 p.m. Preschoolers Alert! Story Time —
Facts, Fables and Fiction. Learn new songs
and stories, and have fun creating artwork
in the Grainger Gallery — all in a 20-minute
program sponsored by The Siragusa
Foundation Early Childhood Initiative. In
May and June, you can hear stories about
dinosaurs, music and life in the woods, as
well as design a T. rex, forest habitat,
dream tree or dazzling drum. One adult for
every three children, please.

Interpretive Station Activities: Drop by
hands-on stations located throughout the
Museum (check informational directories
for a daily listing) and delve into the fasci-
nating world of natural history.

May 3 — Wednesday

10 a.m. & 1 p.m. Tour: Inside Ancient Egypt.
Explore the lives and afterlife of the
ancient Egyptians.

May 10 — Wednesday

10 a.m. & 1 p.m. Tour Inside Ancient Egypt.

See May 3.

May 11 — Thursday

1 1 a.m. - 2 p.m. Scientists on the Floor.

Extend your journey into the Underground
Adventure exhibit by listening to scientists
from the U.S. Department of Agriculture
talk about the process of soil formation in
Illinois and around the world. Opened
March 27, 1999, Underground Adventure
allows visitors to explore the hidden world
beneath their feet.

May 13 — Saturday

Noon - 3 p.m. Hall Demonstrations: Artists
in the Field. Watch student artists from the
School of the Art Institute demonstrate the
drawing and painting techniques they use
to capture the beauty of The Field
Museum's many dioramas and cultural and
biological collections.

May 14 — Sunday

1 1 a.m. - 4 p.m. 7th Annual Silver Images
Film Festival. Come watch films and videos
produced from around the world that cele-
brate long life and the latter stages of
adulthood. Sheila Malkind, the director of
the festival, will lead discussions about the
films after each screening. Please call
312.665.7400 for information about film
titles and screening times.

May 20 — Saturday

10 a.m. - 3 p.m. Family Programs for
Opening Weekend of Sue. Opening-week-
end activities for Sue will continue with a
variety of family programs designed to
encourage visitors to explore the world of
dinosaurs. See the "Get Smart" page in the
calendar section for details.

May 21 — Sunday

10 a.m. - 3 p.m. Family Programs for
Opening Weekend of Sue. See May 20.

May 24 — Wednesday

10 a.m. & 1 p.m. Tour: Inside Ancient Egypt.
See May 3.

Daily Highlight Tours

Take a guided tour of the exhibits that
make this Museum one of the world's
finest and learn about the history of
these displays. Tours are offered Monday
through Friday at 1 1 a.m. and 2 p.m.
Check the informational directories for
weekend tours.

Please note that programs are subject to change. Check the informational directories located throughout the Museum for daily program listings.

CALENDAR OF EVENTS

MAY/JUNE 2000

THE FIELD MUSEUM

May 27 — Saturday

10 a.m. - 3 p.m. Family Programs for Sue.

Both educational and entertaining, these
family activities are designed to enhance
your enjoyment of Sue, the largest and
most complete T. rex ever unearthed.
During this program, you can create your
own dinosaur from foam and wire, and
view artwork created by dinosaur artists.
You can even search the Museum's lime-
stone floor for evidence of buried fossils.

1:30 p.m. Tibet Today and a Faitli in Exile.

This slide presentation takes you to Tibetan
refugee sites around the world and to
places in Tibet now open to tourists.

May 28 — Sunday

10 a.m. - 3 p.m. Family Programs for Sue.
See May 27.

May 29 — Monday

10 a.m. - 3 p.m. Family Programs for Sue.
See May 27.

May 31 — Wednesday

10 a.m. & 1 p.m. Tour: Inside Ancient Egypt.

See May 3.

June 3 — Saturday

Noon - 5 p.m. Meet John Lanzendorf.

Dinosaur art collector John Lanzendorf will
be on hand to speak to visitors about the
exhibit "Picturing T. rex: Selections from
the Lanzendorf Collection." Visitors are
encouraged to bring along pieces from their
own dinosaur collections to share with
others. Please call 312.665.7550 for a list of
additional dates.

June 7 — Wednesday

10 a.m. & 1 p.m. Tour: Inside Ancient Egypt.
See May 3.

June 8 — Thursday

1 1 a.m. - 2 p.m. Scientists on the Floor. Join
scientists from the U.S. Department of
Agriculture to learn about soil science, soil
conservation and careers relating to agricul-

Right: This Egyptian woman died more than
5,500 years ago during the Naqada I period.
It is one of the many mummified remains you
will discover while on the Museum's free
"Inside Ancient Egypt" tour that is offered
throughout May and June.

ture. The scientists also will discuss how
they strive to educate the public about the
importance of soil, one of the planet's most
valuable resources.

June 14 — Wednesday

10 a.m. & 1 p.m. Tour: Inside Ancient Egypt.
See May 3.

June 21 — Wednesday

10 a.m. & 1 p.m. Tour: Inside Ancient Egypt.
See May 3.

June 28 — Wednesday

10 a.m. & 1 p.m. Tour: Inside Ancient Egypt.

See May 3.

Resource Centers

Explore topics in more depth through
a variety of resources, including computer
programs, books, activity boxes and much
more at the Africa Resource Center and
the Daniel F. & Ada L. Rice Wildlife Research
Station. Open daily from 10 a.m. to
4:30 p.m. See next column for information
on the Webber Resource Center and the
Crown Family Place for Wonder.

Pawnee Earth Lodge

Visit a traditional home of the Pawnee
Indians and learn about their life on
the Great Plains. Open from 10 a.m. to
4:30 p.m. on weekends and at 1 p.m.
during weekdays.

Ruatepupuke:

The Maori Meeting House

Discover the world of the Maori people of
New Zealand at their treasured and sacred
Maori Meeting House. Open daily from
9 a.m. to 5 p.m.

McDonald's Fossil
Preparation Laboratory

Watch Field Museum preparators work on a
variety of dinosaur bones. Open daily from
9 a.m. to 5 p.m.

Please Excuse our
Renovations

We are on the move! As you plan your next
visit to The Field Museum, you should note
that some of our exhibit halls and resource
centers are temporarily closed for reorgani-
zation. These include the Crown Family
Place for Wonder, the Webber Gallery,
Webber Resource Center and Place for
Wonder — all of which will reopen this
summer. Although the new "Ancient
Mesoamerica and North America" hall will
not be complete until mid-July, the majority
of it is currently available for public view-
ing. This summer, the Museum also will be
opening a Plains and Southwest Native
American Gallery. For more information,
please call 312.665.7400.

Please note that programs are subject to change. Check the informational directories located throughout the Museum for daily program listings.

THE FIELD MUSEUM

MAY/JUNE 2000

10 CALENDAR OF EVENTS

Field Notes

Canadian Sculptor Combines Art with Science
TO Re-create Sue's Skull

Above: Brian
Cooky working on
his Sue sculpture in
one of the geology
department's
preparation labs.

Robert Vosper

Are you looking for a collectors item that is a little
more upscale than baseball cards, Pokemon toys or
Beanie Babies? Are you going insane trying to find a
gift for that special someone who has everything? Or
perhaps you are in the market for some artwork that
will make your dinner guests' heads spin with curios-
ity? If your answer is yes, then we have something
right up your alley.

Beginning May 17, Brian Cooley, a 43-year-old
sculptor from Calgary, will begin selling 10 limited-
edition, one-third-scale bronze replicas of Sues
5-foot-long skull. Cooley will sell the first five sculp-
tures for $34,000 each; then will increase the price in
increments of 5 percent for the remaining pieces. As
part of his licensing agreement with The Field
Museum, Cooley will donate the first sculpture to the
Museum and will share 50 percent of the total sales.

Since 1983, Cooley has been creating life-sized
and scale models of dinosaurs for museums and theme
parks around the world. In the past couple of years, he
also has created a number of models for National
Geographic magazine, which has used them as illustra-
rions in articles about major dinosaur discoveries. The
magazine even published a photograph of one of his
pieces, a fleshed-out recreation of the flightless feath-
ered dinosaur Caudipteryx zoui, on the cover of its July
1998 issue. Not long after this issue hit the news-
stands, the magazine commissioned Cooley to create a
model of another important flightless dinosaur: Sue.

For its June 1999 feature about the Museums
famous fossil. National Geographic asked Cooley to cre-
ate two models of Sue, one showing how facial
muscles would have attached to its jaws and the other
depicting Sue as she may have looked when alive. To
design these models, Cooley first had to create an
exact replica of the skull in polyester. Working closely
with Museum preparators and paleontologists, Cooley
studied and measured the skull for months. Since
the Museum hadn't removed all the rocky' matrix
encasing the fossil at this point, Cooley had to fill in
some of the missing pieces by studying T. rex fossils at
other institutions.

"It was a lot like taking diflPerent pieces of a jigsaw
puzzle and putting them together," he says.

After completing the piece, Cooley approached
the Museum about the possibility of selling the replica
of the skull as a limited-edition bronze. Once Museum
lawyers gave him the green light, he returned to
Chicago late last year to resculpt the sections that
were based on other specimens.

"I was impressed by how accurate his sculpture
looks," says William Simpson, chief preparator in the
geology department. "He was genuinely interested in
getting it right. There were several times when I
would say to him, 'That just doesn't look right, Brian.'
He would immediately get out his calipers and mea-
sure it. On the rare occasion it was off^, he would tear
apart that section and rebuild it."

This type of detailed work was new to Cooley,
who in his 17 years of creating dinosaur models has
never had to capture every crack, fissure and defect of
an individual fossil.

"This was the first time I've created a portrait of a
specific dinosaur," Cooley says. "Usually, I create
generic models based on many different fossil remains.
Working on Sue was certainly one of the most enjoy-
able pieces I've ever created because you learn so much
from studying something that closely."

Because the sculpture is a facsimile of Sue's skull
(it doesn't, however, reflect the distortions to much of
the fossil skull that were caused by geologic forces),
Cooley hopes it will appeal to more than just collec-
tors of dinosaur art.

"As far as I know, there has never been a situation
where a fossil has been as famous as Sue and there
has never been a sculpture of a fossil created with
this much detail," he explains. "These sculptures
represent something unique in both the art world
and paleontology."

For Sue's unveiling May 17, the Museum will
place one of the sculptures on public display. For
information about purchasing Cooley 's bronze repli-
cas, please call 312.665.7651. ITF

8 IN THE FIELD

Membership News

Members' Nights 2000

Thursday, June 8 and Friday, June 9
5-10 p.m.

Join us for Members' Nights, our
annual behind-the-scenes extrava-
ganza during which you can meet
our scientific staff and explore the
areas of the Museum usually
closed to the public.

During these two nights of dis-
covery and exploration, we will
take you on a journey into the
collections areas, through the exhi-
bition department and to the
research labs where our scientists
will show you how they are uncov-
ering the cultural and biological
secrets of the planet. You also will
get to see Sue, who will be on dis-
play in all her frightful glory at the
north end of Stanley Field Hall.

While the focus of Members'
Nights is science and research, you
can also explore our classic diora-
mas, permanent exhibits and
temporary displays, such as "The
Dead Sea Scrolls," which will be
open for viewing on a first-come,
first-served basis.

After you've completed your
behind-the-scenes journey, you can

kick back and enjoy some musical
and theatrical performances in
Stanley Field Hall, grab some food
at Corner Bakery or McDonald's,
and visit our store, which will be
offering members a 20-percent dis-
count on most merchandise.

Admission to "Members' Nights
2000" requires advance tickets.
Members will receive an invitation
by mail and an order form for tick-
ets. Each member household will
be able to request two free guest
passes for friends and family. ITF

Members' Nights Highlights

Afterlife in Ancient Egypt

Find out what ancient Ushabti
statues unearthed in Egyptian
tombs can tell us about the
Egyptian belief in life after death.

Venomous Arthropods

Examine some of nature's scariest
animals, such as scorpions,
black-widow spiders and foot-
long centipedes.

In the Shadow of Sue

Come see some of the
fossil animals and plants
(right) that were found buried
alongside Sue in the high plains
of western South Dakota. This is
the first time these fossils have
been on public display.

Sue in the Laboratory

Examine some of the tools that
Museum preparators used to
remove the rock from Sue's
bones and discover how a team
of preparators managed to
remove this rock in just two years.

Hidden Anthropology

See some of the Museum's newest
acquisitions from New Guinea and
existing collections of featherwork
from South America.

What's in all These Cases?

Find out how the Museum's
collection of 2.5 million botanical
specimens has helped scientists

uncover some of nature's

lingering mysteries.

Mammals: The Inside Story

Watch Field Museum prepara-
tors remove the flesh and
skin from a mammal and learn
how scientists use these
prepared specimens in
their research.

MAY. JUNE 2000 9

Photo Archives

When architect Daniel Burnham began searching for a
site to build a permanent home for The Field Museum
in 1906, he ran into a powerful roadblock by the name
of A. Montgomery Ward.

After making millions from his mail-order busi-
ness, Ward became the self-appointed protector of
Chicago's lakefront, which had become overrun by
railroad tracks, garbage and squatters' shacks. Ward
not only wanted the city to clean up the mess, but also
to protect the area from development.

"I fought for the poor people of Chicago, not for
the millionaires," he once said. "Here is a park frontage
on the lake . . . which city officials would crowd with
buildings, transforming this breathing spot for the
poor into a show ground for the educated rich."

So, it was no surprise that Ward took Burnham to
court after the architect announced his grand plan to
create a cultural metropolis in Grant Park filled with
marble-clad museums. At the center of this metropo-
lis, Burnham revealed, would be The Field Museum.
Although the public was on Burnham's side, the courts
were not. Burnham, however, was not ready to give up.
He immediately drafted a plan (above) that called for
building the Museum on a 2,000-foot-Iong, 950-foot-
wide man-made island about 200 feet from the
shoreline. This time he sent his plan for Isle Marshall,
as he called it, to the state legislature for consideration
as a bill.

While debating Burnham's proposal, the legisla-
tors kept receiving letters signed by "Mr. Nobody"

with advice on how to handle Ward's lawyers.
Although no one has been able to confirm the author's
identity, some historians have suggested that Mr.
Nobody was actually Burnham himself.

"If Isle Marshall ... is a part of Grant Park, the
Montgomery Ward lawyers think they must win on
the same grounds as before," wrote Mr. Nobody on
Dec. 8, 1909. "Why not make it strictly an island, cut-
ting the ground from under the objectors . . . Let Isle
Marshall be truly an island, and the bill for it so drawn
will leave the Ward lawyers no leg to stand on."

The legislators were not swayed by Mr. Nobody's
arguments and summarily rejected the plan. At this
point, Burnham realized that the only option left was
to build his masterpiece in Jackson Park next to the
crumbling Palace of Fine Arts Building, which had
served as the Museum's temporary home since the
close of the 1893 World's Columbian Exposition.
However, just as construction was to begin, the
Illinois Central Railroad offered Museum officials use
of some landfill they owned on the shores of Lake
Michigan, just south of Grant Park.

On May 3, 1921, the Museum opened its doors
(inset) in this new location and within a few years was
joined by the Shedd Aquarium, the Alder Planetarium
and Soldier Field.

Ironically, neither Ward nor Burnham ever got
to see the fruits of their labor. Burnham died
June 1, 1912, of complications associated with colitis
and Ward a year later from a pulmonary edema. ITF

10 IN THE FIELD

Field Tidbits

Ask a Scientist

Do you have a question for one of
our scientists? If so, please send it to
the Publications Department, The
Field Museum, 1400 South Lake
Shore Drive, Chicago, IL 60605, or via
e-mail to rvosper@fmnh.org. Only
questions published in the magazine
will be answered. An archive of
questions and answers that have
appeared in past issues can be
found at www.fieldmuseum.org. /
askascientist.

Did 7: rex have any predators?

No it didn't. Although a juvenile
Tyrannosaurus might have been vul-
nerable, a healthy, full-grown adult
was not. We know of no other meat-
eaters even close to T. rex in size at
the end of the Cretaceous period.

— William Simpson

Chief Preparator and Collection
Manager, Geology Department

Why don't ants or other small Insects
drown In the rain?

Ants that live underground generally
abandon their homes when they
flood, often bringing their pupa and
larvae along with them. Once they
find dry refuge, the colony will wait
until the ground dries out before
attempting to build a new home.
Most ants, however, try to find areas
that offer some drainage so they
don't have to move during heavy
rainfalls. Other small insects have
their own unique ways of coping
with floods. The 17-year cicada, for
instance, will encase itself in a water-
proof capsule of soil during floods.
And lion ants avoid the problem
altogether by restricting themselves
to sandy areas under hanging cliffs
and logs before each rainy season.

— Daniel Summers

Collection Manager of Insects
Zoology Department

What is the difference between a
chimpanzee and a gorilla?

Chimpanzees and gorillas are both
members of the primate group,
which includes mammals such as
lemurs, monkeys and humans. All pri-
mates have relatively large braincases
(in comparison to other mammalian
groups) and possess agile limbs and
fingers. Chimps generally differ from
gorillas several ways. For example,
chimps are smaller than gorillas and
have larger and more conspicuous
ears. In addition, female chimps are
almost the same size as males,
whereas female gorillas are much
smaller than their male counterparts.
Using collections like those housed
at the Museum, scientists continue to
debate the exact relationships
among primates and often ask them-
selves questions similar to yours.

— William Stanley

Collection Manager of Mammals
Zoology Department

The Floristic Diversity of Northern Peru

In the course of conducting fieldwork in Peru over the
past 28 years, Field Museum botanist Michael Dillon
has taken thousands of photographs of just about
every plant he has ever set eyes on. Last year, Dillon
and some of his Peruvian colleagues decided to put
this encyclopedic collection to use by publishing a
Spanish-language book that provides a descriptive and
visual overview of 185 of the most stunning examples
of the plant species found in northern Peru.

Along with basic taxonomic information that
accompanies each photograph, the book, Diversidad
Floristica del Norte de Peru, also contains a 15-page
introduction that explains why the region is blessed
with so much botanical diversity and endemism.
Although the book contains very detailed color pho-
tographs and taxonomic identifications, it is not meant
to serve as a field guide, says Dillon.

"It's a book that we hope will stimulate Peruvians,
especially kids, to go out and look around and learn
about the wealth of diversity that exists in their back-
yards," he explains. "In general, there is a real lack of
information available to the public in Peru about the
botanical treasures that exist in their country."

The authors will use all the proceeds from the
book, which was funded in part by the World Wildlife
Fund and the Universidad Privada Antenor Orrego in

Diversidad
Floristica del
Norte de Peru is
available for $30
through Dillon's
Web site at
www.nolana.com
or by contacting
him directly at
dillon(ainolana.com.

Trujillo, Peru, to publish future volumes that examine
the flora of northern Peru's distinct habitats, such as
rain forests and coastal deserts. ITF

MAY . JUNE 2000 1 1

Field Museum Tours at a Glance

For more information or free brochures, please call Field Museum Tours at
800.811.7244, or send them an e-mail at fmtours®sover.net. Please note that
rates, prices and itineraries are subjea to change and that prices are per per-
son, double occupancy.

Spend 16 days aboard a ISS-passenger
sailing yacht with Field Museum
botanist William Burger as he explores
five Central American countries and
two oceans. Participants also can take
a pre-extension trip to the Tikal ruins
in Guatemala and a post-extension
tour to Costa Rica.

Pacific Northwest
Submarine Safari

June 30 - July 4, or July 5 - July 9

Duration: 5 days

Ouest Leader. Marine biologist

Joe Valencic

Price: $3,890, not including airfare

Galapagos Island Adventure

July 19 -July 29

Duration: 1 1 days

Museum Leader. Conservation

ecologist Doug Stotz

Price: $5,725, including airfare

from Chicago

On the Drawing Board

Archaeological Treasures
of Peru

August 25 - September 6

Duration: 1 2 days

Museum Leader: Anthropologist

Jonathan Haas

Price: $6,290, including airfare

from Chicago

Wildlife of Southern Africa:
Botswana and Zimbabwe

October 6 - October 19
Duration: 14 days
Museum Leader. Zoologist
David Wiliard

Price: $8,535, including airfare
from Chicago

Egypt Revisited

October 15 - October 29
Duration: 15 days
Museum Leader. Egyptologist
Frank Yurco

Price: Approximately $4,445, includ-
ing airfare from Chicago

Accompany Field Museum Egyptologist
Frank Yurco on a tour next October
to some of the most spectacular tourist
destinations in Egypt, including Abusir,
Dashur Maidum, Abydos, Dendara,
Lake Nasser, Abu Simbel and Amada.
You also will get to see some lesser-
known sites in Cairo, Luxor
and Aswan.

Tunisia Unveiled

November 2 - November 16
Duration: 15 days

Guest Leader: Wiliard White, former
V.P. for Institutional Advancement
Price: $5,880, including airfare
from Chicago

Amazon by Riverboat

December 9 - December 17

Duration: 9 days

Museum Leader. Botanist

William Burger

Price: $3,498, including airfare

from Chicago

Central America Under Sail

February 10 - February 25, 2001

Duration: 16 days

Museum Leader Botanist

William Burger

Price: Starts at $7,990, not

including airfare

In November, travel with Wiliard White to Tunisia and visit
World Heritage sites, such as Carthage, Kairouan and
ancient Thysdrus (above). You also will get to see Bulla
Regia and Dougga, two extraordinary archaeological sites
firom the Roman occupation. This tour is limited to 14 par-
ticipants, so make your reservations early.

Egyptian Odyssey: A Comprehensive Introduction

Ancient Monuments of Southeast Asia

The Natural and Cultural History of Tsavo: A Tented Safari Through the Land

of the Man-eaters

EFiaD

August
2000

."^j:'

«

t^\

Star Wars

The Magic of Myth ,

Cave Lipns

' • ^The Truth Behin^
., .; Biblical Myths' " '

.«xV*

From the President

Seeing the Forest
Through The Trees

Envision yourself approaching
the Museum from Grant Park
with Chicago's skyline at your
back. You pass through a shady
grove of linden trees, planted
there last year to honor retired
Congressman Sidney R. Yates,
a long-time champion of the
arts, humanities, environment
and the people of Illinois.

As you ascend the north
steps, you see the monstrous
silhouette of a Tyrannosaurus-
rex skeleton stretched out along
the tall columns of the Museum
on a gigantic banner. Once
inside, you are swept into the
whirlwind of excitement around
Sue. You gaze in wonder at the
fossil's miraculous visage as
hundreds of thousands of oth-
ers have since we unveiled it
on May 17. The scene seems
dominated by this new star
attraction.

But if you were to look away
you would see the Museum in
a larger context that is alive and
ever-changing. As you set out
over the myriad footpaths and
hallways that branch out in
every direction, the Museum

appears as a vast forest of
scientific and cultural knowl-
edge, under whose sprawling
canopy you can explore the
whole world.

Through corridors brimming
with materials about the
planet's peoples and wildlife,
you encounter thousands of
biological specimens and cul-
tural objects from the Museum's
outstanding collections of more
than 21 million items. You
also see a changing marquee
of temporary exhibitions, such
as Cartier 1900-1939, Sounds
From the Vaults and The Dead
Sea Scrolls.

On the ground floor, you
discover a special exhibitions
hall that recently mounted
Masks: Faces of Culture and
where later this month, Star
Wars: The Magic of Myth will
debut. Just past the exit to our
newest permanent exhibition.
Underground Adventure, you
notice an intimate new gallery
that features items from our
insect collections.

This floor is home to edu-
cational facilities such as the
Harris Loan Center, the new
Siragusa Center and the
soon-to-be refurbished James
Simpson Theatre, which
recently played host to ocea-
nologist and archeologist
Robert Ballard and his JASON
Project and a presentation by
theatrical director and designer
Julie Taymor.

Under the watchful glares
of Bushman and the new man-
eating Lion of Mfuwe, you
board the elevator for the sec-
ond floor, where you travel
the Pacific to learn about the
geological, cultural and evolu-
tionary forces that shape our
world and the ways in which
we depend upon nature for
our survival.

We would like to know what you think about "In the Field". . . .

Please send comments or questions to Steve Mines, The Field Museum,
1400 South Lake Shore Drive, Chicago, IL 60605-2496, or via e-mail at
shines@fmnh.org.

If you explored the third
floor and other research areas
as thousands of others did
during last month's Members'
Nights, you will see why Sue
isn't the only big news at the
Museum these days. Scientific
accomplishments include the
discovery in Madagascar of the
world's two oldest dinosaurs;
the naming and description of a
fossil snake with well-developed
hind legs that offers new clues
about snake evolution; and a
long list of publications by Field
scientists, including works on
the rise and fall of Swahili
states, on flowers that bloom
during El Nifio in Peru, and on
tree-ring dating techniques.

Our efforts on behalf of the
environment remain vigorous,
and the conservation staff
works to document biodiversity
in places as far away as Pando,
Bolivia, and as close to home as
the Lake Calumet region with
profound impact on threatened
ecosystems.

Visitors to the fourth floor
would see the imaginative work
of exhibits architects, designers
and set builders as they prepare
to bring you Americanos in
August and Kremlin Gold and
The Endurance: Shackleton's
Legendary Expedition, both in
October.

I can't begin to do justice
to all of the remarkable things
happening at The Field
Museum. Sue is not the least
of these. But as thrilled as we
are about Sue, we need to think
of this institution as the sum
total of its many parts. Floor
by floor, day after day, year in
and year out. The Field
Museum brings the whole
world to Chicago.

John W. McCarter Jr.
President & CEO

Inside

Thomas Gnoske and Julian
Kerbis Peterhans go in search
of Hon dens in Western Uganda.

7

The Field Museum acquires
the Vida Chenoweth
Collection, an exquisite assem-
blage of nearly 600 artifacts
from highland New Guinea.

13

Outreach luncheon held by
Field Museum Women's Board
donates $40,000 to Dr. Robert
Ballard's Jason Project.

Your Guide
to The Field

A complete schedule of events for
July/ August, including programs
in conjunction with Star Wars:
The Magic of Myth exhibit.

Lion researchers are convinced
two distinct forms of lions live in
Africa. See page 2 for full details.

Star Wars: The Magic of Myth is one
of the most visited Smithsonian
exhibits of all time and now it is at
The Field Museum. See Calendar
Section for family program details.

Sue's Debut 2000! A photomontage
of the exciting events surrounding
the largest and most complete
T. rex on display.

Around Campus

INTHEFIELD

July/August 2000, Vol. 71, No. 4

Editor:

Lisa Laske, k/g communications, ltd.

Design Consultants:
Hayward Blal<e & Company

In the Field (ISSN #1051-4546) is published
bimonthly by The Field Museum, Copyright
©2000 The Field Museum, Annual subscriptions
are $20; $10 for schools. Museum membership
includes In the Field subscription. Opinions
expressed by authors are their own and do not
necessarily reflect the policy of The Field
Museum. Notification of address change should
include address label and should be sent to
Membership Department. POSTMASTER: Send
address changes to In the Field, The Field
Museum, 1400 South Lake Shore Drive, Chicago,
IL 60605-2496. Periodicals postage paid at
Chicago, Illinois,

This issue's cover photograph: Chewbacca,
1997 Eric Long and Mark Avino Star Wars: The
Magic of Myth, Star Wars'" and ©1997 by
Lucasfilm Ltd,

^

FielH

useum

The Field Museum salutes the people
of Chicago for their long-standing,
generous support of the Museum
through the Chicago Parle District.

The Field Museum

1400 South Lake Shore Drive

Chicago, IL 60605-2496

ph 312.922.9410
www.fieldmuseum.org

Shedd Aquarium

The Shedd Aquarium's popular Thursday-
night event, Jazzin' at the Shedd, offers
guests a special opportunity to see the new
exhibit, Amazon Rising: Seasons of the
River, and spend a year on the Amazon
floodplain in one evening. If that's not
enough, visitors can take free dance lessons
to the sizzling sounds of Latin jazz. Jazzin'
happens every Thursday night through
Sept. 28. The Oceanarium, Seahorse
Symphony and Amazon Rising stay open
until 8 p.m., while the Aquarium and
Jazzin' keep going until 10 p.m. After

5 p.m. on Jazzin' night, admission is $8 for
adults, $6 for children (ages 3-1) and
seniors. Call 312.939.2438 or visit Shedd's
Web site at www.sheddaquarium.org for
more information.

Adler Planetarium

The Adler Planetarium & Astronomy
Museum will premiere a new sky show.
Spirits from the Sky, Thunder on the Land

on July 28. Developed at the Adler in part-
nership with members of the Skidi Band
of the Pawnee Nation, this landmark pro-

duction will involve audiences in exploring
cross-cultural principles of directional and
cyclical astronomy, making very rich use of
ethnographic data and visual representa-
tions of artifacts from Pawnee star and sky
lore rituals along with authentic historic
and modern recordings of Pawnee music.
Call 312.322.0304 for more information.

The Field Museum

See the Calendar Section for a list of
programs and exhibitions offered in July
and August.

JULY • AUGUST 2000 1

CAVE LIONS

The Truth Behind Biblical Myths

Thomas Gnoske

Field Museum Assistant Collection Manager, Bird Division/and Chief Preparator, Zoology

Julian Kerbis Peterhans

Field Museum Adjunct Curator, Mammals and Associate Professor, Roosevelt University, Chicago

Tbe lion of the bible. Within historical times, large Asiatic lions once roamed along rivers and associated
gallery forests throughout Eurasia, from the Jordan River depression east to Bihar India and west to
Turkey and Greece, hunting large prey, especially wild cattle.

2 IN THE FIELD

Despite numerous biblical references to the "lion's
den," lion researchers had consistently found that
modern lions did not use dens or caves, and had
dismissed the early references to cave-dwelling lions
as mythical. In fact, renowned lion researcher George
Schaller summarized years of extensive behavioral
observations of African savannah lions in his classic
monograph The Serengeti Lion, which was published
in 1972. Schaller never found lions using caves. Over
the next 25 years, no other researchers recorded evi-
dence of cave-dwelling lions. However, recent Field
Museum research has shed new light on this subject.
Scientists may have discovered the existence of cave
lions, and are rethinking the evolution of all lions.

In 1996, the late George Bwere of the Uganda
Wildlife Authority was surveying potential hiking
trails along the Kyambura River (a tributary of the
Nile River) in a gorge by the same name. Thick
tropical vegetation lines the valley, which bisects
the savannahs of the Albertine Rift Valley in western
Uganda. While pushing through the dense vegetation,
Bwere was attacked by a furious lioness at the same
time a large male lion retreated into a nearby cave
with young cubs. Bwere narrowly escaped with his
life. Over the next few years, there were numerous
reports of two male lions attacking people and vehicles
in the vicinity of this cave. When we learned of this in
early January 1998, we were immediately interested.
Could this cave be an example of a modern lion
living in a den?

Despite the reports of cave-dwelling lions in
Uganda and observations shared by our Kenyan
colleague Anthony Russel that certain lions do in
fact use caves, we still had our doubts. In the spring

of the previous year, we along with our Kenyan col-
leagues re-discovered the alleged den of the infamous
Man-eating Lions of Tsavo (see July/ August 1998
In The Field). We found no evidence to support the
theory that bones found in the cave at the time of its
original discovery in 1898 indicated a lion's den. Even
so, Bwere's story and Russel's observations were
convincing enough to compel us to investigate the
Kyambura River area report.

Because these Nile River Hons were considered
extremely dangerous, we experienced difficulty gaining
access to the gorge. In October 1998, we were finally
given clearance to enter. Our goal was to establish
whether the cave that Bwere had found was actually
the first known lion cave of modern times.

Cave Exploration

Accompanied by a single ranger armed with an AK-47,
we entered the gorge and descended a steep embank-
ment until we reached the river. We felt as if we had
stepped into an enchanted sanctuary, the lush vegeta-
tion contrasting with the dry surrounding savannahs,
the silence broken by the whoops of chimpanzees and
exotic calls of rainforest birds. Surely this was typical
leopard habitat, not lion territory.

We approached the mouth of the cave, hoping
there were no lions currently inside. While we were
concerned for our own safety, we were also worried
that an attack might lead to injury or death of one of
these lions. Nervously, we crawled through the mouth
of the cave on our hands and knees. We were relieved
that no lions greeted us. With hearts pounding hard
and flashlights in hand, we explored the interior of
the cave. It was decorated with numerous stalactites

Tfje Kyambura Lions' Den is the first scientific documenta-
tion of a cave used by living lions.

Kyambura Gorge in the Albertine Rift Valley, western
Uganda. It was here that George Bwere first encountered the
cave-dwelling lions of Kyambura in the mid 1990s.

JULY • AUGUST 2000 3

and an internal waterfall. A perfectly preserved iron
smelting platform indicated past human use. But most
importantly to us, we found the floor littered with
buffalo bones and blond hairs from the mane of a lion.

Tempted to continue the exploration, we noticed
the rising sun. Typically, lions hunt at night and seek
shelter from the extreme heat of the day. If lions
occupied the gorge and returned to the cave after the
nights hunt, we could find ourselves trapped with
no way to escape. Even an armed ranger is no match
for two 600 pound male lions and an angry mother
lioness. We all felt fortunate to leave that place
without incident.

Our excitement that this cave might represent
the first modern documentation of a lion den was
tempered by our knowledge that bone accumulations
in a cave can have numerous explanations. Humans
can bring food to a cave that they are using as a
shelter, and hyenas routinely drag bones containing
marrow into caves to eat in seclusion. Bone assem-
blages in caves throughout the world have confused
paleontologists and archaeologists because of the
difficulty of reconstructing the circumstances of their
origins. Explaining the source of these bone accumula-
tions requires research known as "taphonomy," which
is akin to the work of a forensic detective.

In our Kyambura River cave, the taphonomic mys-
tery was easily solved. The iron smelter was the only
evidence of previous use by humans, and there were
no other indications of recent human use. The buffalo
bones found lacked the heavy gnawing "fingerprint"

Left: South African Buffalo Lion (Panthera leo vernayi —
Roberts 1948). While mature Buffalo Lions frequently
exhibit short manes, they are variable. In fact, manelessness
15 a relative term, all mature male lions as well as tigers
possess some version of a mane.

from hyena predation or scavenging. The abundance
of intact buffalo bones and the lion's mane hair, along
with confirmed eyewitness accounts of two buffalo
being dragged down the steep bank of the gorge by
male lions convinced us that this cave was an actual
lion's den.

Discovering Lion Lineage

So why should these lions along the Kyambura
River and other Nile River tributaries use caves, when
the more familiar lions of the savannahs of eastern
and southern Africa do not? The answer may lie in
the very different social systems of lions living in
different habitats.

The lions of the savannahs live in large prides,
which are usually groups of related lionesses and their
young of various ages, with one or two accompanying
adult males. In the prey-rich savannahs, the females
hunt and care for their cubs cooperatively, while the
males enjoy the meals the females provide. Their pri-
mary prey is zebra and wildebeest.

In contrast, the lions along the Nile River typically
live in small family groups. In these families, the males
are the active hunters, and they frequently hunt large
prey, especially mature buffalo. Without the safety
that large prides provide, Nile River lion cubs are
much more vulnerable to predation, particularly by
hyenas, so acting aggressively toward intruders and
rearing young in caves may give them protection that
is not required by the savannah lion cubs.

Now, a whole new suite of questions arose. Are
the differences in social systems simply a result of
the circumstances in which the lions find themselves,
or are the lions that behave so differently distinct in
other ways as well? In 1913, the legendary zoologist
Edmund Heller (Field Museum Assistant Curator of
Mammals, 1921-1927) described a new subspecies of
lion, Panthera leo nyanzae, from near the source of the
Victoria Nile. Heller was very familiar with the pride
lion Panthera leo massaicus from his field work on the
Athi and Serengeti plains. He noticed that this new
animal had a disproportionately small head relative
to its body size. In 1924, J.A. AUen of the American
Museum of Natural History in New York described
yet another new subspecies (Panthera leo azandicus)
from near the source of the White Nile. Allen
gave this lion the distinction of being the largest
living subspecies.

For various reasons, many modern lion taxonomists
no longer recognize subspecific differences between
African lions, separating only the rare Asiatic lion as
a distinct subspecies. The forms described by Heller
and Allen are treated as identical to the lions of the
Kenyan and Tanzanian plains. Our discovery of the
lion den, along with the differences we noted in lion
behavior, started us on a line of inquiry to see whether
these early taxonomists were on to something real.
This research has taken us to museums around

4 IN THE FIELD

Europe, Africa and North America to compare living
and extinct lions throughout Africa and Eurasia.

Our findings suggest that there are two distinct
forms of lions living in Africa. The lions described
by Heller and Allen as well as our cave lions in the
Kyambura River gorge appear to be identical to one
another. They represent something quite distinct
from the Pride Lions. We also found that Nile River
lions share more features with the last remaining
Asian lions in the Gir Forest of India than they do
with the Pride Lions of Africa. Although widely sepa-
rated geographically, the Nile lions and the Asian lions
both have thick tail tufts, a thick flap of loose skin on
their bellies, generally small but variable manes, and
small skulls relative to their body sizes. Behaviorally,
both specialize in large prey and the males in both
groups hunt regularly. Pride lions share none of
these features.

The cave lions of the Nile also seem to share
characteristics with the extinct lions of Europe, the
same lions that fascinated Paleolithic artists. There
are numerous depictions of these prehistoric lions in
30,000-year-old cave art. Associated species in these
same scenes include woolly rhinos, mammoths and
primitive cattle. The prehistoric lion depictions bear a
remarkable similarity to the living Nile lions, particu-
larly with their restricted manes, belly folds and scenes
portraying the hunting of large wild cattle. According
to some authorities, these animals {Panthera leo
spelaea), became extinct sometime between 25,000 and
8,000 years ago. They are the only lions known to have
inhabited caves, and they were remarkable for their
large size, which paleontologists estimate as 25 percent
greater than the size of modern (Pride) lions. The
Nile lions share the habit of cave dwelling with this
extinct form. They also share similar body proportions
and very large size.

From our comparisons of skeletons, we now believe
that our Nile lions, the Asian lion, and several other
described subspecies, including Panthera leo vernayi
from South Africa and Panthera leo senegalensis from
West Africa, are all the same lion and may represent
a living lineage of the now extinct European cave lions.

Migrating to Africa

So how did lions get from central Asia into Africa?
The Asiatic lion was once much more widespread than
it is today, living throughout western Asia and south-
ern Europe, including sites near the Dead Sea with
strongholds along the Tigris/Euphrates and Indus
River drainages. In fact the Jordan River depression
links the Euphrates River to the Nile River, creating
a corridor for lions of this type to invade Africa from
the Middle East. Because these lions dispersed along
the associated riverine gallery forests by following
migrations of large prey, such as wild oxen and buffalo
that never wander far from permanent water,
these semi-nomadic lions became established along

Large Buffalo Lion from Northern Congo (Panthera leo
anzandicus — Allen 1924). This lion 'type' was described
as the largest living subspecies of lion. However, equally large
specimens of Buffalo Lions from east, west and south Africa
and India, have been examined by the authors.

many of the major African river systems. We have
combined the Nile and other river lions of Africa
with the Asian lion under the name "Buffalo Lions"
to distinguish them from "Pride Lions" because of
their preferred prey.

Buffalo Lions are restricted to the major rivers,
their tributaries and associated lakes with their
attendant buffalo herds. Unlike Pride Lions, Buffalo
Lions rarely take small prey, and sometimes even
attack young elephants and hippos that congregate
near rivers. Family groups rarely exceed a single
breeding pair with cubs of various ages, and males
do the hunting. Pride Lions presumably evolved from
Buffalo Lions that ventured into the savannahs and
encountered new challenges in the hunting of plains
wildlife. In the savannahs, lions encountered swiftly
running, wary prey, necessitating new cooperative
hunting strategies and changes in group size. With
multiple females in a group, breeding access for the
males became limited and male-male competition for
mating opportunities became intense; the dispropor-
tionately large heads of the pride males may have
evolved primarily for the battles they have between
each other, and their aggressiveness toward rivals
may prevent Buffalo Lion males from any access
to female Pride Lions.

We are now convinced that there are two socially
and physically distinct forms of lions living in Africa.
One is the big-headed and relatively small but
stout-bodied Pride Lion that has been the subject

JULY . AUGUST 2000 5

of countless documentaries over the years. These lions
live in large groups or 'prides' of related females who
hunt cooperatively. Males, once they have taken over
a pride, do little hunting. Male Pride Lions, which
must compete with large numbers of other males for
limited access to females who are concentrated in large
groups, have evolved specialized tools for winning
fights with rival males. These include bodies with a
lower center of gravity, thick manes to protect their
necks and extremely powerful jaws that can produce
a bone crushing and mutilating bite.

The second is the small-headed, large-bodied
Buffalo Lion that lives in small groups with the males
serving as the primary hunters. Their much more
massive and powerful bodies probably reflect their
specialization on large and dangerous prey. This type
of lion occupied the den that stimulated us to look
more closely at the legend of lions' dens and to review
lion taxonomy from a new perspective. We believe that
Buffalo Lions are closer to the ancestral form, having
descended from primitive lions that followed large
prey into Africa (south) down the Nile River. From
there they dispersed along other major river systems
that converge with the Nile River, eventually dispers-
ing throughout the entire African continent.

So as it turns out, the biblical references to
the lion's den are not mythical as many modern
researchers have thought. Instead they probably

refer to the caves of Buffalo Lions. With so much
modern research focused on the intricacies of Pride
Lion social behavior, the existence of the second type
of lion has been overlooked. If the "lion's den" were not
such a pervasive image, we might well have thought
that George Bwere's observations of the Kyambura
lion cave were an anomaly. But the many early refer-
ences to these dens spurred us to look more carefully,
with results that may shed light on many unsolved
mysteries regarding lions. Daniel may well have been
thrown into a lion's den in ancient Babylon. However,
had he been a wild ox instead of a human, the lions
might well have dismembered and devoured him. ITF

Authors note:

We will continue to study differences in lion behavior
with our international colleagues, and pursue leads on the
occupation of additional caves by lions and hyenas. Because
most reports of serious conflict between lions and humans,
including preying upon humans, point to Buffalo Lions,
we will focus on their behavior in order to answer what
makes them more prone to aggression.

This article is dedicated to the late George Bwere —
educator, protector of wildlife, discoverer of the first
modern lion's den, and friend.

Copyright Tom Gnoske and Julian Kerbis Peterhans.

Above left: Classic "Pride Lion" (Panthera leo
massaica/krugeri — Neuman 1900/Roberts 1929) from
the savannahs of East and South Africa. Males vary in size
between 36-38 inches at the shoulder and weigh 385-410 lbs.

Above right: Typical Buffalo Lion with single female.
Males reach a shoulder height between 42A3 inches and
weigh 460-520 lbs.

Left: Skulls of two mature male Sergenti lions. Left is a
typical "Buffalo Lion" and Right is a classic "Pride Lion."

6 IN THE FIELD

Field Updates

Boar's Tusks and Cassowary Toes:

The Vida Chenoweth Collection from Highland New Guinea

Stephen E. Nash, Rob Welsch, Jon Rogers,
Nadia Kahn and Jack MacDonald,

Department of Anthropology

The Department of Anthropology curates one of the
world's finest collections of material culture from Papua
New Guinea. It contains tens of thousands of spears,
arrows, masks, ritual paraphernalia, statues, paddles,
canoes and other objects, a sample of which can be
see in the beautiful and permanent Traveling the Pacific
and Pacific Spirits exhibits on the balcony level of the
Museum. In December 1999, the Department of
Anthropology made a significant addition to this col-
lection by acquiring the Chenoweth Collection, an
exquisite assemblage of nearly 600 artifacts from high-
land New Guinea. Assembled between 1959 and 1975
by ethnomusicologist Vida Chenoweth, the collection
comes from the remote mountain community
of Usarufa in the Eastern Highlands of Papua New
Guinea and is now one of the best-documented
ethnographic collections in the Museum.

Museum visitors ofi:en wonder how artifact collec-
tions are acquired. Are collections purchased? Are they
donated? Do curators still conduct collecting trips?
How does the Museum decide what to collect? Does
the Museum ever reject donation offers and, if so,
what criteria lead to rejection? The answers to these
questions are surprisingly complex; if this were a mul-
tiple-choice examination, the answers would be "all
and yet none of the above." We use the Chenoweth
Collection as a case study to explore the complexity
and wonder of Anthropology collections management.

The Department of Anthropology was formed in
1894 as one of the original academic departments at
the Field Museum, along with botany, zoology, geology
and mineralogy, the latter of which were ultimately
combined. These departments were established to orga-
nize and manage the extensive collections that resulted
from the World's Columbian Exposition held in
Chicago in 1892-93.

Anthropological research in the Pacific Islands has
a long history at The Field Museum although work in
New Guinea essentially ceased between 1930 and about
1950 due to pofitical unrest in the area. The Chenoweth
Collection is particularly important because it consti-
tutes one of the few well-documented collections of
material culture to be acquired by any Museum from
highland New Guinea in the past 50 years.

The Chenoweth Collection contains a stunning
array of musical instruments, toys, tools, objects of
personal adornment and ritual paraphernalia. These
include 230 arrows, 32 whistling tops, 20 mouth harps,

Chenoweth Collection mask approximately 8 inches high.

11 flutes, two drums, 12 wooden bowls, 37 adzes,
four bark beaters, 15 tusk ornaments, 26 needles, seven
string bags and a host of other objects. More impor-
tantly, Chenoweth's detailed and painstaking notes,
numbering more than 1,000 pages; a dozen albums con-
taining hundreds of photographs; and sound recordings
allow Museum researchers to know in detail who made
the objects, where, when, why and how. In the absence
of such documentation, the Chenoweth Collection
holds only aesthetic value. With these data, the
Chenoweth Collection will provide researchers with
the information they need to truly understand these
objects in their cultural context. By extension, they will
allow us to better understand our existing and preemi-
nent collection from New Guinea.

Chenoweth is a graduate of Northwestern Univer-
sity and spent a number of years in the Chicagoland
area as a Professor of Ethnomusicology at Wheaton

JULY • AUGUST 2000 7

Field Updates

College from 1975 until her retirement several years
ago. An accomplished musician, Chenoweth was the
first classical marimbist to appear as a guest soloist at
Carnegie Hall, is a member of the Percussive Arts
Society Hall of Fame and has appeared with symphony
orchestras all over the world. A hand injury in the late
1950s precipitated a career change, and in 1959
Chenoweth joined the Summer Institute of Linguistics
as a bible translator in highland New Guinea, where
the Oklahoma native found the rain forest to be "as
thick as broccoli!" With her colleague and fellow lin-
guist Darlene Bee, Chenoweth lived with the Usarufa
for many years between 1959 and 1975, and continued
to visit her friends in New Guinea until just a few years
ago. Bee died tragically in a plane crash several years
ago, and it is believed that Chenoweth is the last fluent
Anglo speaker of Usarufa in the world.

The remote Usarufa live in four small hamlets in
the eastern highlands and constitute one of the smallest
language groups in New Guinea, a linguistically com-
plex island characterized by 1,000 languages, some of
which contain differences as wide as those between
Chinese, Bantu and English. The Usarufa first became
aware of Western people in 1930 when government
patrols and prospectors first explored the upper Ramu
river area, but these patrols did not reach Usarufa until
the late 1940s. When Chenoweth started working in
New Guinea in 1959, very few outsiders had encoun-
tered the Usarufa, and few or none had any detailed
knowledge of their customs, rituals, traditions, subsis-
tence practices or social organization.

Recognizing the research potential of the Chenoweth
Collection nearly a decade ago. Curator of Pacific
Archaeology and Ethnology John Terrell and Adjunct
Curator Rob Welsch began discussing the prospect of
purchasing the collection. Because the Department of
Anthropology has no dedicated acquisitions budget.

the project was on hold until Charles Benton became
chair of the Museum's Cultural Collections Committee
(CCC) several years ago. Field Museum President John
McCarter generously offered half the purchase price
of the Chenoweth Collection if CCC could raise the
rest. In October 1999, CCC hosted a luau for more
than 100 members of the Pacific Arts Association, with
representatives of 16 countries, including Papua New
Guinea and other Pacific Island nations, present. At the
luau, the CCC announced that they had raised the nec-
essary fiinds and that the Department of Anthropology
could begin to make arrangements to transport the
collection from Chenoweth's home in Enid, Oklahoma,
to the Field Museum.

Just before Christmas 1999, Head of Anthropology
Collections Steve Nash and Collections Manager Jon
Rogers rented a truck and headed for Oklahoma. There
they met Diane Harbison, a free-lance conservator
from Oklahoma City, and spent four lO-hour days
gently wrapping each object for transport.

In January 2000, Chenoweth was reunited with
her collection in Chicago. For four days, she and
Welsch catalogued the collection, after which Nadia
Kahn and Jack MacDonald joined the research team
to pack the collection in archive quality materials, and
transcribe notes, climate-controlled storage locations.

The acquisitions process for the Chenoweth
Collection stands as a classic example of efficient col-
laboration in anthropological and Museum practice.
Chenoweth collaborated originally with the Usarufa
and Darlene Bee in compiling the collection; Field
Museum curators collaborated with Chenoweth to
evaluate the research potential of the Collection;
Museum administration and the Cultural Collections
Committee collaborated to raise necessary funds;
Anthropology collections staff collaborated with
everyone; and volunteers, interns and free-lance con-
servators helped guarantee that the Collection received
the careftil attention it deserved.

The Chenoweth Collection also stands in testimony
to ethical Museum collection acquisition practices.
It complements nicely the Field Museums existing
collection from the Eastern Highlands of New Guinea,
which previously consisted of material from only two
other groups, the Tairora and Agarabi, which were
visited by James B. Watson in the 1950s. In the face
of increasing contact with people of other cultures, and
the culture change that comes as a result, the Usarufa
are losing some of their understanding of the form,
function and meaning of these objects. Chenoweth
once dreamed of creating a Museum specifically for
the Usarufa near their homeland in New Guinea.
In the absence of such a facility, the Department of
Anthropology at The Field Museum is proud to pro-
vide a caring home for this unique collection and the
intellectual legacy it represents. ITF

Dr. Chenoweth works with Taaqi Yda.

8 IN THE FIELD

Membership News

Star Wars: The Magic of Myth

Members will be among the first to welcome the
exhibition Star Wars: The Magic of Myth to The Field
Museum. The exhibition is a tribute to the power and
timeless appeal of Star Wars, the ultimate space epic
that explores the struggle between good and evil, and
technology and humanity. Star Wars: The Magic of Myth
showcases original artwork, props, models, costumes
and characters used to create the Star Wars saga, and
connects the films to elements of classical mythology.
Visitors will see Princess Leia's gown, the droids
C-3PO and R2-D2, Chewbacca and other artifacts
from these classic films.

Member Passes for Star Wars:
The Magic of Myth

Field Museum members are eligible to receive up to
four free member passes to see the Star Wars: The
Magic of Myth exhibition which is on display from July
15, 2000 through January 7, 2001. Family members can
receive four passes; Senior, Student, Individual and
National Affiliate Members can receive two passes.
Passes are coded for timed entry every half hour.

Passes are available by calling Ticketmaster at
312.902.1500 (a discounted service charge and trans-
action fee will be assessed). Members may be able to
obtain passes for same day viewing if available at the
Museum. No service charge will be incurred. For more
information, please call 312.665.7700.

Please remember that Member passes are in
addition to those you may have already received and
used for the Viewing days on July 13, 14, 21 and 23.
For more information, please call 312.665.7700. ITF

Tbe original costumes for Han Solo and the character
Chewbacca the Wookiee.

Star Wars; The Magic of Myth was developed by the
Smithsonian's National Air and Space Museum. The exhibi-
tion was organized for travel by the Smithsonian Institution
Traveling Exhibition Service. All of the artifacts in this exhi-
bition are on loan from the archives of LucasFilm Ltd.

Record Breaking Members' Nights 2000

The Field Museum boasts the largest Members'
Nights attendance in recent history. More than 21,000
members, and their families and friends, came out for
the Museum's unique behind-the-scenes event that
highlights the institution's research activities.
Highlights of the event were "Sue," standing in her full
glory in Stanley Field Hall, and a slide lecture about
how she was mounted. As in years past, much of the
focus was on the third floor where curators and
researchers were available to talk with members about
their latest projects. Attendance this year broke all
recent records, due to the tremendous increase in
Museum members. In future years, the Museum will
consider adding more days to preserve the character
of this wonderful event. ITF

"Behind-the-scene" at Field Museum Members' Nights.

JULY • AUGUST 2000 9

Your Guide to The Field

Inside

1 Exhibits

3 Calendar of Events

S Get Smart

7 Free Visitor Programs

Star Wars:

THE Magic of Myth

Star Wars: The Magic of Myth, one of the
most visited Smithsonian exhibitions of all
time will be on view at The Field Museum
from July 15, 2000 to January 7, 2001.
Developed by the Smithsonian Institution
in cooperation with LucasFilm Ltd, this
exhibition showcases more than 250 original
artworks, props, models, costumes, and
characters used to create the four Star Wars
films. The exhibition opens a window onto
the creative process of filmmaking by giving
Field Museum visitors a chance to examine
more than 75 original artworks, including
concept drawings and paintings, as well as
storyboards with production notes. These
works highlight changes in the Star Wars
personalities and places as they evolved
from early ideas to their final realization
on the screen.

George Lucas explained, "Filmmaking is
a collaborative effort, and the creation of
the artwork, costumes and creatures play
a major role in my movies. I'm thrilled that
the public now has the opportunity to
examine their artistry in a museum setting.
And, I hope the exhibit will inspire young
people who are interested in art, science
and computer technology to use their skills
and imagination to create new worlds
and pursue their dreams."

Yoda, a wise, long-lived Jedi Master, has trained Jedi Knights in the ways of the force.

Upon entering the gallery, visitors will
see objects from Star Wars: A New Hope
(1977), including an 11 -foot production
model of the Imperial Star Destroyer and
the white gown worn by Princess Leia, the
droids C-3PO and R2-D2, Chewbacca the
Wookie, a Stormtrooper, a Jawa and a
Tusken Raider. Artifacts from The Empire
Strikes Back (1980) include the Jedi Master
Yoda and costumes such as Luke Skywalker's
ice planet Hoth gear. This section also
includes an Imperial AT-AT Walker and
Rebel Snowspeeder, which are examples
of the props and production models used
in the making of the film, as well as the
Wampa Ice Creature costume developed
for the Special Edition The Empire Strikes
Back 0997).

From Return of The Jedi (1983) visitors will
find Jabba the Hutt, bounty hunter Boba
Fett, skiff guard Weequay, Salacious B.
Crumb and Han Solo frozen in carbonite.
This section of the exhibition features Darth
Vader and Luke Skywalker's Jedi costume —
each with their lightsaber weapons — as
well as photo murals of the Emperor
Palpatine's throne room and the Death Star.

The exhibition ends with Star Wars:
Episode I — The Phantom Menace (1999).
Artifacts featured focus on Anakin
Skywalker (the future Darth Vader),
and include Anakin's slave costume and
a detailed model of his pod racer. Also
featured is concept artwork for Tatooine
and the Mos Espa Pod Race Arena.

Visitors can view a short documentary
film, which examines the influences of
popular culture, folklore and myth on the
development of the Star Wars films. The
film includes interviews with George Lucas,
and actors Harrison Ford, Carrie Fisher and
Mark Hamill, as well as sound effects direc-
tor Ben Burtt, composer John Williams and
others. Visitors may purchase an audio tour,
narrated by James Earl Jones, which con-
tains interviews and sound effects, and was
created especially for the exhibition by
Antenna Audio.

Star Wars: The Magic of Myth, was devel-
oped by the Smithsonian's National Air
and Space Museum. The exhibition was
organized for travel by the Smithsonian
Institution Traveling Exhibition Service.
All of the artifacts in this exhibition are on
loan from the archives of Lucasfilm, Ltd.

C-3PO and R2-D2.

CALENDAR OF EVENTS 1

JULY/AUGUST 2000

THE FIELD MUSEUM

Exhibits

Chicago's
Oldest Debutante
Reigns Supreme

With fanfare surpassing that of the most
elite Chicago debutante, Sue now reigns In
the Field Museum's Stanley Field Hall where
she greets visitors with a menacing grin.
Weighing in at nearly 1 ton (7 tons if she
were living). Sue is 42 feet in length with
her skull just shy of 5 feet in length. She is
the single largest, most complete and best-
preserved T. rex fossil ever unearthed.

Unlike many museums, which display cast
replicas of dinosaur skeletons. The Field
Museum has strengthened its commitment
to authenticity. The bones on display are
the real thing — not a plastic model or com-
posite of bones from different specimens.

Each of Sue's fossilized bones is cradled in a
hand-forged iron bracket on which the
bones rest, similar to a diamond in the set-
ting of a ring. However, these brackets are
hinged and locked, allowing scientists to
remove the bones for research. The number
of bones that show pathologies intrigues
scientists; there are holes, scars, calluses and
two misshapen teeth. Paleontologist Chris
Brochu, a research associate at The Field
Museum and lead researcher on Sue,

An up-close look at Sue's massive head.

believes Sue's wounds were probably caused
by infections and are not battle scars.

One of the few pieces of Sue that will not
be mounted with the rest of her skeleton is
her massive skull, which is too heavy to be
placed on the steel armature that supports
Sue's skeleton. The Museum installed a cast
replica of the skull on the skeleton and dis-
plays the real skull on the second floor
balcony overlooking Stanley Field Hall. Here
you can get an up-close and personal view
of the most-feared predator's massive head.
In addition, visitors can view animated CT
scans of the skull and touch a variety of

casts of Sue's bones, including a rib, fore-
limb and 12-inch-long tooth.

Check the 'Calendar of Events Section' to
see the ongoing fun and educational events
surrounding Sue or visit the Museum's web
page at www.fieldmuseum.org/Sue/.

Sue At The Field Museum, which Is free with
general Museum admission, is made possible
by McDonald's Corporation. A major sponsor
of Sue is Walt Disney World Resort. The
Elizabeth Morse Charitable Trust is another
generous sponsor of this exhibition.

Toys to Masterpieces: 'The Picturing T-rex' Collection

John Lanzendorf with his first T.rex from
The Field Museum.

As a student during the late 1950s, Chicago
resident John Lanzendorf visited The Field
Museum to view the dinosaur exhibits.
During this trip he purchased a small brass
T. rex figurine from the Museum's store. It
was the first dinosaur sculpture he pur-
chased and the beginning of a collection
that would grow to more than 70 original
paintings, drawings, sculptures and toys —
all depicting Tyrannosaurus rex, the largest
carnivore to walk the earth.

Lanzendorf's lifelong fascination with
dinosaurs has led him to build one of the
most comprehensive private collections of
dinosaur art in the world. Picturing 7: rex:
Selections from the Lanzendorf Collection
will be on display until November 12, 2000.
The exhibition is free with regular Museum
admission.

Some objects in the collection reflect the
changing theories about T. rex anatomy and
behavior, including a pair of 200-pound
bronze sculptures — one depicting an early
consensus of how the dinosaur might have

looked (upright and lumbering) and
another depicting the current scientific view
(a much more agile animal). Other objects
come from artists involved with film pro-
ductions featuring T. rex in a starring role.
Jurassic Parl<'s T. rex, made by Michael Trcic
for Stan Winston Studios, is one of several
bronze maquettes created for the first
Jurassic Parl< movie. On the more whimsical
side of the collection is the T. rex toy dis-
play, which includes the humorous T. rex
"Santa Claws."

When you come to the Museum to meet
Sue, don't forget to visit the fascinating
array of T. rex images from Lanzendorf's
extensive private collection.

The Field Museum wishes to thank John
Lanzendorf for the generous loan of works
from his collection.

Correction: The Field Museum incorrectly
credited the photo of John Lanzendorf in
the May/June Issue. The correct credit Is
Barbara Brenner 1999. We regret the error.

THE FIELD MUSEUM

JULY/AUGUST 2000

CALENDAR OF EVENTS

Calendar of Events

Storytime: Facts, Fables and Fiction lets children explore,
relax and learn.

The Two of Us family program provides hands-on activities.

Adult Course:

Field Ecology: Summer

7/6, 7/9, 7/16 a 7/23 (see times below)

Join Naturalist Tom Hintz as you investigate
the many arenas in which populations
interact with each other. The questions of
competition and altruism will be addressed
for inter- and intra-population levels. Look
at some basic equations used to determine
the fitness of populations, including the
effects of genetics on individuals and popu-
lations. Be prepared to be outdoors most of
the time. The recommended text, Ecology
and Field Biology by R. L. Smith, will be
for sale the first class session. Naturalist
Certificate Requirement, both tracks. Meets
at The Field Museum: Thursday, July 6; 6 - 9
p.m. Meets at the Site: Sundays, July 9, 16,
and 23; 9 a.m. - Noon (4 sessions) $125;
Members $105. Call 312.665.7400 for more
information or to register.

Family Evening:
Behind the Scenes with
John Lanzendorf

Selections From Your Collections
7/7, Friday, 6-8 p.m.

Whether it is matchbooks, monster trucks
or paper dolls, everyone has some type of
collection. Collecting objects that interest
us helps to define who we are. John
Lanzendorf, owner of many amazing
dinosaurs, 72 of which comprise the tem-
porary exhibition Picturing T. rex, will share
how and why he began his now enormous
collection of dinosaur images. Participants
are invited to bring along important or spe-
cial selections from their collections at home
to share. For families with children in grades
1 and up. $12 ($10 per member participant).
Please call 312.665.7400 for more infor-
mation or to register.

Family Program:
Scientist on The Floor

7/13, Thursday, 11 a.m. - 2 p.m.

Extend your Underground Adventure
deeper into the earth by discussing with a
U.S. Department of Agriculture soil scientist
the processes of soil formation. Learn
how soil in Illinois is different from various
soils throughout the world! Free with
Museum admission. For more information
call 312.665.7400.

Family Program:
The Two of Us

7/78 & 7/25, Tuesdays, 1:30 - 3 p.m.

Preschoolers (ages 3-5) and their adult
companions are invited to join our instruc-
tor for a 2-week mini-course exploring birds
and their habitats. Using galleries and in-
class activities, and going behind the scenes
to meet with our scientists, this program

CALENDAR OF EVENTS

JULY/AUGUST 2000

THE FIELD MUSEUM

will include fun facts, stories, songs and
a snack. We will also use nnany hands-on
materials and make an art project to take
home. Learning experiences include feeling
the difference in bone weight between
flying and non-flying birds, studying some
unusual nests and much, much more. Cost
is $24 per child; $20 per member child.
For each child, one adult attends at no
charge. Call 312.665.7400 for more infor-
mation or to register.

Adult Course:

A Focus on Composites

7129 & 7130, 9 a.m. -Noon

Learn how to identify sunflowers, asters,
goldenrods and many other groups of our
native composite flora in a workshop with
Field Museum Instructor Rich Hyerczyk.
Naturalist Certificate Enrichment. Meets
at the Site. $65 ($55 members.) Call
312.665.7400 for more information
or to register.

Adult Course:
Introduction to Natural
Areas Management

8/3, 8/5, 8/6, 8/19 (see times below)

Today's prairies, savannas, woodlands and
wetlands are disturbed, fragmented and
isolated. The role of the land manager is
to return them to biologically diverse and
healthy natural ecosystems. Take a trip with
Jim Anderson, Natural Resource Manager at
Lake County Forest Preserve District, for a
visit to a variety of natural areas to meet
with local professionals and learn about the
issues and techniques of managing natural
areas. Naturalist Certificate Requirement,
Natural Areas track. Meets at The Field
Museum: Thursday, August 3; 6 - 9 p.m.
Meets at the Site: Saturday, August 5; 9
a.m. - Noon. Sunday, August 6; 1 - 4 p.m.
Saturday, August 19; 9 a.m. - Noon. $125
($105 members.) Call 312.665.7400 for more
information or to register.

Family Program:

Story Time: Facts, Fables and Fiction

Dally at 1 p.m.

Learn new songs and stories and have
fun creating artwork — all in a 20-minute
program in Living Together. In July
and August, hear stories about dinosaurs,

life in the woods, animal camouflage,
Underground Adventure, animals in winter
and outer space adventures. Design your
own special T. rex, forest habitat, under-
ground environment, winter wonderland
or space ship. This program, designed espe-
cially for young children and their families,
offers an opportunity to relax and learn.
The songs are fun to learn and easily could
become family favorites. This program is
sponsored by The Siragusa Foundation Early
Childhood Initiative. One adult for every
three children, please. For more information
call 312.665.7400.

Pawnee Earth Lodge

Weekday: Programs at 1 1 a.m., 1 1:30 a.m.,
1 p.m. & 1:30 p.m.

Weekends: Open House 10 a.m. -4:30 p.m.

Visitors can experience a way of life as the
Pawnee Indians lived more than a century
ago out on the Great Plains. In this hands-
on exhibit, people are invited to sit on
buffalo hides around the cooking fire and
try to use buffalo horn spoons. Then they

can examine tools and toys made of buffalo
as they listen to stories of what it was
like to go on a buffalo hunt. Free with
Museum admission. Call 312.665.7400 for
more information.

Citywide program spotlights "Sue"
Tyrannosaurus reads at Chicago
Public Library

Continuing through August 5

All children and teens, ages 5-14, are
invited to celebrate the arrival of Sue,
the largest and most complete T. rex ever
found, by participating in the Chicago
Public Library's 2000 Summer Reading
Program, Tyrannosaurus Reads. All 78
libraries will highlight specially chosen
books about dinosaurs. Neighborhood
branch libraries will host programs through-
out the summer including storytellers,
interactive dinosaur programs by Timestep
Players, Jabberwocky Marionettes and
Green Light Performing Company. It's
fun and it's free! Call 312.747.4780.

Interior of the Pawnee Earth Lodge.

THE FIELD MUSEUM

JULY/AUGUST 2000

4 CALENDAR OF EVENTS

Get Smart

Star Wars: The
Magic of Myth

July 15 - 18, Daily at 1 p.m.

Preschoolers Alert!

Story Time: Facts, Fables and Fiction

Imagine what it's like to travel through
space! Join us in Living Together dunng the
opening week of Star Wars: Tlie Magic of
Mytii for special readings of / Want to Be An
Astronaut, a story in words and pictures
about what it might be like to go on a real
space mission. Then create your own space-
ship to take home — all in this 20-minute
program sponsored by The Siragusa
Foundation Early Childhood Initiative. One
adult for every three children, please. Free
with Museum admission. Call 312.665.7400
for more information.

Left: Han Solo's Millennium Falcon in front of
the Death Star. Constant modifications turned
this old battered looking spacecraft into a ship
capable of going up against the Empire's most
fearsome weapons.

Dancing with Dinosaurs:
The Story of Sue

Mondays - Fridays, July 5 - August 5
11:30 a.m. & 1:30 p.m.

The Field Museum and Music Theatre
Workshop present the Teens Together
Ensemble in Dancing with Dinosaurs: The
Story of Sue, a 30-minute musical featuring
two colossal puppets created especially for
The Field Museum. Dancing with Dinosaurs
presents the story of Sue through the eyes
of a multi-generational, diverse group of
people who have traveled to the museum
specifically to see Sue the T rex. Before
they can meet Sue, they are approached
by a Troodon dinosaur that claims to be
a smarter, more interesting dinosaur. He
offers to take the group through the exhibit
hall to a place where they can hear the
story of Sue. Anticipating this vision, the
characters learn about the evolution of
dinosaurs as they sing and dance out their
own dreams. Both adults and children will
be charmed by this unique, tuneful journey.
Free with Museum admission. Call
312.665.7400 for more information.

Dancing with Dinosaurs: The Story of Sue
is generously sponsored by ComEd and
LaSalle Bank.

Fun On the Floor:
Family Hall Activities

From July 15. Schedule varies; please call
312.665.7400 for updates

See a T. rex run and make the X-wing
starfighter fly with your own filmmaking
flip book, or test your Star Wars trivia
knowledge with a special Field Museum
quiz! What do museums and films have in
common? They both take us on journeys of
the imagination — whether to a fictional
galaxy far, far away, or to the very real
Earth of millions of years ago. Join us this
summer for family hall activities exploring
the connections between the art of Star
Wars and the science all around you in
The Field Museum.

Top right: Family activities include crafts
that spark children's creativity.

Bottom right: Dancing with Dinosaurs,
The Story of Sue.

JOHN WEINSTEIN/GN89739,16AC

CALENDAR OF EVENTS

JULY/AUGUST 2000

THE FIELD MUSEUM

Field Nights: Summer Celebration at The Field Museum

July 6 - August 17, Every Thursday, 5:30 p.m. - 9 p.m.

As part of Chicago's Downtown Thursday
Nights program, The Field Museum con-
tinues to bring together great music,
spectacular views, food and drink, and
a T. rex named Sue for Field Nights.

The outdoor celebration takes place on
the northwest terrace, where visitors are
treated to a stunning view of downtown
Chicago at sunset. There they can dance to
the rhythm of a different world music band
each Thursday. Throughout the summer.
Field Nights acts scheduled to appear
include the return of the popular interdisci-
plinary performance group MASS Ensemble,
and world music artists Funkadesi.

Field Nights visitors are also invited to
venture inside the Museum where they
can explore the exhibitions after hours and
come snout to snout with Sue, the largest
and most complete T. rex ever found. And
to commence each evening, everyone is
encouraged to join in a group-drumming
circle at sunset, led weekly by Chicago's own
Rhythm Revolution (percussion instruments
provided). Food and drink are available
for purchase throughout the evening.
Admission is $12 for Members and
Non-members.

MASS Ensemble.

Egypt in Chicago: Festival of the Sun Summer 2000

Music and Drama in Ancient Egypt
July 20, 6:30 - 8:30 p.m., for all ages

Egypt in Chicago: Festival of the Sun
Summer 2000 is a magnificent citywide
collaboration of Chicago arts and cultural
institutions sponsoring exhibitions, lectures
and workshops with a focus on ancient
Egypt during the Summer of 2000. The Field
Museum is participating in the collaboration
by spotlighting Inside Ancient Egypt the
Museum's extraordinary permanent exhibi-
tion and by hosting a Music and Drama in
Ancient Egypt multi-media discussion led
by composer Douglas Irvine. Irvine will
speak about music and drama at the time
of Akhnaten's reign and what distinguishes
this period when arts flourished in ancient
Egypt. For tickets and information call
312.665.7400.

Other Egypt In Chicago: Festival of the
Sun Summer 2000 participating organiza-
tions include the Chicago Opera Theater,
the Art Institute of Chicago, University
of Chicago Graham School of General
Studies, the Oriental Institute Museum,
The Museum of Science and Industry, the
Chicago Department of Cultural Affairs
and the Chicago Park District's Gallery 37
Neighborhoods Program.

Right: This elaborately painted and gilded car-
tonnage mask made of linen and coated with
plaster was placed over a mummified child.

THE FIELD MUSEUM

JULY/AUGUST 2000

CALENDAR OF EVENTS

Free Visitor Programs

Dancing with Dinosaurs: The Story of Sue.

Daily

Preschoolers Alert!

1 p.m. Story Time: Facts, Fables and Fiction.

Learn new songs and stories and have fun
creating artworic — all in a 20-minute pro-
gram sponsored by The Siragusa Foundation
Early Childhood Initiative — in Living
Together. See "Calendar of Events" page
for a more complete description.

Interpretive Station activities: Drop by
hands-on stations located throughout the
Museum (check informational directories
for daily listing) and delve into the fasci-
nating world of natural history.

Weekends & Mondays

Through the end of August*

Noon - 5 p.m. Meet John Lanzendorf.
Mr. Lanzendorf will be in the gallery to
meet visitors and speal< with them infor-
mally about the temporary exhibition,
Picturing T. rex: Selections from the
Lanzendorf Collection. Visitors are encour-
aged to bring in pieces from their own
dinosaur collections.

* Schedule dependent on Mr Lanzendorfs
availability. Please call ahead to The Field
Museum Education Department at
312.665.7550 for a complete listing of
dates. See the "Calendar of Events" page
for more information on the Behind the
Scenes evening with Mr Lanzendorf.

July 1— Saturday

11:30 a.m. & 1:30 p.m. Performance:
Dancing with Dinosaurs: The Story of
Sue. The Field Museum and Music Theatre
Workshop present the Teens Together
Ensemble in a 30-minute musical about

Sue, the largest, most complete and best
preserved T. rex ever found. See the "Get
Smart" page for a more complete descrip-
tion. Call 312.665.7400 for specific times.

July 2 — Sunday

1 1 :30 a.m. & 1 :30 p.m Performance:
Dancing with Dinosaurs: The Story
of Sue. See July 1.

July 5 — Wednesday

11:30 a.m. & 1:30 p.m Performance:
Dancing with Dinosaurs: The Story
of Sue. See July 1.

1 p.m. Tour: Ancient Egypt Hall. Tour 4,000
years of ancient Egyptian history, from a
predynastic burial site to the Egypt of the
Greek and Roman conquest.

July 6 — Thursday

11:30 a.m. & 1:30 p.m Performance:
Dancing with Dinosaurs: The Story
of Sue. See July 1 .

July 7 — Friday

11:30 a.m. & 1:30 p.m Performance:
Dancing with Dinosaurs: The Story
of Sue. See July 1.

July 10 — Monday

11:30 a.m. & 1:30 p.m Performance:
Dancing with Dinosaurs: The Story
of Sue. See July 1.

July 11 — Tuesday

11:30 a.m. & 1:30 p.m Performance:
Dancing with Dinosaurs: The Story
of Sue. See July 1.

July 12 — Wednesday

11:30 a.m. & 1:30 p.m Performance:
Dancing with Dinosaurs: The Story
of Sue. See July 1.

I p.m. Tour: Ancient Egypt Hall. See July 5.

July 13 — Thursday

I I a.m. -2 p.m. Scientists on the Floor
Join scientists from the U.S. Department

of Agriculture as they discuss how they help
educate the community to conserve the
soil — one of our most valuable resources.
Visitors will also learn about soil science
and about careers related to agriculture.

11:30 a.m. & 1:30 p.m. Performance:
Dancing with Dinosaurs: The Story
of Sue. See July 1.

July 14 — Friday

11:30 a.m. & 1:30 p.m Performance:
Dancing with Dinosaurs: The Story
of Sue. See July 1.

July 17 — Monday

11:30 a.m. & 1:30 p.m Performance:
Dancing with Dinosaurs: The Story
of Sue. See July 1.

July 18 — Tuesday

11:30 a.m. & 1:30 p.m Performance:
Dancing with Dinosaurs: The Story
of Sue. See July 1.

July 19 — Wednesday

11:30 a.m. & 1:30 p.m Performance:
Dancing with Dinosaurs: The Story
of Sue. See July 1.

I p.m. Tour: Ancient Egypt Hall. See July 5.

July 20 — Thursday

11:30 a.m. & 1:30 p.m Performance:
Dancing with Dinosaurs: The Story
of Sue. See July 1.

I I a.m. - 2 p.m. Scientists on the Floor.
See July 13.

Daily Highlight Tours

Take a guided tour of the exhibits that

make this Museum one of the world's
finest and learn about the history of
these displays. Tours are offered Monday
through Friday at 1 1 a.m. and 2 p.m.
Check the informational directories
for weekend tours.

Due to an editorial change of In The Field, we apologize for the late publication of dates, feel free to call 312.665.7400 for program updates.

CALENDAR OF EVENTS

JULY/AUGUST 2000

THE FIELD MUSEUM

July 21— Friday

11:30 a.m. & 1:30 p.m Performance:
Dancing with Dinosaurs: The Story
of Sue. See July 1.

July 24 — Monday

11:30 a.m. & 1:30 p.m Performance:
Dancing with Dinosaurs: The Story
of Sue. See July 1.

July 25 — Tuesday

11:30 a.m. & 1:30 p.m Performance:
Dancing with Dinosaurs: The Story
of Sue. See July 1.

July 26 — Wednesday

1 1 :30 a.m. & 1 :30 p.m Performance:
Dancing with Dinosaurs: The Story
of Sue. See July 1.

1:00 p.m. Tour: Ancient Egypt Hail.

See July 5.

July 27 — Thursday

1 1 :30 a.m. & 1 :30 p.m Performance:
Dancing with Dinosaurs: The Story
of Sue. See July 1.

July 28 — Friday

11:30 a.m. & 1:30 p.m Performance:
Dancing with Dinosaurs: The Story
of Sue. See July 1.

Please Excuse Our
Renovations

We are on the move! As you make your
plans for visiting ttie Museum over the
2000-2001 school year, you will need to
be aware of the temporary closings and
reorganization of some of the exhibition
halls and resource centers. The Webber
Resource Center and The Webber Gallery
are closed for renovations and will
reopen September 2, 2000 in Hall M-8E.
Portions of our North American ethno-
graphic collection, are currently off
display. Artifacts from the Native
American cultures of the South,
Southwest, Plains and Great Lakes
regions will be available for viewing in
Hall M-8E beginning September 2, 2000.
Our North American archaeology collec-
tions, including the Hopewell materials,
will also be unavailable to the public.
The reinstallation of these collections
will occur in stages beginning in late
Winter 2000.

July 31 — Monday

1 1 :30 a.m. & 1 :30 p.m Performance:
Dancing with Dinosaurs: The Story
of Sue. See July 1.

August 1 — Tuesday

11:30 a.m. & 1:30 p.m Performance:
Dancing with Dinosaurs: The Story
of Sue. See July 1.

August 2 — Wednesday

1 1 :30 a.m. & 1 :30 p.m Performance:
Dancing with Dinosaurs: The Story
of Sue. See July 1.

1 p.m. Tour: Ancient Egypt Hall. See July 5.

August 3 — Thursday

11:30 a.m. & 1:30 p.m Performance:
Dancing with Dinosaurs: The Story
of Sue. See July 1.

August 4 — Friday

1 1 :30 a.m. & 1 :30 p.m Performance:
Dancing with Dinosaurs: The Story
of Sue. See July 1.

August 9 — Wednesday

I p.m. Tour: Ancient Egypt Hall. See July 5.

August 10 — Thursday

I I a.m. - 2 p.m. Scientists on the Floor.
See July 13.

August 12 — Saturday

1:30 p.m. Tibet Today and a Faith in Exile.

View a slide presentation that takes you to
places now open to tourists in Tibet, and
refugee sites around the world.

August 16 — Wednesday

I p.m. Tour: Ancient Egypt Hall. See July 5.

August 17 — Thursday

I I a.m. - 2 p.m. Scientists on the Floor.

See July 13.

August 23 — Wednesday

I p.m. Tour: Ancient Egypt Hall. See July 5.

August 24 — Thursday

I I a.m. - 2 p.m. Scientists on the Floor.
See July 13.

August 30 — Wednesday

1 p.m. Tour: Ancient Egypt Hall. See July 5.

Resource Centers

Explore topics in more depth through
a variety of resources, including computer
programs, books, activity boxes and much
more at the Africa Resource Center and the
Daniel F. & Ada L. Rice Wildlife Research
Station. Open daily from 10 a.m. to 4:30 p.m.

Pawnee Earth Lodge

Visit a traditional home of the Pawnee
Indians and learn about their life on the
Great Plains. See "Calendar of Events"
page for a more complete description.

Ruatepupuke:

The Maori Meeting House

Discover the world of the Maori people
of New Zealand at the treasured and sacred
Maori Meeting House. Open daily from 9
a.m. to 5 p.m.

McDonald's Fossil
Preparation Laboratory

Watch Field Museum preparators work
on Sue, the largest and most complete
T. rex ever found. Open daily from 9 a.m.
to 5 p.m.

Daily Highlight Tours

Visit the exhibits that make this museum
one of the world's finest and hear the sto-
ries behind these displays. Tours are offered
Monday through Friday at 1 1 a.m. and 2
p.m. Check the informational directories
for weekend tours.

The Demotic description
on the coffin of these two
mummies reads "Children
of Myron," indicating they
were quite young when
they died and were proba-
bly related.

Please note that programs are subject to change. Check the informational directories /ocated throughout the Museum for daily program listings.

THE FIELD MUSEUM

JULY/AUGUST 2000

8 CALENDAR OF EVENTS

Field Updates

Sue's Debut 2000

10 IN THE FIELD

1 Sue displays her splendor as visitors
look on in awe.

2 More primping and priming before
her big night.

i\M ^ ^ Banner announcing Sue's arrival.

■I

g 4 Face painting at Sue Family Night.

I 5 Sue Hendrickson signs autographs.

z
I
O

6 Local and national media broadcast
Sue's debut.

1 The President of the United States,
Bill Clinton, and six U.S. senators visit
to see Sue. (Left to right, front row)
Senator Tom Harkin (D-IA), Senator
Carl Levin (D-MI), Senator Evan
Bayh (D-IN), Senator Robert
Torricelli (D-NJ), John McCarter, Sue
Hendrickson, President Bill Clinton,
and Senator Richard Durbin (D-IL).
Not pictured but present: Senator
Tom Daschle (D-SD)

8 Busiest day at Sue exhibit.

9 Children hold a Dinosaur
s Party banner in celebration
s of the exhibit's opening.

JULY . AUGUST 2000 1 1

The Photo Archives

From the Photo Archives

In its annual report to the Board of Trustees
in 1909, The Field Museum announced that
Assistant Curator S.C. Simms secured the notes
and materials the late anthropologist William
Jones collected during his expedition to the
Philippines. Out of respect, Simms erected a
monument to mark Jones' burial place in Echague
(above). Jones was murdered, for reasons that
may never be known, by a group of men from
the Ilongot tribe on the island of Luzon.

While the inscription may be viewed as a
snapshot of western attitudes during his era,
Jones' diary and letters depict in vivid detail the
daily lives of the people with whom he lived for
more than a year, the incredible biodiversity of
the Philippines and the risks and rewards of
scientific exploration.

Jones' passion for anthropology was born
during his childhood on the Great Plains of the
United States, where his Fox Indian grandmother,
Katiqua, told him of the legends and customs of

her people. Jones entered Harvard in 1896 and
studied under the famous anthropologist F.W.
Putnam and later under Franz Boas at Columbia,
where he become the first Native American PhD
in Anthropology.

With no positions available to study Native
American ethnology at the Field Museum, Jones
agreed to come to Chicago in 1907 to begin
preparations for an expedition to the Philippines.
Landing at Manila in 1907, Jones sailed to the
northern part of the island to the mouth of the
Cagayan River that would take him into the heart
of the Llongot territories. His diary describes
the difficulties in moving his growing collections
back toward Manila so that they could be shipped
back to Chicago. The river was the only avenue
available through most of the rough country, and
warring among the various groups in the region
impeded travels. Furthermore, moving his ethno-
logical freight required that his hosts supply him
with the bamboo poles to construct balsas, or
rafts. Frequent delays in complying with his
request led to an increasing number of heated
exchanges between Jones and some Ilongot men.

A disparity exists over the precise date, but
one aft:ernoon in March or April 1909, Jones'
party came to a remote beach near some rapids
on the Cagayan to await the arrival of more rafi:s.
As they talked and ate along the shore, one of the
Ilongot men tapped Jones on the shoulder and
said, "We shall bring more balsas tomorrow." At
that same moment, the man struck at Jones with
a large knife, catching him on the forehead.
Twenty men quickly descended upon him, and he
was speared beneath his heart. Two of Jones' ser-
vants, who described the incident later, came to
his rescue and managed to fight off the attack
long enough to jump into a boat that was whisked
away to safety by the rapids. Jones died hours
later, still lying in the boat. In one of his last
letters, he wrote: "I was born out of doors, now
it looks as if I shall keep on under the open sky,
and at the end, lie down out of doors, which
of course, is as it should be." ITF

12 IN THE FIELD

Field Tidbits

Ask a Scientist

Do you have a question for one of
our scientists? If so, please send it to
the Publications Department, The
Field Museum, 1400 South Lake
Shore Drive, Chicago, IL 60605, or
via e-mail to shines@fmnh.org. Only
questions published in the magazine
will be answered. An archive of
questions and answers that have
appeared in past issues can be
found at vrww.fieldmuseum.org.
askascientist.htm.

Where would you most likely find
dinosaur footprints?

If the right types of rocks are pre-
sent, dinosaur footprints can be
found almost anywhere. The right
types of rocks include those that

are sedimentary in origin, come
from continental (not marine)
environments, and are from the
Mesozoic Era (the time when
dinosaurs lived, 250 to 55 million
years ago). Specifically, tracks are
usually preserved in areas where
the water table was at or near
the surface when the tracks were
made. Your best chances of finding
dinosaur tracks are in areas where
significant erosion or mining activi-
ties have exposed large portions
of these rocks.

Darin A. Croft
Program Developer and
Post-Doctoral Research Associate
Department of Geology and
Department of Education

Dinosaur footprints, one of the few clues that
mark their existence.

Women's Board Luncheon Donates $40,000 to Jason Project

Reaching for the Limits was the theme of the 2000
Outreach Luncheon held by the Women's Board of
the Field Museum. More than 500 guests attended
the luncheon and lecture with Dr. Robert Ballard,
deep-sea explorer and Titanic discoverer. The $40,000
raised from the event was donated to Ballard's educa-
tional "outreach," The Jason Project, at The
Field Museum.

The Jason Project, created by Ballard, is designed
to excite and involve middle-school students (fifth
through eighth grades) in science and technology and
promises to spark the imagination of students and
change the way teachers are teaching. The Field
Museum participated in the Jason Project and has
brought this award-winning program to more than
12,000 Chicago public school students as well as five
YMCA youth centers.

Student and teachers gathered at the Field
Museum for live, on location, satellite broadcasts
with Ballard and a team of researchers at NASA's
International Space station and NOAA's Aquarius
Underwater Laboratory. During the telecasts students
interacted with the research teams.

Reaching for the Limits is the second in an ongoing
Outreach Program sponsored by the Women's Board.
The Board is comprised of 300 of Chicago's most

civic-minded citizens with a shared interest in pro-
moting awareness of The Field Museum's collections,
research and public programs. The Women's Board
thanks Merrill Lynch for their generous sponsorship
of the entire luncheon. ITF

Dr. Robert Ballard (center) and Chicago Public School
students who participated in the Jason Project.

JULY . AUGUST 2000 13

Field Museum Tours at a Glance

Wildlife of Southern Africa:
Botswana and Zimbabwe

Octobers- 19

Duration: 14 days

Museum Leader: Zoologist

David Willard

Price: $8,535, including airfare

from Chicago

Egypt Revisited

October 15-29

Duration: 1 5 days

Museum Leader. Egyptologist

Frank Yurco

Price: Approximately $4,895,

including airfare from Chicago

For more information or free brochures, please call Field Museum Tours
at 800.811.7244, or send them an e-mail at fmtours@sover.net. Please note
that rates, prices and itineraries are subject to change and that prices are
per person, double occupancy.

In early February 2001, sail on a 16-
day odyssey with Field Museum botanist
William Burger that encompasses five
Central American countries and two
oceans, aboard the 138-passenger yacht.
Wind Song. Or, in late February 2001,
travel exclusively on land and explore
Costa Rica's jungle river channels of
Tortuguero, Poas Volcano, cloud forests
of Monte Verde, and Palo Verde's
wildlife areas on the Pacific.

The Natural and Cultural
History of Tsavo: A Tented
Safari Through the Land
of the Man-eaters

March 3 -17, 2001
Duration: 15 days
Museum Leaders: Zoologist
Bruce Patterson, archaeologists
Chap and Sibel Kusimba, and
ecologist Barbara Harney
Price: $7,345, not including airfare
from Chicago.

Three outstanding African safaris are
scheduled. In October, explore southern
Africa and the vast wilderness of the
Okavango Delta, Hwange National
Park and Victoria Falls. In February
2001 tour Tanzania's national parks
— timed to witness the unforgettable
wildebeest migration. In March 2001,
join four Field Museum scientists for a
tented safari focusing on Kenya's Tsavo
National Park, home of the legendary
man-eating lions.

Special Note: A few spaces are
still available for our July Calapagos
Islands Adventure with Doug
Stotz and our August/September
Ancient Wonders of Peru with
Jonathan Haas. Call FM Tours for
the latest information.

Amazon by Riverboat

December 9-17

Duration: 9 days

Museum Leader. Botanist

William Burger

Price: $3,598, including airfare

from Chicago

Classic Tanzania Safari:
Wildebeest Migration

January 22 - February 4, 2001
Duration: 14 days

Museum Leaders: Zoologists William
Stanley and Mary Ann Rogers
Price: $7,940, including airfare
from Chicago

Egyptian Odyssey

January 21 - February 4, 2001
Duration: 15 days
Museum Leaders: Frank Yurco,
Egyptologist and Research
Associate at The Field Museum
Price: $5,550, including airfare
from Chicago

Central America Under Sail

February 10-25,2001
Duration: 16 days
Museum Leader. Botanist
William Burger
Price: Starts at $7,990, not
including airfare

On the Drawing Board

Natural Wonders of Hawaii 2/01
Ancient Wonders of Israel 3/01
Treasures of Oaxaca 4/01
Archaeology of Southwest USA 5/01
Circumnavigation of Crete 4/01

Baja: Among the Great Whales

March 9 -17, 2001
Duration: 9 days
Museum Leader Zoologist
Janet Voight
Price: Starts at $2,990,
not including airfare

Costa Rica Adventure

February 25 - March 6, 2001
Duration: 10 days
Museum Leader: Botanist
William Burger

Price: $3,995, including airfare
from Chicago

*?^-w

Unravel the mysterious world of the Egyptians with Field
Museum Egyptologist Frank Yurco. In October, Egyptian
Odyssey offers a comprehensive introduction to the many
major archaeological sites. In January, Egypt Revisited is
designed for those who want an indepth, second visit. One
highlight of this tour is a visit to Abu Simbel that is timed to
witness the sun shining straight down the axis of the temple
to illuminate the statues of the gods in the sanctuary!

Hi- FIELD

September

October

2000

The Field Museum's Membership Publ i^a t i o n

MA

^;,. V

\

^?^4^

;^PS

m.

V^^

^^

m.^

i,;\ ^^^

'.■■ •

m.

V

Kremlin Gold

1000 Years of Russian
Gems and Jewels

Mappmg Evolution:
^* '^^ai.evel Cha:

gg8I*Sg%J

enotnenon

^^

From the President

Local Address,
Global Domain

Anthropologist Frederick Ward
Putnam stood before Chicago's
leadership on November 29, 1891
and outlined a plan for a perma-
nent museum to house the cultural
and biological collections being
assembled for the World's
Columbian Exposition. The fair,
scheduled to open in 1893, would
bring together thousands of exam-
ples of human achievement and
natural diversity from around the
globe. Putnam argued that by
building a museum, Chicago could
retain these treasures for the edu-
cation and improvement of the
community. These collections
formed the nucleus of this institu-
tion, which would become a
centralizing force for the burgeon-
ing city on the prairie.

Since then, humanity has
suffered two world wars, unfath-
omable atrocities, wide-spread
extinctions and the destruction
of natural habitats. Humankind
has developed technologies that
can connect the entire planet in
a single instant, and technologies
that can destroy it in the same
space of time. The events of the
museum's first full century under-
score our obligation to understand
the earth's cultures and environ-

ments in all their abundant diver-
sity. The accomplishments of The
Field Museum during this time
underscore its ever-increasing
global relevance.

The collections have grown
both in number and in the diver-
sity of geographic areas they
represent. Thanks to gifts, pur-
chases, and collecting expeditions
to nearly every part of the globe.
The Field Museum today stewards
internationally-significant collec-
tions of cultural objects and
biological specimens numbering
over 21 million. Whether in Papua
New Guinea or Peru, Madagascar
or Lake Michigan, the world is
our workplace. Whether they are
working out in the field or in our
on site laboratories and collections
facilities, independently or in close
collaboration with staff from other
institutions, our scientists are
creating critical information that
contributes to humanity's under-
standing of the planet's cultural
and biological diversity.

The Museum's commitment
to exploring diversity around the
world actually begins at home, here
in Chicago. It can be seen in our
work force and in our adherence
to the belief that we are a more
productive and progressive institu-
tion when our employees represent
all ages, communities, ethnic
groups, beliefs, disciplines and
skills. We strive to be a workplace
that celebrates differences and
encourages diverse points of view.
Similarly, our leadership reflects
the value of diversity. As only one
example, among our board of
trustees, 20% are women and 20%
are members of minority groups.

Our exhibition programming is
consistent with a tradition of cele-
brating the world's peoples, with
permanent exhibitions on Africa,
Asia, the Pacific and the Americas
and an exhibition specifically about
diversity called Living Together.
Earlier this year nearly 298,000
people came to view The Dead Sea

We would like to know what you think about "In The Field". . . .

Please send comments or questions to Steve Mines, The Field Museum,
1400 South Lake Shore Drive, Chicago, IL 60605-2496, or via e-mail at
shines@fmnh.org.

Scrolls, and last month, in a unique
partnership with The Mexican
Fine Arts Center in Chicago, we
opened Americanos: Latino Life in
the United States, a photographic
celebration of Latino cultures in
this country. And in October, as
this issue features on its cover,
we will present the treasures of
the State Museums of The
Moscow Kremlin.

The Museum hosts festivals
celebrating the world's cultures,
such as the upcoming Celebracion
on October 5 and 6, the African
Heritage Festival and other com-
munity-wide events. In addition,
we conduct community outreach
programs such as The Two of
Us, which focuses on early child-
hood education, and the Field
Ambassadors, through which
we reach out to the Chicago
public schools.

And then, of course, there is
you, the member and visitor. In
recent weeks, because of the large
crowds we have been enjoying, I
have spent many hours out on the
public floors of the Museum greet-
ing visitors, answering questions
and giving directions. I am thrilled
by the tremendous diversity I
have been seeing first hand. This
museum draws people from every
part of our vast metropolitan area,
from the inner city to the farthest
suburbs. In addition, travelers from
across the Midwest, throughout
the country and around the world
visit The Field Museum. They
represent every age, income and
education level.

Just as it did in that summer of
1893, the world continues to come
to Chicago. In The Field Museum's
time-honored tradition of diversity,
and our never-ending pursuit of
knowledge about the earth and its
peoples, we continue to bring the
world to our audiences.

John W. McCarter Jr.
President &■ CEO

Inside

Marine zoologist Harold Voris
investigates sea level changes and
its impact on evolution.

Audubon's journal is on display
in the Museum's library and
Journal of Voyage describes
Audubon's long and tedious trip
to England and his acceptance
into British society.

10

Carl Akeley was the Field
Museums Chief Taxidermist
from 1896 to 1909. During his
time at the Museum he not only
created fabulous dioramas but
also created a motion picture
camera that changed the film
industry.

Your Guide
to The Field

A complete schedule of events
for September/October.

Presence of extremely deep
water between the islands is
why the mammals of the East
Indian Archipelago differ from
the Western side. See page 2
for the full story.

Kremlin Gold: 1000 Years of Russian
Gems and Jewels brings Russian
history and culture to Chicago.
See Your Guide to The Field for
more information.

Americanos: Latino Life in the United
States explores the impact of Latino
culture in our country.

INTHEFIELD

September/October 2000, Vol.71, No. 5

Editor:

Lisa Laske, k/g communications, ltd.

Design Consultants:
Hayward Blal<e & Company

In the Field (ISSN #1051-4546) is published
bimonthly by The Field Museum. Copyright
©2000 The Field Museum. Annual subscriptions
are $20; $10 tor schools. Museum membership
includes In the Field subscription. Opinions
expressed by authors are their own and do not
necessarily reflect the policy of The Field
Museum. Notification of address change should
include address label and should be sent to
Membership Department. POSTMASTER: Send
address changes to In the Field, The Field
Museum, 1400 South Lake Shore Drive, Chicago,
IL 60605-2496. Periodicals postage paid at
Chicago, Illinois.

This issue's cover photograph: Diamond
Crown of Tsar Ivan Alexeivich, Courtesy of State
Museum, Moscow Kremlin, © 2000.

The Field

Museum

The Field Museum salutes the people
of Chicago for their long-standing,
generous support of the Museum
through the Chicago Park District.

The Field Museum

1400 South Lake Shore Drive

Chicago, IL 50605-2496

ph 312.922.9410
www.fieldmuseum.org

Around Campus

Shedd Aquarium

In conjunction with its new exhibit,
Amazon Rising: Seasons of the River,
Shedd Aquarium presents a three-lecture
series. Treasures and Terrors: Three Tales
of Working in the Amazon. On September
27, ethnobotanist Mark Plotkin will take
guests into the realm of Witchdoctors and
Biotechnology to examine the synergy of
natural pharmaceuticals, indigenous knowl-
edge and high-tech research methods to
treat "incurable" diseases. On October 25,
Michael Goulding of the Rainforest Alliance
talks candidly about The Conservation Flow
of the Amazon, and how the world's richest
river valley is an arena for ecological, social
and economic agendas. On November 29,
National Geographic photographer Joel

Sartore shares his harrowing experiences
amid caimans, wild pigs and flesh-eating
parasites in Madidi National Park, Bolivia.
Each program begins at 6 p.m. and includes
viewing of Amazon Rising, cocktails and
buffet, the presentation and a reception.
Tickets are $45 per lecture, or $120 for the
series. Call 312.692.3333 to register

Adler Planetarium

The Adler Planetarium will present The
Remarkable Work of Copernicus, Hevelius
and Other Historic Polish Astronomers from
October 6, 2000 through January 28, 2001.
The exhibition is an awe-inspiring display
of rare antique books by pioneering Polish
astronomers, presented by the Adler in

partnership with the Polish American
Congress — Illinois Division and the Con-
sulate General of the Republic of Poland in
Chicago. Also on October 27, the StarRider
Theater Show Premier is Black Holes: Into
the Dark Abyss. In this Interactive show the
audience will explore the force of gravity
and the regions surrounding Black Holes
which exhibit strange effects that help
scientists better understand the nature
of extreme gravity.

The Field Museum

See the Calendar Section for a list of
programs and exhibitions offered in
September and October.

SEPTEMBER • OCTOBER 2000 1

Mapping Evolution:

The Sea Level Change Phenomenon

Karen Sandrick, Volunteer, Division of Amphibians and Reptiles

Map of Southeast Asia, dated 1653, from the Boone Collection in The Field Museum
Library's Mary W. Runnells Rare Book Room. Commander Gilbert E. Boone and
Katharine Phelps Boone built extensive collections of Japanese cultural artifacts while
Commander Boone was stationed in Japan in the late 1950's as a naval intelligence
officer. The Boones gave those collections to The Field Museum, in addition to their
impressive library which demonstrated a broad range of interests. This map is one
of a group of 65 sheets from a 17th century Dutch atlas.

2 IN THE FIELD

When Charles Darwin (1809-1882) was formulating
the theory of evolution, he struggled to make sense
of obvious conundrums in the biological world: If
organisms evolve from common ancestors and adapt to
their surroundings, how can distant parts of the world,
such as Europe, Asia and Africa, harbor the same ani-
mal or plant families? How can wildly different plants
and animals exist on strings of the same island chain?
In particular, how can Southeast Asia and Australia,
which have the same rainfall patterns, temperature
and other physical conditions, have such widely diverse
animal and plant populations?

It wasn't until Darwin began drawing maps to plot
the distribution of some types of flora and fauna that
he was able to identify critical barriers that interfered
with the movement and ultimate evolution of species.
In fact, Darwin's maps, in combination with nautical
charts and descriptions of the locations of species,
led him to the realization that the presence of
extremely deep water between major islands was
the reason mammals on the eastern end of the East
Indian Archipelago bore little resemblance to those
on the western side.

Another forefather of evolutionary theory, Alfred
Russel Wallace (1823-1913), also turned to maps to
support his views. Although Wallace is not as well
known as Darwin, he made many important contribu-
tions to the theory of evolution, and is considered to
be the father of animal geography.

Wallace's 1855 paper proposing that new species
evolve from pre-existing ones was based on his obser-
vations of birds on the islands of Southeast Asia.
For 8 years during the mid- 1800s, Wallace traveled
throughout Southeast Asia, observing and collecting
wildlife specimens from Singapore to New Guinea. He
was struck in particular by the huge difference in bird
species on two islands only 20 miles away from each
other. Birds on Bali were similar to those on islands
to the west — Java and Sumatra — as well as Malaysia.
Birds on Lombok, however, were more closely related
to species on New Guinea and in Australia to the east.

After further study on other islands in the region,
Wallace concluded that there was a distinct boundary
that separated animals and plants into Asian and Aus-
tralian geographic regions. On a map of the Malaysian
Archipelago, Wallace marked this boundary between
the Philippines, Borneo and Sumatra on the west and
Sulawesi, New Guinea and Australia on the east.

According to historian Jane R. Camerini, author
of Evolution, Biogeography, and Maps. An Early History of
Wallace's Line, ever since Wallace drew what has come
to be known as Wallace's Line (1863), scientists have
been using maps not only to guide travel but to orga-
nize and communicate information about animal and
plant populations, predict the range of biological dis-
tribution and explore evolutionary theories.

Present-day maps can only go so far in helping to
explain the genetic relationships among species, how-
ever, because they depict the natural physical barriers
between geographic regions as they currently exist.

Pleistocene sea level maps may provide clues to understand-
ing why the Taiwanese macaque differs genetically from
macaques on the Asian mainland.

Yet the barriers that influenced the origins of species
in Southeast Asia occurred over millions of years as a
result of massive shifts in tectonic plates that caused
mountains and valleys to emerge, eruptions of lava
from volcanoes on the ocean floor that created new
land masses, and fluctuations in sea level that trans-
formed shallow seas between islands into continuous
stretches of land and vice versa. Of particular interest
are events of the past 2 million years, the Pleistocene
Epoch, when great sheets of ice advanced and
retreated and in the process significantly changed sea
levels. So scientists interested in understanding the
pattern of evolution of specific animals or plants need
maps that reliably reconstruct changes in land and sea
configurations during this time.

Although some maps in the scientific literature
depict land bridges and river systems during the
Pleistocene age, the maps typically focus on only one
factor — the extent to which the continental shelf in
Southeast Asia was exposed when the sea level was
100 meters below the present level. The maps do not
reflect shorelines during a specific portion of the
Pleistocene period. Nor do they estimate the effects
of different sea levels (10 to 120 meters below present
level), the length of time a particular sea level persisted
or the number of times sea levels rose and fell. These
time frames are particularly important, because the
longer a physical barrier existed between geographic
areas, the more likely species in each area developed
independently.

The gaps in knowledge about sea level and its
effects on land bridges in Southeast Asia led Harold
Voris, Field Museum Curator of Amphibians and Rep-
tiles, on a series of data-mining journeys of his own.

Voris has been studying a group of Asian snakes
known as the homalopsines that are making a transi-
tion from the terrestrial to an aquatic way of life. One
species of homalopsine, Cerberus, lives in coastal areas
from India to Australia.

SEPTEMBER • OCTOBER 2000 3

Voris began examining the phenomenon of chang-
ing sea levels to gain a better understanding of the
origin of observed genetic differences between popu-
lations of Cerberus in various locales. His theory was
that if sea levels drop, there would be greater expanses
of land between bodies of water, which essentially
would form a barrier for the dispersal of marine and
coastal species, like Cerberwi. "What's important for
dispersal of Cerberus is continuous habitat along shore-
lines. So if a drop in sea level produces more land
between Sumatra and the Malay Peninsula, it creates a
sea barrier between snake populations in the Andaman
Sea and the South China Sea. If this sea barrier stays
in place for an extended period of time, you can get
speciation. The Cerberus populations would be geneti-
cally separated long enough for them to evolve into
different species," he explains.

Yet when Voris searched for maps that traced the
rise and fall of sea level over the past 250,000 years, he
could find only scattered examples in scientific papers
and texts. And descriptions about the characteristics
in sea floor topography of Southeast Asia often were
sketchy or dated; some sea level maps had been created
as far back as the 1700s.

Once he learned that most of the data on estimat-
ing past sea levels came from ocean depth contours,
Voris scanned the most detailed and up-to-date
resources on sea floor mapping, including U.S. govern-
ment, international and private data bases that have
accumulated more than 7 million soundings of ocean
topography. He also used findings from side scanning
radar, which has been used by petroleum companies to
detect oil reserves in the Java Sea, as well as maps from
the Field Museum and University of Chicago libraries.
Sonar soundings and side scanning radar measure and
plot the sea floor by detecting changes in sound or
energy levels that bounce off sea mounts and valleys.

Harold Voris, Field Museum Curator of Amphibians and
Reptiles, and scientific illustrator Clara Simpson use many
sources of published data to formulate sea level maps of
Southeast Asia during the Pleistocene age.

With current information on ocean depth contours
as well as published data on sea level changes in the
past, Voris was able to estimate the changes in sea level
that occurred during the major ice ages of the
Pleistocene age (2 million years ago). With this infor-
mation, Voris could reconstruct the coastlines of
mainland Asia and the islands of Southeast Asia dur-
ing three time periods — 17,000, 150,000, and 250,000
years ago. The information from side scanning radar
helped him plot the rivers that may have served as
corridors for freshwater species in the past.

But Voris was interested not only in the land and
sea barriers that appear when sea levels fall and rivers
emerge; he also wanted to consider their longevity.
"If sea level was at or below 75 meters half the time,
a land bridge would become very well established, and
species would have plenty of time to disperse across
it. But if sea levels went up and down every few 100
years, a land bridge wouldn't have existed long enough
for vegetation to produce a suitable habitat for species
to disperse across. So both the extent and the duration
of sea level change determine the effectiveness of a
land or sea bridge as a corridor for the dispersal of
species," he says.

While mapping has been an important tool for
hundreds of years, Voris is the first to produce a series
of maps that illustrate some of the processes and
dynamics of sea level change during the Pleistocene
age. Voris' work brought data together from many
sources to calculate the percentage of time sea levels
met or fell below certain points. He reviewed informa-
tion from coral reef terraces in New Guinea that
provided an indication of the effect of tectonic move-
ment of land on shorelines. The science is complicated
but in essence reflects how the formation of moun-
tains can push coral reefs inland from beneath the sea.

Voris also estimated the number of times sea levels
fluctuated from oxygen isotope ratios, which is analo-
gous to carbon dating and tells when a phenomenon,
like sea level change, occurred in prehistoric times. He
turned over all this data to Field Museum Scientific
Illustrator Clara Simpson, who applied computer
graphics and interpretative skills to produce maps that
reconstructed the coastlines of islands and continents
in Southeast Asia during the Pleistocene period.

Each of the maps provides interesting insights in
biogeography. When sea level was 75 meters or lower
than today (approximately 32% of the time 17,000
years ago), most of the continental shelves were
exposed, forming lowland connections between
Sumatra, Java and Borneo and adding 3.2 million
square kilometers of land in Indo-China. The islands
of Hainan and Taiwan were joined to mainland China,
and Sri Lanka was linked with India. It's also likely
that one or more freshwater lakes or swamps existed
at various times in depressions where the Gulf of Siam
is now located, and a peat swamp covered the eastern
coast of the Malay Peninsula (see map, p. 5).

4 IN THE FIELD

The map of coastlines at a sea level of 50 meters
or lower, which occurred at least 30% of the time
between 17,000 and 250,000 years ago, shows extensive
land bridges between the Malay Peninsula, Sumatra,
Java and Borneo. But Taiwan is separate from main-
land China, and the Gulf of Thailand, the Java Sea
and the Gulf of Carpenteria in Australia are significant
bodies of water. And river corridors for freshwater
species are missing between Sumatra and Borneo.

Voris is using the Field Museum's computer-based
maps in combination with other lines of investigation
to understand the dispersal of Cerberus. "We think that
when sea levels fell below 50 meters, sea barriers iso-
lated populations of Cerberus into separate basins and
displaced some populations over large distances. Our
analysis of the genetic makeup of Cerberus populations
supports this hypothesis," he says.

Voris also hopes that these Pleistocene age sea
level maps may be used as templates for scientists who
are investigating the plants and animals of Southeast
Asia. "Whether they're working on beetles, butterflies,
shrimp or coral — all the botany and zoology in this
part of the world affected by the sea level change
phenomenon," he points out.

That is why he presented the maps, as well as
details on how they were constructed, at the
Biogeography of Southeast Asia 2000 meeting in
Leiden, The Netherlands, in June, in a paper that
will be published in the Journal of Biogeography later
this year, and on a Web site, which went live in
August: http://www.fmnh.org/research_collections/
20ology/zoo_sites/seamaps/.

Voris got help and encouragement on his map work
from Jack Fooden, Field Museum adjunct curator of
mammals, who has been plotting the distribution of
all species of a genus of Asian macaque for the past 30
years. The genus, which includes 19 species, extends
from Sumatra to Borneo and Java all the way to
Sulawesi, the Philippines, Hainan, Taiwan and Japan.

"One species with about 10 subspecies inhabits
many of these islands. Another species inhabits
Hainan Island and adjacent mainland China, and the
island form is identical to the mainland form. Each
of two other species are entirely restricted to Taiwan
and Japan," Fooden says.

"The puzzle is, why is that so? Presumably the
answer has to do with when and how those monkeys
got to those islands. And that is related to sea level
change — how deep or how shallow the straits were
between the islands and between the islands and the
mainland," Fooden adds.

The strait between Taiwan and mainland China
generally is deeper than 100 meters, and there is a
ridge that forms an underwater bridge that is no more
than 60 meters below the surface. During the time of
the last glacier, when sea level was 120 meters lower
than it is today and Taiwan was connected to China,
the monkeys easily could have migrated across the
land bridge without getting wet.

Map of sea level 75 meters below present level shows that the
islands of Sumatra, Java and Borneo were connected and one
or more freshwater lakes or swamps existed in what is now
the Gulf of Siam.

The strait between mainland China and Hainan
is much narrower and shallower. It makes sense, there-
fore, that the same form of macaque lives on both
Thailand and Hainan. But the monkeys on Taiwan
are genetically different from those in China. "The
monkeys presumably did not get to Taiwan at the
same time that monkeys got to Hainan. That's a diffi-
cult problem to solve, but it would seem that the
dispersal of monkeys from the mainland to Taiwan
did not occur at the time of the last glacial period but
during a prior glaciation," Fooden explains.

Fooden believes the Pleistocene sea level map
templates are valuable because they coalesce data
from a variety of sources. "There hasn't been such a
comprehensive set of maps up to now. The maps also
incorporate some of the vast new quantities of infor-
mation that were not available before, such as data
from radar techniques for sensing the sea floor," he says.

The maps also provide historical context. "We know
about the distribution of land and water in Southeast
Asia today, and we know how land and water affects
the distribution of plants and animals. Presumably,
those same kinds of factors affected their distribution
in the past. The maps are one way we can begin to
visualize that historical information," says Fooden.

Wallace believed that the similarity of fauna on
different islands in Southeast Asia was due to dispersal
across shallow seas by swimming or rafting. He wasn't
aware that sea levels had changed dramatically thou-
sands of years ago and therefore that animals in the
Pleistocene Epoch could disperse by walking across
areas of exposed land. "The maps of sea level change
represent a refinement of our understanding and doc-
umentation of the importance of sea level change in
influencing the distribution of plants and animals
over Sumatra, Java, Borneo and mainland Indo-China,"
said Voris. In fact, Voris' work may help many students
of biogeography in their search for understanding
today's distributions of plants and animals in
Southeast Asia. ITF

SEPTEMBER • OCTOBER 2000 5

Field Updates

"'i.^O

/>^Z'<,

->*LJ^

'^.iO ii^xi^

v^-<r

c^:^.

>^-

•^

■><=" ."^ — •— «^ X^ '•'-'^ >i^lb^ ■^'«^ •

/^*>C^-«rfSfc),

The final entry (Dec. 31) from Audubon's 1826 journal.

Journal of a Voyage

Be« WiHiams

FieU Mwiettm Librarian

"I Left My Beloved Wife Lucy Audubon
and My Son John Woodhouse on Tuesday afternoon
the 26th April, bound to England."

So begins John James Audubon's handwritten journal
of his pivotal trip to England in 1826 to seek publica-
tion of his paintings of Americas birds. The gift of
Charles W. Palmer and family, this remarkable manu-
script now resides in the Library's Mary W. Runnells
Rare Book Room. There it joins the splendid Runnells
copy of Audubon's The Birds of America (London, 1827-
1838), one of the finest surviving sets of the double
elephant folio.

Addressed to his wife Lucy, the journal describes
Audubon's long, tedious voyage, his introduction to
influential families and individuals in England, and the
whirlwind of his acceptance into British society and
the scientific establishment. Within weeks of his
arrival in Liverpool, Audubon's new friends and sup-
porters arranged an exhibition of his paintings at the
Royal Institution there, with similar shows to follow
in Manchester and Edinburgh. Throughout his ever-
growing series of introductions, Audubon was moved

by the warmth and generosity of his new friends and
acquaintances, and was especially struck by an ease of
manner where he had least expected it. On meeting
Lord Stanley, Earl of Derby, he was astonished to see
this patron of naturalists and artists drop to his knees
to closely examine and discuss Audubon's paintings. By
the end of October his chain of introductions led him
to William Home Lizars, Edinburgh publisher and
engraver, who by mid-November produced the first
prints of Tloe Birds of America, laying the foundation for
the nearly mythic status Audubon and his book were
to achieve even during his lifetime.

It is Audubon himself, "quite dazzled with uncer-
tainties of hope and fear," that the journal gives us.
The date he chose for departure on his momentous
voyage- April 26 -was his birthday, and the journal
repeatedly shows us Audubon on a threshold, gripped
by a sense that success in his mission will mean his
own birth into a new life, and that he will return to his
beloved America a changed man. After nearly six
weeks of slow progress through the Gulf of Mexico
following their departure from New Orleans,
Audubon reports on June 23:

We at last Entered the Atlantic Ocean this Morning 23d
with a propitious Breese — The Land Birds have left us and,
I — I leave my Beloved America, my Wife Children and
acquaintances — The purpose of this Voyage is to visit not
only England hut all Europe with the intention of Publishing
My Work of the Birds of America; if not sadly disapointed.
My return to these happy shores will be the brightest Birth
day I shall have ever enjoyed: Oh America, Wife, Children
and acquaintances Farewell!

Audubon never doubted his hard won accomplish-
ments as an ornithological painter or the significance
of his vast fund of observational knowledge of birds in
the wild. He was fearful, however, about the response
his work would receive from the circle of the more
academic ornithologists and systematists. The term
"academician," in fact, had acquired a sour taste to
Audubon after his conflict with George Ord in
Philadelphia. Ord was collaborator with Alexander
Wilson on the latter's American Ornithology,
(Philadelphia, 1808-1814), authored the final volume
of the work after Wilson's death in 1813 and produced
further editions in the following years. When
Audubon had sought publication of his paintings in
Philadelphia, Ord became his relentless antagonist,
belittling Audubon's learning and enlisting colleagues
in a campaign against Audubon. Ord and Wilson's
engraver, Alexander Lawson, called Audubon an
"imposter" and widely denigrated his skills. Ord con-
tinued his opposition to Audubon in England, even
trying to prevent his election to membership in
learned societies.

By contrast, the naturalists Audubon met in
England appreciated the depth of his knowledge of
living birds and valued the skill evident in his dynamic
paintings. On December 13 Audubon met and spent
the day with the ornithologist Prideaux John Selby,

6 IN THE FIELD

whose Illustrations of British Ornithology, then being
issued with life-size portraits of birds engraved by
Lizars, would later earn him the title of "the English
Audubon." Selby and his equally well-known collabo-
rator Sir William Jardine were so impressed with
Audubon's knowledge and talent that they requested
lessons in his techniques of painting, which he duly
provided. In the journal Audubon reports to Lucy on
that first meeting with Selby, reassuring her he is not
at all like Ord:

Mr Selby is a Gentleman Naturalist — not in the least
resembling the Venomous Tallow Chandler of Philadelphia,
the possessor of 3 Greek words, 7 of Latin, none belonging to
what ought to be his usual Language, and the Describer of
Objects unknown yet to the Almighty. Mr Selby is not a man
that would say at a large meeting of the Wernerian Society
that he would be damned rather than to give me a favorable
vote of Election — he is not a man who would say that I
knew nothing about Drawing, nor the habits of Birds, no my
Lucy Mr Selby is not an Hipocritical Fool I assure thee —

A published version of the journal by Audubon
scholar Alice Ford (1967; 2nd ed. 1987) now proves,
by comparison with the original, to be more of a
rewriting of Audubon's text than a faithful transcrip-
tion. With the stated intention of making the journal
more accessible to the modern reader, Ford justifies
regularizing Audubon's spelling and punctuation, cor-
recting his grammar, rearranging his word-order and
rephrasing passages that seemed unclear to her. The
result is a transformation of Audubon's vigorous style
into proper school prose, stripping away much of its
verbal richness and meaningful idiosyncracy. The effect
is felt from the very first sentence. Compare the literal
transcription on page 6 with Ford's version, given here
with her changes italicized:"! left my beloved wife
Lucy Audubon and my son John Woodhouse on
Tuesday [afternoon is deleted] the 26th of April, bound
for England." Such alterations seem entirely gratuitous
and beg the question of exactly what Ford means by
the statement in her foreword that her transcription is
"scrupulously faithful to the original manuscript." At
its worst Ford's rewriting changes the literal sense of
Audubon's statements, sometimes into the opposite of
his meaning. As his ship nears England, for example,
Audubon spins a political metaphor from a persistent
cold, damp fog that obscures the sun over the Old
World just as the culture of Europe dims "that real
hope of Freedom now only better felt in the Western

Hemisphere ... The Englishmen on Board pro-
nounced it. Clear weather of England, but I named it the
Blasting atmosphere of Comfort." Ford makes the final
phrase "the atmosphere that blasts comfort," contra-
dicting Audubon's clear meaning and transforming the
boundlessly energetic Kentucky Woodsman into
a lover of comfort. An accurate transcription of the
journal is now in progress, intended to serve as a face-
to-face guide to each page of the original in a facsimile
publication of the manuscript.

Audubon's journal also served as his sketchbook,
especially during the tedious weeks aboard the ship.
Fourteen full-page pencil sketches include a dolphin,
a shark and other fishes, a dusky petrel, several
sketches of the ship's crew and captain, and three
delicate landscape scenes done in the Derbyshire coun-
tryside. Four sketches of the crew appear on the final
pages of the journal, and are "upside down" since
Audubon turned the volume over and opened it from
the back for these sketches that amused both him
and the crew.

Through a remarkable circumstance, a
leaf removed from the journal — possibly
by Audubon himself — was rediscovered
in private hands and acquired by the
journal's appraiser following the Palmers'
gift of the volume. On its reverse the leaf
bears a fifth "upside down" sketch of the
ship's crew, and on front Audubon's final
entry in the journal, dated "Edinburgh
31st December 1826, Sunday Night 12
o'clock." Ford had seen this leaf and
includes it in her book, but refers to it as
"addressed to Lucy." Although perhaps
serving as a cover letter to Lucy when he sent her the
journal, the entry is addressed to the book itself, his
constant companion during the most momentous
events of his life: "and now My Dear book, must I part
with thee?" Audubon consigns his fate, however "happy
or miserable," to his "Supreme comander," and con-
cludes: "go let my Wife read this, let my Children read
it — let the world know these my heartfelt sentiments,
and believe me my Dear Book, for ever thy most
obliged, yes truly obliged Friend. John J. Audubon.
Citizen of the United States of North America."

The Friends of The Field Museum Library have
committed to the acquisition of this leaf returning it
to its point of origin, and completing Audubon's record
of the birth of his great masterwork. ITF

^^rr^-

'^^^^^ ^/u^. ^Ld ^^^ J^ ^ ^.^ ^;^:..^ y^^

L

Above: Pencil
sketch of a
sailor on back
of last leaf.

Left: Closing
entry of Audubon's
1826 journal.

SEPTEMBER • OCTOBER 2000 7

Field Updates

Americanos: Latino Life in the United States
La Vida Latina en los Estados Unidos

Actor, producer, activist Edward James Olmos had a
dream to capture Latino life in the United States and
to expose the world to its beauty and culture. His idea
became a book of photographs and essays titled,
Americanos: Latino Life in the United States, (Little, Brown
and Company, 1999.) that reveals a people who are
"diverse in culture, color ideas, and dreams, but who
share a common desire to make a better life for them-
selves, their families, and their communities." After
publication, the book became a traveUng photographic
exhibition produced by the Smithsonian Institution
Traveling Exhibition Service. The Field Museum, in
collaboration with the Mexican Fine Arts Center
Museum, is pleased to bring this extraordinary, bilin-
gual exhibit to its members from August 19 to
November 12.

The 120 images organized into six sections repre-
senting different aspects of Latino life are accompanied
by panels of text by prominent Latinos, including nov-

Ahove: Ramona Sandoval, 80, spends
a light moment with her granddaugh-
ter Jasmine Zuhia, in Los Angeles,
California.

Right: Carlos Santana, 1998 tour.
Concord California.

elist Carlos Fuentes, singer Celia Cruz, novelist Julia
Alvarez and baseball player Sandy Alomar. The Field
Museum features the sections depicting Family, Work,
Sports and Culture and the Arts, while the Mexican
Fine Arts Center Museum showcases photos of
Community and Spiritual Life. Two of the 30 photog-
raphers who contributed to the exhibition work in
Chicago: Antonio Perez, photographer from the
Spanish language newspaper Exito, and Jose Osorio,
photographer from the Chicago Tribune.

In the introductory panel, Fuentes writes, "Recog-
nize yourself in he and she who are not like you and
me." Some of the panels reflect the struggles of
immigrants in the United States as with California
Congressman, Xavier Becerra, who writes of his par-
ents Maria Teresa and Manuel who came to California
and "helped build our nation from the ground up,
laying pipe and setting concrete." He concludes his
essay with, "Whether in the House or in the home,

I am realizing my dreams because of the sacrifice and
devotion of Maria Teresa and Manuel." Intimate
glimpses into the souls of the Latino people make this
exhibition a powerful and enriching experience.

Since art has the power to transcend all mediums,
Americanos: Latino Life in the United States is now an
HBO documentary conceived and co-produced by
Olmos and directed by Andy Young and Susan Todd
celebrating the unique heritage of Latino-Americans.
In addition, Americanos: Latino Life in the United States —
A Musical Celebration was produced featuring a
wonderful collection of Latino-American musical
artists, including Ruben Blades, Los Lobos, Santana,
Celia Cruz, Eddie Palmieri and many more. The music
can be heard in the exhibition. The documentary can
be viewed during the Museum's Celebracion 2000:
Americanos (see the Get Smart section).

Olmos summed up his experience in creating
Americanos: Latino Life in the United States: "There have
been few experiences in my life that have been as
rewarding to me as the making of Americanos. As it
evolved, it became a source of inner peace, and short of
the birth of my children, nothing has inspired me more."
The Field Museum will provide trolley service to the
Mexican Fine Arts Center Museum every Saturday that
the exhibition is open in October and November from

II a.m. to 5 p.m. ITF

The Chicago presentation is sponsored by Target Stores and
Marshall Field's Project Imagine. Americanos, a project of
Olmos Productions, has been organized by the Smithsonian
Institution Traveling Exhibition Service and the Smithsonian
Center for Latino Initiatives. The exhibition has been made
possible through the generous support of Time Warner Inc.
and US West. Additional support has been provided by
Farmers Insurance. Media support provided by Exito.

8 IN THE FIELD

Membership News

Kremlin Gold: 1000 Years of Russian Gems
Members' Viewing Days

October 17, 3- 10 p.m.
October 19, 9-4 p.m.
October 29, 5-10 p.m.

Drawn from the vast array of treasures in Moscow's
Kremlin Museums, Kremlin Gold will present 120 mas-
terpieces of gems and jewelry spanning one thousand
years of Russian history. Illustrating major chapters
from Russia's storied past, the objects in the exhibition
include many never before seen in the United States.
Thousand-year-old icons excavated on the Kremlin
grounds, diamond-and-sapphire-encrusted crowns of
the tsars and two Imperial Faberge eggs, among other
treasures, testify to both the splendor of Russian cul-
ture and the richness of its natural mineral resources.
Members will be among the first to see the exhibi-
tion during special viewing hours on October 17,
19, and 29, 2000. Look for your invitation in the mail.
Reservations are required and must be ordered by mail.

Free Member Passes to Special Exhibitions

Members are eligible to receive up to four free member
passes to see both Kremlin Gold: 100 Years of Russian
Gems and Star Wars: The Magic of Myth. Member passes
are available to you in addition to any tickets you may
receive to attend the members' previews.

The passes may be used to see the exhibition a sec-
ond time or pass them on to friends. Family members
can receive up to four passes and Senior, Student,
Individual and National Affiliate members up to
two passes, by calling Ticketmaster at 312.902.1500.
(A service charge and transaction fee will be assessed.)
Members may be able to obtain passes for same day
viewing if available at the Museum. No service charge

Kolt Medallion, Ryazan Old Russia,
12th century.

Chewhacca, Star Wars: The Magic
of Myth, Star Wars™ and ©1997
by Lucasfilm Ltd.

will be incurred. For more information, call the mem-
bership office at 312.665.7700. ITF

Kremlin Gold: 1000 Years of Russian Gems and Jewels

collection loaned by The State Museums of the Moscow
Kremlin. Kremlin Gold was organized for its U.S. tour by
The Field Museum in partnership with The Houston
Museum of Natural Science.

Star Wars: The Magic of Myth was developed by the
Smithsonian's National Air and Space Museum. The exhibi-
tion was organized for travel by the Smithsonian Institution
Traveling Exhibition Service. All of the artifacts in this
exhibition are on loan from the archives of LucasFilm Ltd.

Field Museum Membership Tops 40,000

What an exciting time it is to be a member of the
Field Museum! We currently have more than 40,000
active members on our roster. At last count, the
Museum has more than 34,000 members in Chicago
and almost 7,000 in the United States and worldwide.

As members, you share in the pride when your
Museum is featured on the nightly news with Peter
Jennings and is featured in newspapers all over the
world. Bringing natural history to the people has
always been the Field Museum's mission. The
Museum looks forward to continue sharing our latest
discoveries and exhibitions with our members. The
more we understand where we have been, the better
we can chart our course for the future. ITF

Sue continues to bring in the crowds at the Museum.

SEPTEMBER • OCTOBER 2000 9

Your Guide to The Field

Inside

1 Exhibits

3 Calendar of Events

5 Get Smart

7 Free Visitor Programs

^^wTTiiniii''

The tradition oj the famous Faberge eggs
began with Tsar Alexander III, who first
commissioned them as Easter presents for his
wife. The custom was continued by his son,
Nicholas 11, the last tsar. Each egg contained
a surprise, usually commemorating an event
in the imperial family's life; this exquisite
model of the imperial yacht Standart was
among the most beautiful. Inside a hollow
egg carved of transparent quartz, riding on
waves of aquamarine, is an exact replica of
the yacht — complete with platinum lifeboats,
moveable cannons and anchors on delicate
gold chains.

Collection loaned by The State Museums of
the Moscow Kremlin. Kremlin Gold was orga-
nized for its U.S. tour by The Field Museum
in partnership with The Houston Museum of
Natural Science.

Kremlin Gold:

1000 Years of Russian Gems and Jewels

This dipper illustrates the great changes that
affected the life of Russia's nobility in the mid-
eighteenth century, when the introduction of
European arts such as fine tableware rendered

The Field Museum exhibition Kremlin Gold:
1000 Years of Russian Gems and Jewels
brings the richly woven tapestry of Russian
history and culture to Chicago from October
21, 2000 to March 30, 2001. More than 100
masterpieces of gems, jewels and precious
metal objects, including many never before
publicly displayed, will be exhibited.

The objects, both secular and sacred,
represent major chapters in Russia's storied
past, from the introduction of Byzantine
Christianity in 988, through the turbulence
of the Mongol invasions of the 13th cen-
tury, to the rise of towering figures such
as Ivan the Terrible, Boris Godunov, Peter
the Great, Catherine the Great and Nicholas
and Alexandra.

The treasures on display testify to the splen-
dor of Russian culture and the wealth of the
region's mineral resources. Breathtaking in
their scope as well as their beauty, they
include thousand-year-old icons excavated
in the Kremlin grounds, diamond-and-sap-
phire-encrusted crowns belonging to the
tsars, 12th and 13th century articles from
the buried Ryazan treasure hoard, a gold-
and jewel-encrusted Gospel from the 15th

traditional Russian vessels obsolete. This ves-
sel is an example of the transformation of a

traditional utilitarian object into a symbolic
and decorative presentation piece.

century, a 17th century miter of gold thread
and pearls and two imperial Faberge eggs.
Together, these glittering works provide
unique insight into the history and charac-
ter of the Russian people over the past
millennium.

Beyond the inherent beauty of the objects
themselves, however, Kremlin Gold repre-
sents something more. Partnering with The
Houston Museum of Natural Science, The
Field Museum joined the directors and cura-
tors of the Moscow Kremlin Museums to
organize this ambitious exhibition for its
exclusive presentation in Houston and
Chicago. Teaming up on research visits to
Moscow, exchanging curatorial expertise
and project management skills, sharing
design inspirations and jointly publishing
the catalogue to the exhibition, the two
museums have taken the first steps toward
a model for museum exhibitions in the 21st
century. Presenting the world's scientific and
cultural riches and bringing down the barri-
ers that have so often separated peoples in
the past, collaborations like Kremlin Gold
actively further The Field Museum's mission
of exploring the world and its people.

CALENDAR OF EVENTS 1

SEPTEMBER/OCTOBER 2000

THE FIELD MUSEUM

Exhibits

The Endurance: Shackleton's
Legendary Antarctic Expedition

October 7, 2000 through January 14, 2001

This exhibition brings to life the epic story
of Sir Ernest Shackleton's 1914 Endurance
expedition, one of the greatest tales of
survival in expedition history. More than
150 photographs of the expedition, taken
by ship photographer Frank Hurley, are dis-
played chronologically alongside memoirs
and rare film footage. These extraordinary
photographs were printed from Hurley's
glass plate negatives; They capture the
courageous expedition crew and the
extreme hardships they faced.

This exhibition was developed by the
American Museum of Natural History with
generous underwriting support from Mr.
and Mrs. Joseph F. Cullman, 3rd. Images by
Frank Hurley are from the collections of The
Royal Geographical Society (with The
Institute of British Geographers), The Scott
Polar Research Center and State Library of
New South Wales.

Right: The return of the sun. 1915 Hurley.
Royal Geographical Society.

Below: A glimpse in thefo'c'sle. 1915 Hurley
Scott Polar Research Institute.

Kachinas: Gifts from the Spirit Messengers

October 3, 2000 - June 16, 2001

Kachinas: Gifts From The Spirit Messengers
presents an exploration of a familiar, yet
fascinating. Native American art form.
The exhibition, which is part of the Webber
Gallery program highlighting contemporary
Native American artifacts, will run from
October 3, 2000 to June 16, 2001.

Created by the Hopi people of North
Eastern Arizona, colorful, carved wooden
kachinas represent spirit messengers (called
katsinam) who act as intermediaries
between the Hopi world and the supernat-
ural realm. In Hopi belief, katsinam are
spiritual helpers who provide rain and
abundant crops and assure the continuation
of life in a harsh desert land. Small kachina
dolls representing these spiritual friends
are given to children, and sometimes
women, to reinforce their religious and
cultural education.

Important in transmitting and safeguarding
ancient Hopi traditions, kachinas also illus-
trate the dynamics of cultural change and
adaptation, as Hopi carvers respond to
influences from outside their own world.
Created both for traditional religious uses
and for commercial trade, many contempo-
rary kachinas in the exhibition reflect the
use of new carving tools and techniques,
as well as the introduction of motifs from
Western popular culture.

Curated by Dr. Jonathan Haas, Field
Museum Curator of North American Anthro-
pology, Kachinas was made possible by
bequests from the collections of Marcia and
Vernon Wagner and through the generous
support of Mr. Donald W. Paterson.

THE FIELD MUSEUM

SEPTEMBER/OCTOBER 2000

CALENDAR OF EVENTS

Calendar of Events

Stephen Jay Gould to speak on paleontology,
evolution and science education at the Museum.

An Evening with Stephen Jay Gould

9/14, Thursday, 6:30 p.m.

Acclaimed for his literate and accessible
interpretations of the social consequences
of science, Stephen Jay Gould presents an
engaging lecture on paleontology, evolu-
tion and science education. As a scientist,
Gould has directed and participated in
debates of the biological and geological
sciences. As a writer, he has authored more
than 20 books and hundreds of essays and
articles, becoming one of the most popular
and well-known scientists in America. A
winner of the MacArthur Foundation prize
fellowship, his credentials include being
Professor of Zoology and Professor of
Geology at Harvard, Curator of Invertebrate
Paleontology in the Harvard Museum of
Comparative Zoology and president of the
American Association for the Advancement
of Science.

Co-sponsored by the Earth Science Club of
Northern Illinois. $20, $18 students/educa-
tors, $15 members. Please call 312.665.7400
for more information or to register.

Museum Week

9118-9124, 9 a.m. - 5 p.m.

The Field Museum proudly celebrates
Museum Week, organized by Chicago's
Department of Cultural Affairs in apprecia-
tion of the city's 49 museums. The Field

Museum will be offering two-for-one
admission to the Museum during that week.
Highlights include the World Music Festival,
performances of Dancing With Dinosaurs
and Unity Day. Rounding out the activities
for the week will be hands-on activities
and other programs, all free with Museum
admission. For more information, please
call 312.665.7400.

UNITY Day

World Music Festival: Chicago 2000

9/23, Saturday, 1 1 a.m. - 3 p.m.

The Field Museum, the Human Relations
Foundation and the Chicago Commission
on Human Relations celebrate UNITY, in
this day filled with music and activities. This
year, UNITY Day helps kick off the opening
weekend for the World Music Festival:
Chicago 2000. This daylong celebration of
diversity in culture and musical traditions
will highlight various hands-on artistic and
musical activities. Enjoy performances by
musicians from around the world; hear the
sacred chants of the Drepung Gomang
Monks, see the riveting classical Indian
dance of the Natyakalalayam Dance
Company and experience the spiritual world
of Steve Coleman and the Mystic Rhythmic
Society. Free with Museum admission,
pre-registration not required. For more
information, please call 312.665.7400.

The Natyakalalayam Dance Company
specialize in Bharatanatyam, a classical dance
style of Southern India.

Chicago Samba brings Brazilian rhythms to
the Museum during the World Music Festival:
Chicago 2000.

U.N.O. Day

World Music Festival: Chicago 2000

9/30, Saturday 9:30 a.m. - 3 p.m.

Over 10,000 guests are expected at The
Field Museum for the United Neighborhood
Organization's (U.N.O.) Take 10! Minutes
With Your Child parental involvement initia-
tive annual kick-off event. The day begins
with a public welcome at 9:30 a.m. outside
the Museum and will continue with musical
performances, storytelling and educational
activities throughout the day. Offered in
collaboration with the World Music Festival,
this all-day family event will feature the
rhythmic Brazilian sounds of Chicago
Samba, the intoxicating Latin romance of
Casolando and the West African group
WOFA. Free with Museum admission,
Pre-registration not required. For more
information, please call 312.665.7400.

Dozin' with the Dinos

9/29-9/30 5:45 p.m. -9 a.m.

What is it like to be in the museum after
the crowds have gone home and the doors
have been locked? Experience The Field
Museum in a unique way as you and your
family spend a night of discovery before
falling asleep among specially chosen exhi-
bitions. Overnights are designed for families
(adults accompanied by children grades 1-6)
and include two natural science or culturally
based workshops, an evening snack, a per-
formance and a continental breakfast. Our
official Dozin' with the Dinos T-shirt (avail-
able only at overnights) will be sold. This
program is designed for families with
children ages 6 and up. Cost is $45 for
non-members, $38 for members. Please
call 312.665.7400 for more information
or to register.

CALENDAR OF EVENTS

SEPTEMBER/OCTOBER 2000

THE FIELD MUSEUM

Adult Course

Russia Then and Now

70/5- J 7/9, Thursdays, 6-8 p.m.

Join Russian historian Michael Johnson
(PhD Candidate, History Department,
University of Illinois at Chicago) as he
explores Russia in a historical overview
from the country's beginnings to the pre-
sent day. Major personalities from Russian
history come alive in this six-week course,
which includes the Kievan period, the devel-
opment of Moscow and the rise and fall
of the Russian Empire. The course also
examines the Russian Revolution and the
subsequent Soviet Union, before concluding
with the collapse of the Communist system
and a review of Russia's current situation.
Individual classes consist of lecture and dis-
cussion, with questions taken throughout.
Cost is $90 for non-members, $75 for mem-
bers. Please call 312.665.7400 for more
information or to register.

Valley of the Golden Mummies
Zahi Hawass

10/13, Friday, 6:30 p.m.

In the summer of 1996, archaeologist Zahi
Hawass discovered more than 100 undis-
turbed mummies in a 2000-year-old tomb
deep in the Egyptian desert. Considered
perhaps the most spectacular Egyptian
archaeological discovery since King Tut's

tomb, Hawass' find represents the first time
in history that so many perfectly preserved
mummies were discovered at one time.
Hawass is Egypt's Director General of the
Giza Pyramids and Field Director of the
Bahariya Oasis Excavation; has been profiled
in National Geographic and Newsweel<;
and has appeared on the Today Show,
Dateline, Nova and fox TV. Admission is
$12 non-members, $10 students/educators,
$8 members. Please call 312.665.7400 for
more information or to register.

Margaret Mead Traveling Film
and Video Festival

70/27, Saturday, 11 a.m. - 6 p.m.

The Field Museum hosts the American
Museum of Natural History's Margaret
Mead Traveling Film and Video Festival,
which features highlights from the largest
showcase of independent cultural docu-
mentaries in the United States. This year's
exhibition at the Museum — the only
Chicagoland presentation of the Margaret
Mead Film and Video Festival — includes
three programs, each devoted to specific
social or cultural topics. Ethnographic film
specialist Martha Foster introduces the films
and moderates a discussion following each
program. Free with Museum admission.
Please call 312 665 7400 for a complete
listing of movie titles and times.

Zahi Hawass is Egypt's Director General
of the Giza Pyramids and Field Director
of the Bahariya Oasis Excavation.

Coming Thanksgiving Weekend! Julie Taymor's The King Stag

Friday-Sunday, November 24-26

Friday, 7:30 p.m.; Saturday, 8 p.m.; Sunday, 3 p.m.

Performances at the Chicago Theatre

Presented by The Field Museum and CAPA
The American Repertory Theater of Boston.
The King Stag is a fairy tale for all ages, a
story of love and betrayal, intrigue and
mirth, magic spells and pageantry. Puppet
birds zoom through space, and fanciful
beasts cavort with delicacy and grace. Carlo
Gozzi's 18th-century fable about the search
for true love is a delightful theatrical event
with costumes, masks, puppetry and move-
ment by Tony-winning Julie Taymor (The
Lion King and The Green Bird).

Tickets: $24, $34, $44 mention your Field
Museum Membership and receive a $5
discount. For tickets call Ticketmaster at
312.902.1500 or visit the Chicago Theatre
Ticket Office or any Ticketmaster outlet.
Or visit www.capa.com

Scenes from The King Stag, costume, masks, puppetry, and choreography by Julie Taymor.

THE FIELD MUSEUM

SEPTEMBER/OCTOBER 2000

CALENDAR OF EVENTS

Get Smart

Celebraci6n 2000: Americanos

October 5-6, 10 a.m. - 1 p.m.
October 7-8, 11 a.m. - 4 p.m.

Experience Latin American culture at
Celebracion 2000: Americanos. The 4-day
festival gives visitors the opportunity to talk
with representatives from Chicago's Latino
communities about what it means to be
Latino in Chicago and participate in inter-
active educational demonstrations.

Field Museum Division of Insects scientist,
Phil Parrillo will explain and demonstrate
how insects are used as objects of art and
religion by South American Indian cultures.
Learn about the long history of scientific
bird investigation in South America with
staff from the Museum's Bird Division.
Chat with scientist from the Office of
Environmental and Conservation Programs

Queen of Salsa, Celia Cruz is pictured
with her husband, conductor Pedro Knight.
This is one of the many images depicting
Latino life in the photographic exhibition
Americanos: Latino Life in the United
States. You can also hear Cruz's music
while walking through the exhibit.

and explore life in the Cofan Village of
Zabalo in Amazonian Ecuador.

The Museum will also screen the award-
winning HBO documentary Americanos.
On October 5 at 6:30 p.m. see the video
and hear panelists David Carrasaco, Antonio
Perez and Mark Hinojosa discuss their work
on the project Americanos: Latino Life in
the United States. Admission is $12 non-
members, $8 members and $10 student/
educators. A free screening of the docu-
mentary will also be shown on October
8, at 1 p.m.

Throughout the festival, Latin Street
Dancing Inc. will offer demonstrations and
instruction in traditional style Latin "street"
dances such as Merengue, Mambo and Salsa.
Festival activities also include demonstra-
tions of traditional Latin American toys and
musical instruments, and culinary stations
featuring salsa and chocolate. For more
information, call 312.665.7400.

World Music Festival: Chicago 2000

September 21 - October 1

The Field Museum in association with the
Chicago Department of Cultural Affairs,
Mayor's Office of Special Events, the Old
Town School of Folk Music, Museum of
Contemporary Art and Hothouse/CIPEX
(Center for International Performance and
Exhibition) present the World Music Festival:
Chicago 2000. This is Chicago's second
annual multi-venue music festival, which
will kick off on Thursday, September 21 with
an evening concert on the north steps of
the Field Museum. Performers include; Steve
Coleman and the Mystic Rhythm Society,
Canada's Kanenhi:io Singers, Zimbabwean
legend Oliver Mtukudzi and Black Spirits
and Puerto Rico's Plena Libre. The opening
night musical extravaganza begins at 5:30
p.m. and ends at 9 p.m. and is free.

A wide variety of venues will host musical
entertainment featuring performers from
dozens of countries. Last year, more than
50,000 people attended more than 100
concerts, live radio broadcasts, workshops
and educational programs. To ensure that
everyone can attend the concerts, the World
Musical Festival: Chicago 2000 is made up of
a mixture of free and ticketed events cost-
ing no more than $10. A detailed brochure
including a complete schedule is available
by calling the World Music Festival: Chicago
2000 hotline at 312.742.1938 or by visiting
the website at www.cityofchicago.org/
worldmusic. For more information on the
Field Museum's concerts and educational
programs call 312.665.7400.

WerLci

Steve Coleman will perform at the Field
Museum opening night of the World Music
Festival: Chicago 2000.

Coming to the Museum September 29;
Savina Yannaton &■ Primavera en Salonico
and Caslando, 8 p.m. Tickets are $10.

CALENDAR OF EVENTS

SEPTEMBER/OCTOBER 2000

THE FIELD MUSEUM

Halloween at The Field Museum

Field Museum Halloween
Harvest Festivities
Costume Creation Stations

Saturdays, October 14, 21, & 28
10 a.m. -3 p.m.

Supplies and materials fee for costumes,
masks and pumpkins

'Dem bones, 'dem bones, 'dem bones gonna
walk around.... It took 67 million years for
Sue's bones to fossilize, be discovered and
then erected at The Field Museum. Now
visitors can use Sue and the Museum's other
world class exhibitions to inspire creativity
and construct a unique Halloween master-
piece with the help of artists. Fashion your
own dinosaur mask, design a unique alien
creature or produce a festive decoration
that expresses your personality and interest!

Halloween Harvest Festival

October 28, 10 a.m. - 3 p.m.

Whether you want to howl at the moon
with the creatures of the night, or give
thanks for the bounty of a good harvest,
join The Field Museum for the Halloween
Harvest Festival. Activities include self-
guided terror tours, pumpkin painting,
costume creation stations and two fun-filled
performances by Dave Herzog's Mari-
onettes. The festival will culminate with a
spectacular performance by Chicago's own
Redmoon Theatre presenting their annual
Halloween Spectacle that includes larger-
than-life puppets, elaborate masks and
dynamic physical performances. Wear a
costume or create one on-site, but don't
miss the fun.

Redmoon Theatre creates thrills and chills
during their Halloween Spectacle.

Polar Explorations at The Field Museum
AND THE Newberry Library

Sir Ernest Shackleton. 1915 Hurley Scott
Polar Research Institute

Join The Field Museum and the Newberry
Library for two programs that complement
the Museum's The Endurance: Shackleton's
Legendary Antarctic Expedition exhibition
and To the Ends of the Earth: Exploring the
Poles, on view at the Newberry from
October 7, 2000 - January 1 3, 2001 .

Going to Extremes: The Arctic,
the Antarctic, and the Himalayas

Saturday, October 7, 10 a.m.
Newberry Library (60 W. Walton,
312.255.3700)

In the opening public program for the two
exhibitions, three lllinoisans who have per-
sonally experienced the earth's extremes
join journalist Bill Kurtis to discuss what
motivates humans to explore and live on
the ends of the earth. Panelist James
VanStone has spent nearly half a century
working with Arctic and Subarctic peoples.
Sharon Hogan twice attempted to climb
Mount Everest, often dubbed the earth's
third pole. As a student in 1949 and 1950,
Edmund Thornton participated in Admiral
Donald B. McMillan's Arctic expedition and

met two of the Inuits who accompanied
Admiral Peary on his 1909 quest to reach
the North Pole. Kurtis is producer of the
television series. The New Explorers.
Admission is free.

Shackleton: The Man and
the Expedition

Saturday, October 14, 2 p.m.
The Field Museum

The guest curator for The Endurance:
Shackleton's Legendary Antarctic
Expedition, Caroline Alexander brings imag-
ination and rich detail to the story of Ernest
Shackleton and his crew. The exhibition,
and a companion book, features the strug-
gle to survive that began when Shackleton's
sailing ship Endurance became trapped in
ice on January 19, 1915. The cost is $12
non-members, $10 students/educators,
$8 Field Museum Members and Newberry
Library Associates.

These programs are made possible in part
by a grant from the Illinois Humanities
Council, the National Endowment for the
Humanities and the Illinois General Assembly.

THE FIELD MUSEUM

SEPTEMBER/OCTOBER 2000

CALENDAR OF EVENTS

Free Visitor Programs

Saturdays and Sundays

Family Fun at The Field

I p.m. Story Time: Facts, Fables and Fiction.
Learn new songs and stories and have fun
creating artwork — all in a 20-minute pro-
gram in the Living Together exhibit. In
September and October, hear stories about
Underground Adventure, hibernation, the
fall harvest, music or a Mexican folk tale
and then design your own cuckoo bird,
forest habitat, underground environment,
jack-o-lantern or drum. This program,
designed especially for young children

and their families, offers an opportunity
to relax and learn about different aspects
of our environment. From worms to birds
to pumpkin hunts to learning where ani-
mals sleep in the winter, we offer a wide
variety to whet the appetite and send you
exploring our galleries to learn more. The
songs are fun to learn and easily could
become family favorites. This program
is sponsored by The Siragusa Foundation
Early Childhood Initiative. One adult for
every three children, please.

Daily

Interpretive Station activities: Drop by
hands-on stations located throughout the
Museum (check informational directories for
daily listing) and delve into the fascinating
world of natural history.

September 9 - Saturday

II a.m. - 2 p.m. Scientists on the Floor.

Visitors will have the opportunity to view
rarely displayed specimens from Museum
collections and listen as Museum specialists
discuss their research relating to our new
permanent exhibit. Underground Adventure.

11 a.m.. Noon & 2 p.m. Performance:
Dancing with Dinosaurs: The Story of Sue

The Field Museum and Music Theatre
Workshop present the Teens Together
Ensemble in a 30-minute musical about
Sue, the largest, most complete, and best
preserved T. rex ever found.

September 16 - Saturday

11 a.m.. Noon & 2 p.m. Performance:
Dancing with Dinosaurs: The Story of Sue.
See September 9

September 18 - Monday

9 a.m. - 5 p.m. Museum Week

The Field Museum proudly celebrates
Museum Week, organized by Chicago's
Department of Cultural Affairs in appreci-

Join the fun at the Halloween Harvest Festival!

ation of the city's 49 museums. The fes-
tivities include performances by the Music
Theater Workshop Teens Together Ensemble
and various music-related activities.

September 19 - Tuesday

9 a.m. - 5 p.m. Museum Week.
See September 18

September 20 - Wednesday

9 a.m. - 5 p.m. Museum Week.
See September 18

September 21 - Thursday

9 a.m. - 5 p.m. Museum Week.
See September 18

September 21 - Thursday

5:30 p.m. - 9 p.m. World Music Festival:
Chicago 2000, Opening Concert. Dance and
sway into the sunset with a mixture of tra-
ditional, spiritual and rhythmic sounds from
Africa, the Latin-Caribbean, Canada and the
United States. See Get Smart section for a
more complete description.

September 22 - Friday

9 a.m. - 5 p.m. Museum Week.
See September 18

September 23 - Saturday

9 a.m. - 5 p.m. Museum Week.
See September 18

September 23 - Saturday

1 1 a.m. - 3 p.m. UNITY Day. The Field
Museum, the Human Relations Foundation
and the Chicago Commission on Human
Relations celebrate diversity in culture and
musical traditions with various hands-on
artistic and musical activities.

11 a.m.. Noon & 2 p.m. Performance:
Dancing with Dinosaurs: The Story of Sue.

See September 9

September 24 - Sunday

9 a.m. - 5 p.m. Museum Week.
See September 18

September 30 - Saturday

11 a.m., Noon & 2 p.m. Performance:
Dancing with Dinosaurs: The Story of Sue.
See September 9

9:30 a.m. - 3 p.m. U.N.O. Day. Over 10,000
guests are expected at The Field Museum
for the United Neighborhood Organiza-
tion's (U.N.O.) Take 10! Minutes With Your
Child kick-off event. The day begins with
a public welcome at 9:30 a.m. and continues
with musical performances and educational
activities throughout the day.

October 5 - Thursday

10 a.m. - 1 p.m. Festival: Celebracion 2000:
Americanos. Enjoy music and activities that
celebrate the arts and culture of Latin
America. See "Get Smart" section for a com-
plete description.

Please note that programs are subject to change. Check the informational directories located throughout the Museum for daily program listings.

CALENDAR OF EVENTS

SEPTEMBER/OCTOBER 2000

THE FIELD MUSEUM

October 6 - Friday

10 a.m. - 1 p.m. Festival: Celebracion 2000:
Americanos. See October 5

October 7 - Saturday

10 a.m. Lecture: Going to Extremes: The
Arctic, the Antarctic, and the Himalayas. In

a powerful opening public program, three
lllinoisans who have personally experienced
the earth's extremes comprise a panel to
discuss what motivates humans to explore
and live on the ends of the earth. The lec-
ture meets at the Newberry Library, see
"Get Smart" section for more details.

11 a.m. - 4 p.m. Festival: Celebracion 2000:
Americanos. See October 5

October 8 - Sunday

1 1 a.m. - 4 p.m. Festival: Celebracion 2000:
Americanos. See October 5

October 14 - Saturday

10 a.m. - 3 p.m. Costume Creation Stations.

Create a unique costume of your favorite
creature or plant with the help of artists
who will encourage the use of the sur-
rounding exhibitions for inspiration.
See the "Get Smart" section for a more
complete description of Halloween Harvest
Festival activities.

1 1 :30 a.m. & 1 :30 p.m. Performance:
Dancing with Dinosaurs: The Story of Sue.

See September 9

1 1 a.m. - 2 p.m. Scientists on the Floor.
See September 9

October 21 - Saturday

10 a.m. - 3 p.m. Costume Creation Stations.
See October 14

1 1 a.m. - 6 p.m. Margaret Mead Travel-
ing Film and Video Festival. This film
festival features highlights from the largest
showcase for independent cultural docu-
mentaries in the United States. See
"Calendar of Events" section for a more
complete description.

11:30 a.m. & 1:30 p.m. Performance:
Dancing with Dinosaurs: The Story of Sue.

See September 9

October 28 - Saturday

10 a.m. - 3 p.m. Halloween Harvest Festival.
The Field Museum's Halloween Harvest
Festival includes self-guided terror tours,
pumpkin painting and costume creation
stations. The festival culminates with
a Halloween Parade and performance by
Redmoon Theatre. See the "Get Smart"
section for a more complete description of
Halloween Harvest Festival activities.

11:30 a.m. & 1:30 p.m. Performance:
Dancing with Dinosaurs: The Story of Sue.

See September 9

Resource Centers

Explore topics in more depth through a
variety of resources, including computer
programs, books, activity boxes and much
more at the Africa Resource Center and the
Daniel F. & Ada L. Rice Wildlife Research.
Open daily from 10 a.m. to 4:30 p.m.

The Field Museum hosts the American
Museum of Natural History's Margaret
Mead Traveling Film and Video Festival,
which features highlights from the largest
showcase of independent cultural documen-
taries in the United States.

Pawnee Earth Lodge

Visit a traditional home of the Pawnee
Indians and learn about their life on
the Great Plains. Open from 10 a.m.
to 4:30 p.m. on weekends and at 1 p.m.
during weekdays.

Ruatepupui<e:

The iVIaori Meeting House

Discover the world of the Maori people
of New Zealand at the treasured and sacred
Maori Meeting House. Open daily from
9 a.m. to 5 p.m.

McDonald's Fossil
Preparation Laboratory

Watch Field Museum preparators work on
various fossil specimens. Open daily from
9 a.m. to 5 p.m.

Dancing with Dinosaurs: The Story of Sue delights children of all ages.

Please note that programs are subject to change. Check the informational directories located throughout the Museum for daily program listings.

THE FIELD MUSEUM

SEPTEMBER/OCTOBER 2000

8 CALENDAR OF EVENTS

Field Updates

Motion Pictures as Taxidermy:
Carl Akeley and his Camera

Mark Alvey

Administrative Coordinator, Academic Affairs

Although time has diminished his celebrity, Carl
Akeley s name is still famiUar to those steeped in the
age of exploration, natural history and the art of taxi-
dermy. He was The Field Museums Chief Taxidermist
from 1896 to 1909. Akeley revolutionized taxidermy
and museum dioramas with The Four Seasons deer
groups in Nature Walk and The Fighting Bulls that stand
in Stanley Field Hall; the basic principles of his
groundbreaking techniques are largely unchanged
today. His African collecting trips for the Museum
inspired no less an adventurer than President
Theodore Roosevelt to undertake his famed 1909
safari. Akeley was also a sculptor (witness the Nandi
Lion Spearing bronzes on the Museum's ground floor),
and an inventor (with patents on a WW I -era search
light and a cement gun, among many others). From
the standpoint of both zoological documentation and
popular culture, however, Akeley s most important
invention was surely the Akeley Motion Picture
Camera, which countless newsreel cameramen, doc-
umentary filmmakers and Hollywood cinematog-
raphers would come to rely on in the '20s and '30s.

The Akeley Motion Picture Camera. Because of its
distinctive shape, the Akeley was affectionately dubbed
'the pancake" by the Hollywood cameramen who used if.

Akeley 's camera was a direct product of his
museum collecting experiences, bom of the same
impulse as his taxidermy — a passion to document the
wildhfe of Africa. Akeley regarded photographic gear
as an essential tool on his first Field Museum expedi-
tion to Africa in 1896, and by 1906 was already
working on his first designs for a motion picture cam-
era in his Chicago studio. It was on an expedition for
the American Museum of Natural History in 1910
that Akeley 's quest for the ideal movie camera gar-
nered the fuU force of his inventiveness. Akeley longed
to film the Nandi of Uganda in a traditional (albeit
staged) Uon hunt, but his camera was not up to the
task — the bulky apparatus was awkward at best when
it came to recording the actions of quick-moving,
unpredictable game. After three weeks of finistrated
attempts to capture the Uon-spearing on film, Akeley
resolved not to return to Africa until he had created
his dream camera.

Back in New York in 1911, Akeley attracted some
investors to form the Akeley Camera Company, and
spent his spare moments working through the design
of the camera. After devising and abandoning several
versions, in late 1915 Akeley patented the Akeley
Motion Picture Camera. The Akeley incorporated a
number of truly revolutionary advances, but the most
important feature to the naturalist, and the one that
would make it indispensable to other filmmakers, was
the freewheeUng damped-action gyroscopic tripod
head that allowed the operator to pan (side-to-side)
and tilt (up and down) with a steady, fluid motion,
using only one hand. Previous tripod heads required
left-hand cranking of two separate levers for each axis
of movement, in addition to the right-hand cranking
that advanced the film.

World War I created a rapid and probably unex-
pected demand for the camera. After inviting Akeley
to Washington to demonstrate his invention, the
U.S. Signal Corps adopted it for aerial reconnaissance,
purchasing the Akeley factory's entire output for the
duration of the war. After the war ended, newsreel
companies like Pathe and Fox Movietone were
quick to adopt the Akeley camera to film their "news
weeklies." Such momentous events as Man O' War's
final race, the Dempsey-Carpentier fight and the
1925 Shenandoah dirigible disaster were captured
with Akeleys.

Not surprisingly, the Akeley also became the cam-
era of choice for explorers and scientists. In 1921
Akeley himself used his invention, eqixipped with an
extra-long lens, to take the first-ever motion pictures
of gorillas in the wild in present-day Zaire. The list of

10 IN THE FIELD

expeditions that added Akeley cameras to their gear
reads like a greatest hits list of early 20th century
exploration: the Katmai Expedition of the National
Geographic Society, the Mulford Biological
Expedition to the Amazon, the American Museum
Natural History Third Asiatic Expedition and the
Byrd Antarctic Expeditions. Akeley took a direct
role in equipping the Field Museum's 1925 Simpson-
Roosevelt Asiatic Expedition with movie gear, and on
the Chancellor-Stuart-Field Museum Expedition to
the South Pacific, Philip Chancellor used an Akeley
to record some of the earliest footage of Komodo
Dragons on Flores Island, Malaysia.

The Akeley camera was also embraced by docu-
mentary filmmakers and commercial "motion picture
explorers." Filmmaker Robert Flaherty took two
Akeleys with him to the Arctic to film his classic
Nanook of the North (1922), and used Akeleys in Samoa
to film Moana (1926). Noted still photographer Paul
Strand bought an Akeley after the war and worked as
a freelance newsreel cameraman in the '20s, along the
way shooting the experimental film Manhatta (1921)
with artist Charles Sheeler. Explorer-filmmaker
Martin Johnson used Akeleys in his dramatized
(and sensationalized) wildlife films, most notably
Simba (1928), which included lion-spearing footage
shot by Carl Akeley himself, and Congorilla (1932).

By this time the Akeley camera was as well-known
on Hollywood back lots as it was in tropical jungles.
The skills of 'Akeley specialists" were in demand —
they were even listed separately on the American
Society of Cinematographers roster. The influence
of postwar German films caused producers to seek
more camera movements and unusual angles, for
which the Akeley was ideally suited. Thus, "Akeley
specialists were called upon to lash their instruments
high on the masts of ships, on the arms of derricks,
or to be still different, in deep holes looking up," as
an American Cinematographer writer put it in 1928.
By the mid-'20s Akeleys were in such wide use
in studios that "Akeley shots" were routinely called
for in shooting scripts.

Akeleys were the natural choice when Hollywood
undertook ambitious location projects, traveling to
Africa for the epic Trader Horn, and to Newfoundland
for the seafaring adventure The Viking (both 1931).
The Akeley 's deft mobility also made it the ideal tool
for action and spectacle, Hollywood style. Akeley spe-
cialists shot some of the most breath-taking aerial
sequences ever put on film for William Wellman's
Wings (1927), helping it win the first Academy Award
for Best Picture, and the studios sent Akeleys into the
sky for dozens of subsequent aerial-actioners, like

Above: "Motion Picture Explorers"
Osa and Martin Johnson in Africa
with their Akeley (right, outfitted with
extra-long lenses), circa 1925.

Left: Carl Akeley with an early version
of his camera. Subsequent models
added more innovations and features.

Frank Capra's Flight (1929) and Howard Hughes' Hell's
Angels (1930). Western star Tom Mix and swashbuck-
ler Douglas Fairbanks both called on Akeleys to
capture the elaborate and daring stunts for which they
were famous. Akeleys were also used to shoot the
spectacular chariot races in the 1926 version of Ben
Hur, racetrack scenes in Silks and Saddles (1929), and
chases, stunts and daredevilry in numerous adventure
serials and countless westerns (e.g.. The Last Outlaw
[1927] starring a young Gary Cooper).

The Akeley camera hung on in Hollywood for a
remarkably long time considering it debuted in the
teens. Although it eventually gave way to lighter and
more mobile gear developed during World War II, the
Akeley gyroscopic tripods continued to be used by
major studios at least through the late 1980s. While
Carl Akeley was undoubtedly tickled at Hollywood's
adventurous uses of his invention, his own interest in
the camera never went beyond his original aims, and
he continued to promote the importance of nature
filmmaking for educational uses. All of Akeley 's artis-
tic endeavors harked back to the business cards he had
printed up while still in his teens announcing his pro-
fession: "artistic taxidermy in all its branches." In a
sense, motion pictures for Carl Akeley were simply
another branch of the art form that was always his
primary passion. I7F

SEPTEMBER • OCTOBER 2000 1 1

The Photo Archives

Lefi: Stephen and Peter Nash with
YorubaTwin Figures in 1967.

Above: Stephen and Peter Nash
in 2000.

From the Photo Archives

Old Friends: Then and Now

Stephen E. Nash

Head of Collections, Department of Anthropology

"The birth of twins and their subsequent relationship to each
other and to their society have always fascinated men . . ."'

With these words. Assistant Curator of African
Ethnology Leon Siroto introduced Field Museum of
Natural History Bulletin (precursor to In Tbe Field) read-
ers to the temporary exhibit entitled "Yoruba Twin
Figures." The exhibit highlighted the acquisition of 68
Yoruba twin statues collected by English artist John
Underwood. As part of the public relations efforts
preceding the exhibit, Edward G. Nash, at that time
Managing Editor of the Bulletin, arranged this photo-
graph of his twin sons Stephen and Peter with these
Yoruba statues. The photograph was published in the
Chicago Sun-Times on July 7, 1967 under the headline
"Chicago Twins Meet Yoruba Twins''.^

Thirty-three years to the day after this photo was
published, the Museum Loan Network, a granting
agency based at the Massachusetts Institute of
Technology, officially awarded The Field Museum a
grant of $14,490 to conserve, photograph and research
its Yoruba Collection. Interestingly, Stephen, pictured
here on the left (or is it the right?), is now Head of
Collections in the Department of Anthropology and
wrote the Museum Loan Network grant with assis-
tance from Research Associate Deborah Stokes and

Curator of African Anthropology Chap Kusimba.
Though his father left the Museum in 1970, The Field
Museum was critical in helping Steve develop a
life-long interest in the natural and social sciences.
Some of his earliest and fondest memories are from
The Field Museum in the late 1960s, including a
Department of Geology fossil hunting trip to southern
Illinois, a tour through the insect collections in the
Department of Zoology and a visit to the Department
of Anthropology's archaeological field school at
Vernon, Arizona.

After completing a major in Anthropology and
Environmental Studies at Grinnell College in 1986,
Steve pursued graduate study in archaeology at the
University of Arizona before coming to the Museum
as a Post-Doctoral Fellow in Anthropology in 1997.
He was promoted to his current position in August
1999 and looks forward to renewing an old friendship
with Yoruba twins. Peter became an economics major
at Macalester College and went on to earn an M.B.A.
at the University of Southern California. He is now a
stock and market surveillance analyst with Thomson
Financial Investor Relations in Oak Brook, IL. ITF

Siroto, Leon, 1967. "Twins of Yorubaland" Field Museum of Natural
History Bulletin 38(7):4.

The statues in each photograph are catalog numbers 210116 and 210118,
acquired by t/jc Museum in 1957 from Dr. William Bascom of San
Francisco, who collected them at Oyo, Nigeria, at an unknown date.

12 IN THE FIELD

Field Tidbits

' Ask a Scientist

Do you have a question for one of
our scientists? If so, filease send it to
the Publications Department, The
Field Museum, T400 South Lake
Shore Drive, Chicago, IL 60605, or
via e-mail to shines@fmnh.org. Only
questions published in the magazine
will be answered. An archive of
questions and answers that have
appeared in past issues can be
found at www.fieldmuseum.org.
askascientist.htm.

Can I see Sue even if I don't
live in Chicago?

Two identical Field Museum, A T-rex
Named Sue, exhibitions sponsored by
McDonald's Corporation will travel
simultaneously to cities across the
country. The tours began at Boston's
Museum of Science on June 21, 2000,
and Honolulu's Bishop Museum on
July 15, 2000. The exhibitions will
spend approximately three months in
each city on the tour. A current list of
cities hosting A T-rex Named Sue can
be found at www.fieldmuseum.
orglsueltravel. The centerpiece of the
exhibition is a breathtaking life-sized
articulated cast skeleton of Sue. The
exhibition tells the amazing story of
this fossil through video footage,

freestanding interactive exhibits, col-
orful graphics and touchable casts of
bones. Interactive anatomical models
will allow visitors to control the
movements of a T. rex's jaw, tail,
neck and forelimbs. Visitors can put
together a large format 3D puzzle
of Sue's skeleton, see the Cretaceous
world through Sue's eyes, experience
an eye-level view of Sue's massive
skull and touch models of Sue's
dagger-like 12" long teeth.

Marlene Rothacker
Project Administrator
The Field Museum

Celebrate the Past, Present

AND Future of Field Museum Anthropology

The Cultural Collections Committee and the Depart-
ment of Anthropology are planning a two-day event
to Celebrate a Century of anthropology at The Field
Museum. Dr. Gary Feinman, Curator of Mesoamer-
ican Archaeology and Ethnology and Chair of the
Department of Anthropology will serve as host and
moderator for a symposium beginning at 4 p.m.
Sunday, October, 22 followed by cocktails and dinner
on Monday, October, 23 at 5:30 p.m.

The keynote speaker on Sunday, October 22, will
be Dr. David Wilcox of the Museum of Northern
Arizona who will present Curating Field Anthropology —
Why Remembering Matters. Following this presentation,
anthropologists Jonathan Haas of the Field Museum,
Elaine Bluhm Herold of the State University of New
York at Buffalo, Alice Kehoe of Marquette University
and Don McVicker of North Central College in
Naperville will comment on Wilcox's presentation and
offer their own perspectives on the legacy and future
of Field Museum anthropology.

On Monday, October 23, at 5:30 p.m., guests will
gather for cocktails and have the opportunity to exam-
ine artifacts from Field Museum storerooms, hunt for
objects that have been on exhibit since the 1893

World's Columbian Exposition and enjoy a slide show
on the history of Field Museum anthropology. Dinner
will begin at 7 and will be accompanied by short his-
torical presentations by Sibel Barut on Henry Field,
the Old World, and paleolithic archaeology; Ben
Bronson on Berthold Laufer and Asian anthropology;
Steve Nash on George Dorsey, Paul Martin, and
North American anthropology; and John Terrell
on A.B. Lewis and Pacific anthropology.

Lecture Presentation Only

October 22

$12 ($10 students/ educator

& $8 members)

For more information, please

contact The Education Department

at 312.665.7400

Lecture Presentation
and Dinner

October 22 & 23

$100

For more information, please

contact Stephanie Powell

at 312.665.7132

SEPTEMBER • OCTOBER 2000 13

Field Museum Tours at a Glance

For more information or free brochures, please call Field Museum Tours
at 800.811.7244, or send them an e-mail at fmtours@sover.net. Please note
that rates, prices and itineraries are subject to change and that prices are
per person, double occupancy.

Central America Under Sail

February 10-25, 2001
Duration: 16 days
Museum Leader. Botanist
William Burger
Price: Starts at $7,990, not
including airfare

The Natural Wonders of Hawaii

February 14-24, 2001
Duration: 1 1 days
Museum Leaders:
Zoologist Harold Voris
Price: $5,545 including airfare
from Chicago

The Natural and Cultural
History of Tsavo: A Luxury
Tented Safari Through the
Land of the Man-eaters

March 3- 17, 2001
Duration: 15 days
Museum Leaders: Zoologist
Bruce Patterson, archaeologists
Chap and SIbel Kuslmba, and
ecologlst Barbara Harney
Price: $8,800, including airfare
from Chicago.

Baja: Among the Great Whales

March 9 -17, 2001
Duration: 9 days
Museum Leader: Zoologist
Janet Voight
Price: Starts at $2,990,
not including airfare

Each winter grey whales migrate
south from their arctic feeding grounds
to breed and rear their young in
Baja's sheltered lagoons. In March
2001 join Dr. Janet Voight to learn
about whale behavior.

Amazon by Riverboat

December 9-17

Duration: 9 days

Museum Leader: Botanist

William Burger

Price: $3,598, Including airfare

from Chicago

Egyptian Odyssey

January 21 - February 4, 2001
Duration: 1 5 days
Museum Leaders: Frank Yurco,
Egyptologist and Research
Associate at The Field Museum
Price: $5,550, Including airfare
from Chicago

Classic Tanzania Safari:
Wildebeest Migration

January 22 - February 4, 2001
Duration: 14 days

Museum Leaders: Zoologists William
Stanley and Mary Ann Rogers
Price: $7,940, including airfare
from Chicago

On the Drawing Board

Ancient Wonders of Israel 3/01
Treasures of Oaxaca 4/01
Archaeology of Southwest USA 5/01

"Hie isolation of the Hawaiian Archipelagos, has allowed
much of the island's extraordinary geology and biology to
remain undisturbed. The February 2001 tour, led by Dr.
Harold Voris, studies Hawaii's marine life through tide
pooling, snorkeling and whale-watching.

Costa Rica Adventure

February 25 - March 6, 2001
Duration: 10 days
Museum Leader: Botanist
William Burger

Price: $3,995, Including airfare
from Chicago

Circumnavigation of Crete

May 3-13, 2001

Duration: 11 days

Museum Leader: Archaeologist

David Reese and anthropologist

Catherine Sease.

Price: $3,795 and higher,

not including airfare

For the first time, the Field Museum
is sponsoring a trip to Tsavo National
Park in Kenya led by four Field
Museum scientists.

Travelers will explore this rugged, pristine park in
depth, studying its incredible fauna, fiora, geology, overall
ecology and human history. Also see Amboseli National
Park's large, well-researched herds of elephants.

INTHEFIELD

The Field Museum's Member Publication

November
December
2000

^•^'^^Htii 'm^

The Endurance

Shackletons Legendary
Antarctic Expedition

Through January 15, 2001

Mounds, Myths
and Museums .

The Hopewell Culture
of Central Ohio

From the President

Innovation Rooted
IN Tradition

Because they amass collections,
museums are frequently viewed
as storehouses of the past. While
a good museum carefully preserves
the past, a great museum finds
new ways to bring its resources
to the public. The vitality of
a great museum lies in the inter-
play between traditional and
new approaches to museum-
based learning.

Consider the Harris Educa-
tional Loan program. When it
began in 1911, a truck carried
boxes of specimens and objects to
classrooms throughout Chicago to
establish a branch of the Museum
in every school. Today, Harris
provides teachers with access
to interactive experience boxes,
miniature dioramas and other
resources. Every year, these materi-
als teach more than 300,000 area
students about nature and culture.

A more recent example of the
portable outreach museum is the
Soil Adventure Museum or SAM.
Launched last year as an extension
of "Underground Adventure," SAM
trucks bring the world of soil to

life for thousands in schools and
community organizations from
as close as Chicago to as far away
as Washington, D.C., and St.
Louis, Missouri.

Creative partnerships also help
us stimulate learning far outside
the Museum's doors. One partner-
ship with an indigenous
community in South America is
helping its citizens protect and
study endangered turtles along the
rivers of eastern Ecuador. The
Cofan are also sharing what they
know and learn with other South
American communities through
displays, posters and illustrated
technical booklets.

While one tradition brings the
Museum to the public, it remains
important to bring the public to
the Museum. We are on a pace to
welcome 350,000 school visitors by
the end of 2000 — an increase from
317,000 visits last year.

In 1999, we created the Field
Ambassadors program to extend
our reach into the classroom and
encourage increased school visits
to the Museum. This program
familiarizes teachers, known as
Field Ambassadors, with the
Museum's resources so they, in
turn, can provide exciting, effective
and unforgettable learning experi-
ences for their students. This year,
64 Field Ambassadors are exposing
more than 3,000 students to the
wonders of natural science, and
visits from these schools have
increased dramatically.

Our Dozin' with the Dinos pro-
gram allows children and their
families to spend the night in the
Museum. Here they enjoy flash-
light tours of exhibitions,
art-related activities and educa-
tional performances. During the
2000-2001 school year, we will wel-
come close to 7,000 people through
14 of these special evenings.

We are constantly exploring
new ways of how technology can
introduce students to all this
Museum offers. Starting next
month, for example, you can once
again share in the process of dis-
covery as Dr. Gary Feinman and a
team of Chinese and American
archeologists excavate an ancient
site in China. Regular e-mail
updates and digital photographs
give participants in this virtual
archeological expedition a first-
hand view of scientific exploration.

We also offer multimedia educa-
tional programs called e-fieldtrips,
which feature live broadcasts of
field research and supporting
online curriculum activities. The
broadcasts have enabled more than
5 million students to participate
in scientific investigation by giving
them access to our scientists, col-
lections and field research sites.
The online activities allow students
to conduct scientific experiments
of their own. Since the first e-field-
trip in 1999, the program has
broadcast from a working dinosaur
dig in Grand Junction, Colorado,
to the live Sue unveiling this past
May, which an estimated 3 million
students viewed.

These are only a few examples.
We constantly develop new
workshops, symposia and other
programs to serve students, teach-
ers, families, younger learners and
older adults. Now that 2000 signi-
fies another successful chapter
in the Museum's history, we look
forward to bringing you exciting
developments in 2001.

John W. McCarter Jr.
Preiicient £r CEO

What do you think about /n the Field?

Please send comments or questions to Amy Cranch, publications manager.
The Field Museum, 1400 South Lake Shore Drive, Chicago, IL 60605-2496,
or via e-mail at acranch@fmnh.org.

Inside

Anthropologists Stephen E. Nash
and Jonathan R. Haas explore
the facts and fiction of the Ohio
Hopewell moundbuilders.

The Cofan, an indigenous group
from Ecuador, are saving endan-
gered river turtles and teaching
other communities and countries
how to participate.

Fun member events and savings
will light up your holidays.

10

The Field Museum Library joins
the digital movement.

Your Guide
to The Field

Whether it's a polar expedition,
Puerto Rican guitar concert or
dinosaur festival for the family,
find the activity that suits you
in our complete schedule for
November and December.

Grizzly bear tooth inlaid with
freshwater pearl.

^

k ^

At the Field, Roberto Aguinda
(right) explains how the Cofan
rescue endangered turtles to a
Shipibo chief from eastern Peru,
Jose Roque Maynas.

Detail from the Common
American Wild Cat, Plate I, in
J. J. Audubon, The Viviparous
Quadrupeds of North America
(1845-1848)

INTHEFIELD

November/December 2000, Vol.71, No. 6

Editor:

Amy E. Cranch, The Field Museum

Consultant:

Lisa Laske, k/g communications, ltd.

Designer:

Hayward Blake & Company

Copy editor:
Laura F. Nelson

In the Field (ISSN #1051-4546) is published
bimonthly by The Field Museum. Copyright
2000 The Field Museum. Annual subscriptions
are $20; $10 for schools. Museum membership
includes In the Field subscnption. Opinions
expressed by authors are their own and do not
necessanly reflect the policy of The Field Museum.
Notification of address change should include
address label and should be sent to the member-
ship department. POSTMASTER: Send address
changes to In the Field, The Field Museum, 1400
South Lake Shore Drive, Chicago, IL 60605-2496.
Periodicals postage paid at Chicago, Illinois.

This issue's cover photograph, "The Endurance
keeling over" by Frank Hurley, 1915, © Royal
Geographical Society can be viewed in the exhi-
bition, "The Endurance: Shackleton's Legendary
Antarctic Expedition."

TV Field

%

useum

The Field Museum salutes the people
of Chicago for their long-standing
generous support of the Museum
through the Chicago Park Distrirt.

The Field Museum

1400 South Lake Shore Drive

Chicago, IL 60605-2496

ph 312.922.9410
wvvw.fieldmuseum.org

Museum Campus Neighbors

Shedd Aquarium

Looking for a New Year's celebration
the whole family can enjoy? Join Shedd
Aquarium for its traditional Kiddie New
Year, Sunday, Dec. 31, from 3 to 6 p.m.
This family-oriented party features crafts,
games, refreshments, entertainment and a
noisy "midnight" countdown to 2001 that
even the littlest revelers can stay awake
for. Admission is $35 for adults and $30 for
children (ages 3 to 11) and seniors. Children
age 2 and under attend free. All children
must be accompanied by an adult.
Reservations are required; call Shedd
at 312.692.3333.

Adler Planetarium

Visit Adler on Friday nights through mid-
April for a free telescope viewing of
exploding stars. For more in-depth learning,
participate in our extensive lecture pro-
grams. Call 312.322.0323 for dates and costs
on the secrets of black holes, the beauty in
physics and the accelerating universe, or the
discovery of pulsar planets beyond our solar
system. Call 312.322.0329 to register for a
free Oct. 22 Webster Lecture on "Tombs,
Temples and Their Orientation: Adventures
in Mediterranean Archeology." Or, take an
Education Department class on stargazing

for beginners, previewing the fall and win-
ter skies, the remarkable work of legendary
Polish astronomers, and more. For class
information, call 312.322.0551.

The Field Museum

See the Calendar Section for a list of
programs and exhibitions offered in
November and December.

NOVEMBER • DECEMBER 2000 1

Mounds, Myths and Museums:

The Hopewell Culture of Central Ohio,

100 B.C.-A.D. 400

Stephen E. Nash and Jonathan R. Haas, Department of Anthropology

StAx^^i •

THE FIELD MUSEUMA:SA39651

Early archaeological rendering of the Hopewell Site, including plan and cross sections.

2 IN THE FIELD

In the land we call Ohio, a sophisticated, flamboyant
and prosperous people thrived 2,000 years ago. Known
by archaeologists as the Ohio Hopewell, they were
successful gatherers, hunters, gardeners and engineers.
They built large ritual and burial mounds without the
aid of draft animals such as horses or oxen, traded all
over North America without knowledge of the wheel,
and developed sophisticated naturalistic and geometric
art forms and styles that distinguished them from
other cultures across the continent.

Developing our understanding of Hopewell culture
is a story of anthropological research at The Field
Museum, from the earliest excavations in the 1890s
through collections-based research today.

Who were the Ohio Hopewell?

The Ohio Hopewell were one of dozens of prehistoric,
largely autonomous cultures present all over North
America 2,000 years ago. Recent radiocarbon dating
of organic remains in The Field Museum collection
by Dr. N'omi Greber, curator of archaeology at the
Cleveland Museum of Natural History, has confirmed
that the Hopewell thrived between approximately 100
B.C. and A.D. 400. Their cultural center was located in
southern Ohio, and the Hopewell Site, for which the
culture is named, is now part of the Hopewell Culture
National Historic Park near Chillicothe, Ohio.

The Ohio Hopewell survived in a lush environment
by gathering wild plants, nuts and seeds, and hunting
wild deer, turkey and fishes. Though maize horticul-
ture was introduced to the Ohio Hopewell by about
A.D. 100, they were never full-time maize agricultural-
ists and instead tended local oily (e.g., sumpweed and
sunflower) and starchy (e.g., goosefoot, maygrass, erect
knotweed, little barley) seeds and
plants. They did, however,
make ritual use of corn to
supplement their already
diverse diet. Despite their
relatively well-balanced diet,
life was not always easy.
Physical ailments, including
arthritis, rickets, osteoporosis,
tuberculosis and syphilis,
plagued individuals, and the
average life expectancy was
much shorter than it is today.

What makes the Ohio
Hopewell so unusual among
prehistoric North American
populations? Two things —
mounds and objects. Burial and
ceremonial mounds of various
shapes and sizes, including snakes,
spirals and vast complexes of Copper celt.

Effigy fii"''^"^-

circles, squares and walled enclosures dotted the land.
The mounds, often containing elaborate funerary
structures and ceremonial artifacts, ranged from small,
simple, single-burial mounds to large, multiple-acre
mounds constructed to honor the elite, as indicated by
the sheer mass of mounds and the exotic raw materials
and objects buried with the dead.

The Ohio Hopewell did not live on these large
mounds, however. They lived in small homesteads
and camps of one to a few households each,
evenly dispersed across the valleys and orga-
nized around mound sites. It is difficult
to reconstruct prehistoric societies without
written records, yet we do know that the
Ohio Hopewell's social and political systems
changed during their 500-year history.
It is likely that leadership was determined
through social custom, familial lineage,
persuasion and individual abilities and
accomplishments.

Ohio Hopewell ritual and burial
deposits contain a bewildering variety of
finished artifacts and exotic raw material,
often fashioned into ceremonial objects,
from all over North America. Copper from Lake
Superior's shores became ear spools, celts, plaques and
headdresses. Freshwater pearls and grizzly bear teeth
from the northern Rocky Mountains were used to
make necklaces and ornaments. Mica sheets from
eastern Tennessee were fabricated into silhouette and
cutout forms of geometric and naturalistic objects.
Soft pipestone was ground into ornate pipes with
human and animal effigy forms. Obsidian from
Wyoming's Yellowstone area and crystal quartz were
shaped into extremely large blades and other stone
tool forms. Interestingly, each raw material and fin-
ished artifact is uniquely distributed across space and
through time, suggesting that the Hopewell exchanged
with a vast array of groups across North America at
any given moment.

Sometime around A.D. 400 the Hopewell trade
networks collapsed, inter-regional art styles disap-
peared, and moundbuilding activity in the core Ohio
Hopewell area ceased. Archaeological evidence does
not explain why, though a complex combination of
social, environmental and other factors probably dis-
rupted the balance Ohio Hopewell culture had enjoyed
for five centuries. It is important, however, that we
resist saying the Ohio Hopewell "mysteriously disap-
peared." Rather, they changed the way they lived off
the land and, like other well-known ancient cultures,
faded from their dominant position. Descendants
of the Ohio Hopewell exist in Native American
populations today.

NOVEMBER • DECEMBER 2000 3

Obsidian blade.

The Hopewell Site and Collection

The Hopewell Site at Paint Creek in Ross County,
Ohio, is massive, with at least 38 mounds scattered
over about 110 acres. Its most prominent feature is
a rectangular earthwork enclosing more than 99 acres
that follows the contours of the creeks north fork.
A smaller square earthwork conjoins the enclosure's
eastern side, and another D-shaped enclosure
surrounds the largest mound inside the larger
rectangular enclosure.

The contents of Hopewell Site mounds are

impressive. Mound 2 held more than 8,000
chipped stone disks made of Knife River
flint from South Dakota. Mound 11, two
feet high and 45 feet in diameter, con-
tained a ritual cremation deposit with
nearly 500 pounds of obsidian from
Yellowstone National Park in Wyoming.
Mound 17 contained one individual
buried with 3,000 sheets of mica, a silicate
mineral from eastern Tennessee and south-
western North Carolina, and 200 pounds of
galena, a bluish gray mineral that forms in
perfect cubes in western Illinois and elsewhere.
Mound 25, the largest and arguably most
complex mound at the Hopewell Site, consisted
of three segments that covered a central building
complex flanked by plaza areas. It is 500 feet long,
180 feet wide, 30 feet high and contained more
than 250 burials. The central buildings, which housed
burials and groups of artifacts, including one with 150
ceremonial obsidian spear points and 63 copper celts,
were destroyed before the final construction of the
mound. Layered deposits indicate that these mounds
were used over generations of time. In short. Mound
25, and others like it, was not constructed as a mound
per se; it was constructed to cover ritual and ceremonial
spaces filled with deposits of exotic raw materials or
finished artifacts.

The Hopewell Site stands out in Ohio Hopewell
culture. It is more massive, elaborate and com-
plex. It has received the most archaeological
attention, particularly because of its artifact
types and features. And it has greatly influ-
enced our understanding of Hopewell life.

Recent Research

The Field Museum and the Ohio Historical
Society now curate the massive collections created
from the first expeditions in the 1890s and 1920s.
The Kalamazoo Valley Museum greatly enhanced our
collection this year with a major donation, including

at least 45 objects that we had given them in 1931, and
they are now giving back. The new objects have been
fully integrated into our collections, fascinating archae-
ologists who continue to tease additional information
from the vast materials yet unanalyzed.

To enhance research access to our rich Hopewell
collection, we recently reorganized and computerized
it with support from the National Endowment for
the Humanities. Recent analyses have focused on a
variety of topics ranging from Hopewell iconography
to geophysical origins of silver and other minerals, to
paleodemographic and paleopathology analyses of
human remains.

In 1998, The Field Museum awarded a Karl P.
Schmidt Fellowship to Dr. Greber to obtain new
radiocarbon dates for the Hopewell collection. Because
of recent technological advancements in radiocarbon
dating, it is now possible to derive dates from very
small samples of organic materials, such as bits of
wood, plants, textiles or bone. In 1999, Greber gath-
ered organic samples from pieces in the collection and
submitted them to a radiocarbon dating laboratory.
We now have 10 radiocarbon dates for the Hopewell
Site, when we previously only had three, that reinforce
our belief that the Hopewell lived between 100 B.C.
and A.D. 400.

Earlier this year. Dr. Christopher Carr, professor
of anthropology at Arizona State University, analyzed
copper plaques and ornaments using digital photogra-
phy, electron microprobes and image enhancement
techniques. He was trying to determine whether the
Ohio Hopewell attached materials such as pigments,
textiles or shells to the plaques to enhance their
visual imagery and symbolism. Carr's technologically
sophisticated analyses testify to the value of curating
museum collections, for his insights
help us better understand the
fascinating world of the prehis-
toric Ohio Hopewell.

Conclusion

The Field Museum had, and will
continue to have an integral part in
understanding the Hopewell
culture. From one of the early
successes of scientific archae-
ology — refuting the Myth of
the Moundbuilders (see page
5) — to applying 21st century technol-
ogy in the study of prehistoric cultures,
Field Museum anthropologists do more than manage
collections. They facilitate the creation of new
knowledge. ITF

W^D P'P^

4 IN THE FIELD

The Myth of the Moundbuilders

Early Euro-American attempts to
understand the source and function
of mounds in eastern North America
resorted to pure, unabashed specula-
tion based on Biblical, historical and
mythical texts. Published theories
attributed the mounds to the Asians,
Celts, Egyptians, Hindus and other
groups that, we now know, never
came close to the Americas in ancient
times. Other theories, later known
as the Lost Race Theory or the Myth
of the Moundbuilders, held that a
technically advanced, artistically
sophisticated super-race of Anglo or
Asian origin created the mounds but
then disappeared or was vanquished
by intruding Native Americans.
Anthropologist Donald Blakeslee has
recently found archival evidence that
the Myth of the Moundbuilders may
be attributed to one individual —
John Rowzee Peyton.

In 1774, the intrepid, creative and
socially connected Peyton was
arrested for unknown reasons in
Santa Fe, N.M. During his incar-
ceration he convinced the jailer's
daughter to help him and his servant
break out of jail. After a successful
escape, the trio acquired an old, rudi-
mentary map of the American West
and walked to St. Louis, Mo. During
an arduous four-month flight, the
trio took time out to excavate a bur-
ial mound in central Kansas. Though
not considered scientific, their exca-
vation constitutes one of the earliest
documented archaeological exam-
inations in the New World. Peyton's
diaries describe the investigations
and speculate about a super-race
of technological sophisticates that
created the mounds.

The Peyton family was prominent
in Virginia's political and intellectual
circles, befriending such notables as
Ben Franklin and Patrick Henry. By
the time John Rowzee Peyton arrived
in Washington, now a seasoned
fugitive and partially paralyzed
Revolutionary War hero, he was the
talk of the town. Books containing
various permutations of his Myth of
the Moundbuilders were published,
and resolving who constructed the
mounds, as well as other mounds
discovered in the Southwest, came to
dominate the archaeological agenda
between the 1780s and the 1880s.

Moorehead's excavation crew at their field camp, 1891.

The myth — inaccurate, speculative
and fantastic though it was — served
several socio-political functions that
helped maintain its appeal, despite
the lack of material evidence to sup-
port it. It satisfied romantic notions
that superhuman forces created the
mounds; it justified Euro-American
emotional prejudice against Native
Americans who, they believed,
could not possibly have created the
mounds; and it supported Biblical
and mythical explanations of other
phenomena around the world. In
short, the Myth of the Mound-
builders helped European Americans
justify exploitation of Native
Americans by suggesting that they
were technologically inferior, or had
somehow regressed, from the sophis-
ticated moundbuilder culture.

Serious scholarly attention to resolv-
ing the moundbuilder question
began with the 1820 publication
of Caleb Atwater's Archaeological
Americana, which detailed numerous
mound groups in Ohio and else-
where but did not attempt to explain
their origin. Between 1825 and
1840 political events such as moving
Native Americans to reservations
did nothing to dissuade mound-
builder believers.

Ephraim G. Squire and Edwin H.
Davis were the next archaeologists to
tackle the issue when, in 1845, they

visited and mapped the Hopewell
Site and excavated four or five
mounds. In 1848, Squire and Davis'
report was published as the first
scholarly contribution of the newly
founded Smithsonian Institution.
Like Atwater, their predecessor, they
offered descriptions but not explana-
tions of the mounds, and for the
next 50 years, almost no systematic
field research was conducted on
Ohio Hopewell sites.

Warren K. Moorehead supervised
the first formal excavations of the
famous Hopewell Site in Ross County,
Ohio, in 1891 and 1892. Moorehead's
excavations collected artifacts for the
1893 World's Columbian Exposition
at Chicago and illuminated the
moundbuilder problem. As he wrote
in Primitive Man in Ohio in 1892,
"The purpose of our book is to do
away with certain of these illusions...
The time has come when we prefer
facts to flights of fancy." Indeed, the
materials he recovered became part
of The Field Museum's founding col-
lection in 1893 and helped slay the
mighty Myth of the Moundbuilders.
Today, a richly detailed archaeologi-
cal record helps us recognize that
the marvelous mounds and material
culture of the Hopewell were the
products of Native American
genius and creativity. ITF

NOVEMBER • DECEMBER 2000 5

Field Updates

Project Toolbox: Supporting Community
Conservation in the Ecuadorian Amazon

Dan Brinkmeier, community outreach program developer.
Environmental and Conservation Programs

Zabalo, Ecuador: A small group of men and women
cluster around the glowing screen of a laptop as they
tap in numbers on a keyboard. Others take turns
reading figures from their hand-written notes in their
own language, Cofan. The data they enter into a
spreadsheet — changes in the river's temperature and
level, rainfall and the number of turtle eggs found in
nests — will be used to help the Cofan and scientists
understand environmental effects on endangered
river turtles.

Suddenly, chaos erupts. The group is yelling excit-
edly in Spanish, "It's a little animal!" A man runs to
tell me that an "animal" is in the computer! I see that
they have accidentally activated the help menu and are
experiencing 21sr century technological humor. An
animated icon of a bug-eyed "paperclip man" wiggles
and whirls across the blinking screen — an animal that
couldn't exist in their wildest dreams. I close out the
help menu, and the cartoon paperclip jumps up, spins
around and disappears from the screen, the Cofan
laughing and waving goodbye. Modern technology
crashes headlong into the rainforest, sometimes with
amusing consequences.

This is just another typical day for Project
Toolbox, as The Field Museum's Environmental and

Conservation Programs (ECP) collaborates with
an indigenous group — the Cofan — to recover popu-
lations of two species of endangered river turtles,
Podocnemis unifilis and Podocnemis expansa. This commu-
nity of 25 families on the Aguarico River, deep in the
Ecuadorian rainforest, collects baby turtles from their
nests on the river's beaches, and then raises the hatch-
lings for one year before releasing them back into the
wild. Larger, and with harder shells, the yearlings have
a greater chance of escaping predation and surviving
into adulthood. Combined with a moratorium on turtle
hunting and collection of eggs for food, this program is
increasing the number of turtles in the Aguarico River.

For conservationists, the key to this successful grass-
roots effort comes from within the community itself.
This is a Cofan-based initiative that capitalizes on their
knowledge of the environment. Now, in collaboration
with The Field Museum and others, the Cofan are
showing the way for other communities as well.

But the rescue of endangered turtles is not the
entire story. In addition to collecting data and informa-
tion about the turtles and the environment for nearly
10 years, the Cofan are also demonstrating how the
rainforest can be managed in a sustainable way for
future generations. A gentle society, the Cofan have
instituted progressive resource-use regulations on
nearly 130,000 hectares of rainforest now under their
control. Hunting animals such as turtles, parrots and

Le/r: ECP stag Sophie Twichell (standing with backpack)
and Tyana Wachter {lower right), along with turtle project
members, carefully open a turtle nest on a river beach. The
baby turtles are removed, raised in ponds for one year and
then released into the wild.

Right: Tfce kids in Zdbalo actively help save turtles. Elio
Lucitante holds a yearling before it is weighed, measured and
marked for its release.

6 IN THE FIELD

monkeys is prohibited, and restricted hunting zones
around the village allow each family to take only a
certain number of some animal species each year. Using
poisons and dynamite for fishing is prohibited. Forest
resources are also protected, and families cannot sell
wood for profit.

These self-imposed environmental management
practices starkly contrast the uncontrolled hunting and
logging the Cofan see around them on lands invaded
by colonists or other indigenous groups pushed out of
their own ancestral lands by unregulated development.
The Cofan reserve at Zabalo stands as a sanctuary of
protected rainforest in a world where rivers are pol-
luted with oil spills, animals have disappeared from
habitats and forests are clear-cut for raising cattle and
crops that exhaust fragile tropical soils. The Cofan are
alarmed and struggle to combat what is happening
around them.

Museum initiatives with the Cofan also include
ECP s Robin Foster's development of visual reference
guides that identify local plants using scientific and
Cofan names, and labeling trees and vines along an
interpretive trail at Zabalo. As part of this ongoing
collaboration to document Cofan knowledge and use
of plants, Zabalo president Roberto Aguinda recently
spent eight weeks at the Museums herbarium, thanks
to a gift from Mrs. Robert D. Hyndman. The Cofan
people were once renowned throughout the
Ecuadorian Amazon for their extensive knowledge
of medicinal plants, and that heritage now benefits
the Museum.

The Cofan realize that if they are going to help
protect the rainforest, they cannot do it alone. The
community of Zabalo controls only the section of
the Aguarico River that runs through its protected
reserve, and since river turtles do not know the
reserve's boundaries, the Cofan are reaching out to
other communities — and other countries — to include
the whole watershed in their conservation efforts. Afi:er
learning that an indigenous community in Venezuela
wanted to start its own turtle recovery project, Zabalo
turtle project leader Eduardo Yiyoguaje said, "They're
indigenous people... like me... and they need our
help." And while working with the Museum's botany
collection, Aguinda met members of an indigenous
group from Peru, the Shipibo, and off^ered Cofan
expertise to the Shipibo when they start a turtle con-
servation project of their own. The Shipibo, in return,
ofi^ered to help the Cofan relearn how to produce
pottery, a traditional skill the Cofan have lost.

To get their word out, the Museum is working with
the Cofan to develop their own educational tools such
as illustrated books, posters and small exhibits —
appropriate resources for a rural world of poor
schooling and little access to mass media. Early last
year Museum staflF and the Cofan designed an illus-
trated technical manual depicting the rescue and care
of river turtles — a "comic book for conservation." Since

Utilici ant btmbi fttt neitr f ^iri llm^iar It ^Ueim et^t 1 1
li iitttd no la hau la> ehara^ilai ^«tdan anfarmarit.

Motoro bombaiccu poi ccoa'gi ccovuga sutsaen cati'jcja pisinamanda. Tsambitatsu charapachocco pa'faya.

(§)

Vaeit la piscina y raeaja
las eliarapitas en baldas...

Sutsaen catipa indija chantpachoccoanda
vande jaccuga.

Giyena'cho tsu ande loya'caen ccaqueje
congumba jin'choma tsu catiya'cho

Isu'ccuiiia ombaemba cease maenjan
toe'ccugayi charapamanda

iui^»wwtH tktiaf* ttmtplM UMi, FMjailti MrnlfMtl* Mia. tutht^ Pi^M
jft » ulikmiltii in •! FliM MilMa, ClilMit II.UI). Tfc'Ej,"

Above: Page from bilingual version
of the turtle conservation technical
booklet, with captions in Spanish
and Cofan. The Cofan are the nar-
rators in the drawings. Versions
in other indigenous languages are
also under way.

Left: Boys on the remote Muyumanu
River in northwestern Bolivia eagerly
read the Cofan's illustrated technical
manual on how to save turtles.

the same turtle species are endangered throughout the
Amazon, other versions of the book are being produced
in different languages, including a bilingual version in
Cofan and Spanish.

This past July marked the grand opening of the
Turtle Project Information Center along the Aguarico
River at Zabalo, next to a pond in which last year's
baby turtles will grow until they are released next
spring. It may appear rustic compared with more for-
mal institutions, and may not receive as many visitors,
but it is as important as any museum in the world
because it symbolizes how "citizen scientists" teaching
other people just like themselves is what the future of
conservation is all about. It all starts right here at the
ground level, with the Cofan and Project Toolbox.

Project Toolbox has been funded in part by the
John D. and Catherine T. MacArthur Foundation,
Patricia Schnadig-Field Dreams and the Kaye Family
Foundation. To find out more about the Cofan, visit
www.cofan.org. ITF

NOVEMBER • DECEMBER 2000 7

Field Notes

Gift Giving Simplified at The Field Museum Store

Lisa G. Laske

Every holiday season the same troubling thoughts
dance like sugarplums in my head. What do I give
my friends and family who seem to have everything?
Where can I shop to find unique, one-of-a-kind
gifts that fit my budget? After a visit to see Sue the
T. rex, the answer hit me — The Field Museum Store.
I receive a 10 percent discount as a member, my
purchases support education and research at the
Museum, and the array of merchandise is amazing!
If jewelry lovers are on your list, this is the place
for unique pieces. Personalized cartouche necklaces,
styled after the nameplates and seals used by ancient
pharaohs, are handcrafted by Egyptian artists and
shipped direct from Egypt. The cartouches translate
English names or words such as "peace" into hiero-
glyphics. If your taste leans toward turquoise and
beads, consider Native American jewelry. Using a
design technique called "symmetry," Navajo artisans
focus on the center of each piece and work outward
to create intricate designs. I also found a beautiful

A delight for all ages and interests. The Field Museum Store
is a New World marketplace embodying the extraordinary
diversity for which the Museum itself is so well known.

display of Native American fetishes, small stone
carvings used to invoke protection, luck, fertility
and healing through an association with the animal
it represents. My favorite is the horned toad, said
to bring good luck!

Teapots, vases, copperware, bookends and silk
scarves can all be found within 15 feet of one another.
This year's Egypt in Chicago: Festival of the Sun has
set the trend for collecting Egyptian artifacts, such
as a pair of Pharaoh bookends or a delicate glass-
blown perfume bottle. Tea lovers would relish Korean
Celadon pottery teapots, replicas of Koryo Dynasty
(A.D. 918-1392) pottery with their characteristic green
hue. Pick up one of the numerous books on tea as a
perfect companion to the teapots.

For me the gifi:'s origin often holds as much mean-
ing as the gift itself. The store's copperware from
Nepal has a wonderful tale. Beautifully decorative
and useful hand-hammered artifacts made under
the guidance of the Association for Craft Producers
support indigenous craft-focused development organi-
zations in Nepal. The 24 blacksmiths come from
low-income social groups that do not own land and
depend on copper making for their livelihood. In fact,
the Museum supports many impoverished nations
by purchasing local artifacts to sell in the store.

If you are looking for the written word, the store
offers books to please any friend or relative with an
eclectic taste in literature. Colorful field guides can
help nature enthusiasts identify birds, trees, flowers
and other wildlife. Cookbooks featuring global foods
and flavors might inspire a different holiday dinner,
or select from numerous books about religions around
the world. For the armchair academic the store carries
more than 30 titles written by Field Museum scientists
ranging from memoirs of a paleontologist to the man-
eating lions of Tsavo to tree-ring dating. For young
readers, Jan Wahl's The Field Mouse and the Dinosaur
Named Sue (Scholastic Inc., 2000) is a delightful
tale told by a curious mouse of how Sue came to
The Field Museum.

Cookbooks, vases, candles, birdhouses and hun-
dreds of children's games, books and t-shirts — the
list runs long. I can't think of a better way to prepare
for the holidays than touring my favorite Field
Museum exhibits and then finding rare gifts in the
store for those hard-to-buy-for friends and relatives.
The store is open daily from 10 a.m. to 5 p.m., and
some items can be purchased via phone or mail forms
located at www.fieldmuseum.org. For additional store
information, call 312.665.7694. ITF

8 IN THE FIELD

Membership News

Notes on Shopping Days, Programs and Visiting Guests

Member Double Discount Shopping Days

On December 2, 3 and 4, enjoy a double discount
off merchandise purchased in the Museum Stores,
where you will find an abundance of distinctive hand-
crafted gifts, educational toys, books and festive
souvenirs to please anyone on your holiday gift list.
Instead of your regular 10 percent discount, receive
20 percent off nearly all of your purchases in The
Field Museum stores.

ASTC Reciprocal Admission Program

Since May, The Field Museum has been a member
of The Association of Science -Technology Centers
(ASTC) Reciprocal Free Admission Program, which
offers you free admission privileges when visiting one

of the more than 200 institutions in 50 states and
several foreign countries that participate. These privi-
leges are subject to restrictions established by each
institution, so it is wise to call before visiting. Call the
membership department at 312.665.7700 if you would
like to receive a roster of participating institutions.

Visiting with a Guest

Members often visit the Museum with a non-member
guest who is required to pay admission. To expedite
purchasing tickets for your visitors, you can now
obtain admission and special exhibition tickets at
the Membership Desk on the south side of Stanley
Field Hall. ITF

Children's Holiday
Tea Celebration

Wednesday, December 6, 4-6:30 p.m.

Every December the Women's Board hosts the
Museum's Children's Holiday Tea Celebration for
Field Museum members and their families. This year's
celebration will spotlight one of our newest exhibits,
"The Endurance: Shackleton's Legendary Antarctic
Expedition." Through craft-making activities and
educational programs along our Winter Wonderland
Walk, guests will learn how animals and humans
adapt to Mother Nature's harshest season.

As is tradition, the celebration will also include
an appearance by Santa Claus and one of his merry
elves, holiday music by the Stu Hirsh Orchestra
and performances by the Jessie White Tumblers,
Mr. Imagination, Ballet Chicago Youth Company,
the Chicago Children's Choir, and stilt walkers and
jugglers Frank Birdsall and Andy Head. Throughout
the afternoon, guests can feast on pizza, popcorn,
hot dogs, ice cream and a host of holiday treats
and refreshments.

If you would like to attend, please fill out the
form on the right, cut it out or photocopy it and mail
to: Children's Holiday Tea Celebration, The Field
Museum, Women's Board Office, 1400 South Lake
Shore Drive, Chicago, IL 60605.

To receive your tickets by mail, include a self-
addressed stamped envelope and a check made payable
to The Field Museum. Guests cannot purchase tickets
at the door. Reservations are limited, so please reply
early. For more information, call 312.665.7135. ITF

Ballet Chicago Youth Company.

The Women's Board Children's Holiday Tea Celebration

Please fill out this form, cut it out or copy and mail to:

Children's Holiday Tea Celebration, The Field Museum, Women's Board Office,
1400 South Lake Shore Drive, Chicago, IL 60605

NAME

ADDRESS

CITY STATE

ZIP

PHONE

Adult Members at $12 each
Adult Non-Members at $17 each

NO. OF TICKETS
NO. OF TICKETS
NO. OF TICKETS

PRICE
PRICE

Children (13 and under) at $7 each
Total

PRICE

NOVEMBER • DECEMBER 2000 9

Your Guide to The Field

Inside

1 Exhibits

3 Calendar of Events

5 Get Smart

7 Free Visitor Programs

The Endurance: Shackleton's
Legendary Antarctic Expedition

Through striking photographs, vintage
filnfis and diary excerpts, "The Endurance:
Shackleton's Legendary Antarctic
Expedition" tells a true drama of adventure,
courage, heroism and survival against a
brutal polar backdrop. It follows Sir Ernest
Shackleton's 1914 expedition to Antarctica,
when his ship sank and he traveled 800
miles In a lifeboat to rescue his crew, who
lived in severe conditions for nearly a year.
Frank Hurley was the ship's photographer
whose bold, experimental approach inspired
a dive into icy waters as the ship descended
to retrieve his glass plate negatives.

14 January, 1915. "This ice was more like
serracs than pack ice for it was so tossed, bro-
ken & crushed. Great pressure ridges thrown
up 15 to 20 feet in height hear evidence of
the terrific force &■ pressure of the ice in these
latitudes." (Hurley, diary).

This exhibition was developed by the
American Museum of Natural History with
generous underwriting support from Mr.
and Mrs. Joseph F, Cullman, III. Images
by Frank Hurley are from the collections of
the Royal Geographical Society (with the
Institute of British Geographers), the Scott
Polar Research Center and State Library of
New South Wales. "The Endurance" runs
through Jan. 15, 2001.

Hauling tbe James Caird. "We all followed with the heavier boat on the composite sledge. It was
terrific work to keep it going. We all did our best but were practically exhausted by the time we
reached the new camp, No. 4, barely % miles away." (Lees, diary). Loaded, the boats weighed as
much as a ton each.

Here is an abbreviated timeline of events to accompany
the photos in the exhibit:

1914

Jan. 13 Sir Ernest Shackleton announces
the trans-Antarctic expedition.

Aug. -Dec. The Endurance first sails
from England to South America and then
to South Georgia Island. On Dec. 5 it leaves
South Georgia through the Weddell Sea
for Vahsel Bay, Antarctica. It enters pack
ice two days later and still proceeds toward
the continent.

1915

Jan. 18 One day's sail from the continent,
the Endurance becomes trapped.

Feb.-Oct. Ice floes carry the Endurance
to its southernmost point, the 77th parallel.
Shifting ice shakes, wrenches and throws
the ship, sometimes onto its side, and
dangerous leaks form in the sternpost.

Oct. 27-Nov. 1 Shackleton orders the
crew to abandon ship. They establish Dump
Camp and try to march on for three days.
On Nov. 1 they establish Ocean Camp.

Nov. 21 The Endurance sinks.

December The crew hauls the three
lifeboats westward, but can only go a short
distance. They abandon Ocean Camp on
Dec. 23, march for six days and set up
Patience Camp on Dec. 29, which drifts
north of the Antarctic Circle.

1916

April 9-23 The ice breaks and the crew
journeys to Elephant Island in the three
lifeboats. On April 16, they touch dry land

— the first in 16 months. For the next eight
days, the crew prepares a lifeboat for its
voyage to South Georgia Island and sets
up camp for the 22 men staying behind.

April 24-May 10 Shackleton and five
crewmen set sail in the James Caird for
South Georgia Island, 800 miles away.
They land safely at King Haakon Bay.

May 11-18 The band recovers mentally
and physically from the voyage and plans
its route to the whaling stations on the
other side of the island.

May 19-20 Shackleton and two men
cross snowfields, glaciers and mountains,
covering 22 miles in 36 hours. From
Stromness Station they plan a rescue for
those on the other side of South Georgia
and the 22 left on Elephant Island.

May23-July12 Three rescue attempts
are all thwarted by unrelenting pack ice.

Aug. 25-30 With help from the Chilean
government, Shackleton sets sail on trawler
Yelcho for his fourth attempt. It finally
penetrates the pack ice and rescues the 22
men left on Elephant Island.

Sept 3 Shackleton and crew arrive
in Chile. All 28 men had survived the
22-month odyssey.

1922

Jan. 5 Shackleton dies of a heart attack
in South Georgia while on his fourth
Antarctic expedition.

CALENDAR OF EVENTS 1

NOVEMBER/DECEMBER 2000

THE FIELD MUSEUM

Exhibits

it

Kremlin Gold:" Beyond the Glitter

"Kremlin Gold: 1000 Years of Russian Gems
and Jewels" brings 120 sacred and secular
objects to The Field Museum in an exhibi-
tion that illuminates the grand pageant
of Russian history — both glorious and
tragic— as well as the objects themselves.
Many have never before been publicly
exhibited, while others are making their
first U.S. appearance.

Most of Russia is unknown to the average
American, and the objects do not fit our
stereotypical vision of its vast, cold terrain.
Cast in gold, worked into exquisite detail
and encrusted with precious jewels, each
piece represents a moment in Russian cleri-
cal or imperial history, the human story
behind it surpassing its value in carat
weight and beauty.

For example, in 1557 Ivan IV, also known
as Ivan the Terrible, commissioned the icon
cover pictured left as a frame to fit over a
painting of the Madonna and child. Amidst
the saints depicted along the edge is St.
Anastasia, for whom Ivan's first wife was
named. She died 13 years after they were
married, and historians often cite this psy-
chological trauma as a source of Ivan's
reputed madness and sadism.

The "Kremlin Gold" exhibition, as evocative
as the pieces themselves, expands viewers'
knowledge and appreciation of Russian
history. It runs through March 30, 2001.

Icon cover: Our Lady of Odighitria,
1557-60. Gold, ruby, sapphire, emerald,
tourmaline and pearl.

Visit The Field Museum Store for a

wide variety of Russian merchandise to
complement "Kremlin Gold. " Choose from
items to fit every price or gift need,
including lacquered boxes, nesting dolls,
decorative enameled eggs, fine porcelain
tableware, linens, books, jewelry, toys,
stationery and holiday items such as hand-
carved Santa Clauses and ornaments.
(Reminder: member double discount
shopping days are Dec. 2, 3 and 4.)
For more information, call 312.665.7651.

Collection loaned by The State Museums
of the Moscow Kremlin. "Kremlin Gold"
was organized for its U.S. tour by The Field
Museum in partnership with The Houston
Museum of Natural Science.

Kachinas Dolls Bridging the Cultural Gap

Days after "Kachinas: Gifts From The
Spirit Messengers" opened in October, Dr.
Jonathan Haas, curator of North American
anthropology, received a pointed letter
from a fifth-grade boy disputing the labels
on two wooden dolls. "Donatello and
Leonardo's tags should be switched around.
Donatello is the purple one and Leonardo
is the blue one."

He wasn't referring to replicas of the
famous Italian Renaissance artists. He was
referring to the Teenage Mutant Ninja
Turtles, or vibrant representations of them
created by the Hopi people of northeastern
Arizona. Not only did the letter allow us to
fix an error, but it revealed a more global
accomplishment The Field Museum is always
striving for — that a Chicago child visiting
our Museum could connect to an Arizona
Hopi child through their mutual interest in
these cartoon icons.

Kachina dolls represent spirit messengers
called katsinam who act as intermediaries
between the Hopi world and the supernat-
ural realm. The Hopi believe katsinam
provide rain and abundant crops to ensure
continued life in a harsh desert land. Small
kachina dolls signifying these spiritual
friends are given to children, and sometimes
women, to reinforce their religious and
cultural education.

Important in transmitting and safeguarding
ancient Hopi traditions, kachinas also illus-
trate the dynamics of cultural change and
adaptation as Hopi carvers respond to out-
side influences. Created both for traditional
religious uses and commercial trade, many
contemporary kachinas in the exhibition
reflect new carving tools and techniques
and motifs from Western popular culture.

"Kachinas" was made possible by bequests from the collections of Marcia and Vernon
Wagner and through the generous support of Donald W. Paterson. It runs through
June 16, 2001.

THE FIELD MUSEUM

NOVEMBER/DECEMBER 2000

CALENDAR OF EVENTS

Calendar of Events

Family Behind-the-Scenes Evening:
Department of Geology

Friday, Novembers, 6-8 p.m.

Did you know that The Field Museum has
more than 70 scientists on staff helping us
learn more about our world? Fossil prepara-
tor Jim Holstein will take you on a guided
tour of the Museum's Geology Department.
Get the inside scoop on how scientists col-
lect, transport and prepare the fossils that
are on display in the Museum's exhibit halls.
You'll also learn about the research that
goes on behind-the-scenes at the Museum
and what scientists have learned about life
on Earth millions of years ago. $12; mem-
bers $10. Please call 312.665.7400 for more
information or to register.

Family Field Trip: Life Underground

Saturday, November 4, 10 a.m. -3 p.m.

Discover what goes on every day in the
exciting world that is just beneath our feet.
Start your day at The Field Museum, where
you'll be magically shrunk to the size of a
bug and receive a guided tour through the
"Underground Adventure" exhibition. You'll
walk through a soil ecosystem that has been
blown up to 100 times its normal size so
that you can see what life is like through
the eyes of a bug. You'll meet millions of

microscopic creatures that aren't usually
visible to the human eye. Then board a bus
for Lincoln Park Zoo, where you'll meet a
ferret, a rabbit and other animals that make
their homes in the earth. Join us to learn
how life below the earth's surface sustains
life above it. Fee includes round-trip trans-
portation to the Lincoln Park Zoo and
admission to The Field Museum and
"Underground Adventure." Please bring a
sack lunch. Beverages will be provided. $12;
members $10. Please call 312.665.7400 for
more information or to register.

Adult Course: Healing
Aromatherapy/Essential Healing

Saturday, November 11, 10 a.m. -5 p.m.
and Sunday, November 12, 10 a.m. -4 p.m.
(2 sessions.)

Discover the healing properties and
therapeutic uses of essential oils and
develop your own therapeutic blend to
take home. You'll learn the basics of aro-
matherapy, including its history, safety and
distillation practices. You'll also learn the
basic recipes and techniques to promote
healing for the skin, body, stomach, heart,
chest and lungs. $175; members $150.
Please call 312.665.7400 for more infor-
mation or to register.

On November 4, the Life Underground
Family Field Trip will include a guided tour
through "Underground Adventure" and a trip
to Lincoln Park Zoo.

Adult Field Trip: Orthodox
Cathedrals and Churches

Saturday, November 4, 9 a.m. -4 p.m.

Experience the powerful architecture of
Orthodox Cathedrals and learn the history
of the Orthodox Christian community in
Chicago. Join church historians Harold and
Faye Peponis for a day-long tour of these
cathedrals, many of which were established
more than a century ago by industrious
immigrants who were nurtured by tradition,
a love of freedom and a strong faith. Key
stops include Annunciation Greek Orthodox
Cathedral, Holy Resurrection Serbian
Orthodox Cathedral and Holy Trinity
Orthodox Cathedral — a Chicago landmark
that is also on the National Register of
Historic Places. Lunch Is Included. $60, mem-
bers $52. Please call 312.665.7400 for more
information or to register.

Pawnee Earth Lodge

Every Saturday and Sunday,
Open House 10 a.m. -4:30 p.m.
Weekdays, Programs at 1 p.m.

Experience a way of life as the Pawnee
Indians lived more than a century ago out
on the Great Plains. An interactive exhibi-
tion, the Pawnee Earth Lodge is a full-size
replica of an 1850s Pawnee lodge. Sit on
buffalo hides around the cooking fire and
try to use buffalo horn spoons. Examine
tools and toys made of buffalo as you listen
to stories of what It was like to go on a buf-
falo hunt. Free with Museum admission. Call
312.665.7400 for more information.

Fossil preparator. Join us on November 3 for a behind-the-scenes tour of
the Museum's Geology Department.

CALENDAR OF EVENTS

NOVEMBER/DECEMBER 2000

THE FIELD MUSEUM

Performing Arts: The Puerto Rican
Cuatro Conference and Festival

Conference: Friday, November 3,

10 a.m. -4 p.m.

Evening Concert: Friday, November 3, 7 p.m.

Discover the cuatro guitar — the 10-string
instrument that is a compelling symbol of
Puerto Rican identity. Organized by the
Puerto Rican Arts Alliance, this event
includes a series of public workshops for
both adults and students. Enjoy musical
demonstrations and learn about the history
of this guitar and its significance in Puerto
Rican society. The conference will culminate
in an evening concert that features several
of today's most important cuatro musicians.
Workshops at the conference are free.
Tickets to the evening concert are $20. For
more information, call 773.342.8865.

(oirfereMce Afr Feftivnl

This festival, celebrating the 10-string cuatro guitar,
will he at The Field Museum on November 3.

SoR JuANA Festival featuring Las Super Tejanas

Friday, November 10, 7 p.m.

Come hear the musical legends of Tejano

music in this showcase of Latina artists.
From Lydia Mendoza's pioneering recording
to Selena Quitanillas' meteoric rise and
tragic death, the music of Texas Mexican-
American women has made a significant
impact on their community. This first-time
grouping includes a wide range of Tex-mex
musical styles, from contemporary country
to traditional romantic trios. Performers
include stellar guitar player Rosie Flores,
conjunto accordionist Eva Ybarra and shin-
ing stars Tish Hinojosa and Shelley Lares.
This program is presented through a part-
nership between The Field Museum and
The Mexican Fine Arts Center Museum. For
more information and tickets, please call
312.738.1503.

The powerhouse musical showcase known as Las Super Tejanas will
make its Midwest premiere at The Field Museum on November 10.

THE FIELD MUSEUM

NOVEMBER/DECEMBER 2000

4 CALENDAR OF EVENTS

Get Smart

New Dinosaur Discoveries

New Discoveries from the

Age of Dinosaurs in Madagascar

Thursday, November 16, 6:30 p.m.

Find out what Field Museum scientists are
discovering about dinosaurs and other ani-
mals that lived millions of years ago. Dr John
Flynn, chair of the Museum's department of
geology, has lead numerous field expeditions
in the United States, Madagascar, Mexico
and South America. You'll learn what his
latest research reveals about dinosaurs, mam-
mals and "cynodonts" — mammal ancestors
with some reptile-like traits. Dr. Flynn is also
the associate chair of the Committee on
Evolutionary Biology at the University of
Chicago and the president of the Society
of Vertebrate Paleontology. Tickets are $12
for general admission, $10 for students and
educators and $8 for members. For more
information, call 312.665.7400.

Field Museum Geologist Dr. John Flynn will share his latest research on November 16.

Polar Explorations

The Field Museum and the Newberry
Library are collaborating on this series
about polar exploration to complement
exhibitions at both institutions.

"The Endurance: Shackleton's Legendary
Antarctic Expedition" is at The Field
Museum through January 15, 2001.

"To the Ends of the Earth: Exploring the
Poles" is at the Newberry Library through
January 13, 2001. The Newberry Library is
located in Chicago at 60 W. Walton.

For inquiries about programs at The
Field Museum, please call 312.665.7400.
For programs at the Newberry Library,
please call 312.255.3700.

A Social Anthropologist
in the Arctic

Thursday, November 2, 6:30 p.m.
The Field Museum

Ernest S. Burch Jr. of the Smithsonian
Institution's Arctic Studies Center will reflect
on his experiences from 23 research trips to
the Arctic over the past 40 years. Tickets are
$12 for general admission, $10 for students
and educators and $8 for Field Museum
Members and Newberry Associates.

World Premiere: The Arctic and
Antarctic in Image, Word and Song

Saturday, November 11, 11 a.m.
The Newberry Library

Music, images and dramatic readings of
first-person accounts let you experience
the feelings of fear, excitement and accom-
plishment that polar explorers have faced.
Written and directed by Douglas Post.
Tickets are $12 for general admission, $10
for students and educators and $8 for Field
Museum Members and Newberry Associates.

Left: Frank Hurley, the Australian photog-
rapher whose images tell the tale of "The
Endurance: Shackleton's Legendary Antarctic
Expedition" at Tbe Field Museum.

The Politics of Polar Exploration

Saturday, December 9, 1 1 a.m.
The Newberry Library

Take a provocative look at how the politics
of gender and cultural identity influence
the portrayal of polar exploration in our
culture. Lisa Bloom of the University of
California at San Diego presents this slide
lecture. Learn about African-American
explorer Matthew Henson — the unacknowl-
edged co-claimant to the discovery of the
North Pole. Find out how rethinking famous
expeditions has assumed new cultural
importance. Admission is free.

Mapping the Poles

Saturday, December 16, 11 a.m.
The Newberry Library

Track the history of polar cartography,
beginning with the earliest European
expeditions.

Curator of Maps at the Newberry Library,
Robert W. Karrow Jr draws on materials
from the library's own collection to present
this slide lecture. Karrow is also the curator
for the current exhibition "To the Ends of
the Earth." Admission is free.

These programs are made possible in part by a grant from the Illinois Humanities Council,
the National Endowment for the Humanities and the Illinois General Assembly.

CALENDAR OF EVENTS 5

NOVEMBER/DECEMBER 2000

THE FIELD MUSEUM

Julie Taymor's
The King Stag

Coming Thanksgiving Weekend!

Friday, November 24, 7:30 p.m.;
Saturday, November 25, 8 p.m.;
Sunday, November 26, 3 p.m.

Dinosaurs and More Festival

Saturday and Sunday, November 11-12, 11 a.m. -3 p.m.
Monday, November 13, 10 a.m.-l p.m.

Explore the world of dinosaurs at this
festival for the entire family. Enjoy theater
performances, hands-on activities, story-
telling and demonstrations by Field Museum
scientists — including Chris Brochu, who
heads the research on Sue the T. rex. Sue
Hendrickson, the fossil hunter who discov-
ered Sue the dinosaur in South Dakota in
1990, will sign autographs from 11 a.m.
to 2 p.m. each day of the festival. John
Lanzendorf, whose dinosaur art collection is
featured in the "Picturing T. rex" exhibition,
will offer tours at noon on Saturday and
Monday and sign autographs from 10 a.m.
to noon and 1:30 to 3 p.m. on Monday.
Learn about the evolution of dinosaurs
through Dancing with Dinosaurs: The Story
of Sue, the latest original musical by The
Field Museum's Teens Together Ensemble.
You can also search the Museum floor for
remnants of ancient sea creatures, interact
with colossal dinosaur puppets and create
your own dinosaur with fun foam. Free with
Museum admission.

Sue Hendrickson, who discovered Sue the
T. rex, will he signing autographs at the
Dinosaurs and More Festival.

Julie Taymor, best known for her Tony-
award-winning direction of The Lion King
on Broadway, brings her vibrant costumes,
enchanting movement and remarkable
puppets to the lavish Chicago Theater for
three special Thanksgiving weekend per-
formances. Performed by the American
Repertory Theater, The King Stag is a magi-
cal Italian fable for all ages about the
search for true love. The Field Museum is
collaborating with the Chicago Association
of Performing Arts (CAPA) to present this
event, and a retrospective exhibition, "Julie
Taymor: Playing with Fire," will open at the
Field in June 2001.

"Julie Taymor: Playing with Fire" will fea-
ture designs from The King Stag, The Lion
King, the film Titus and other examples
of Taymor's flair for visual wizardry. The
exhibit is organized by the Wexner Center
for the Arts at The Ohio State University
and is made possible by a generous gift
from Ford Motor Company. Major support
is also provided by Agnes Gund and Daniel
Shapiro, the John S. and James L. Knight
Foundation and PricewaterhouseCoopers.

Tickets for The King Stag are $24, $34 and
$44. Field Museum members receive a $5
discount. For tickets, call Ticketmaster at
312.902.1500 or visit the Chicago Theater
box office or any Ticketmaster outlet. Visit
www.capa.com or www.fieldmuseum.org
for more information.

Star Wars Symposium

"Star Wars: The Magic of Myth" was
developed by the Smithsonian's National
Air and Space Museum and organized
for travel by the Smithsonian Institution
Traveling Exhibition Service. All artifacts
are on loan from Lucasfilm Ltd.

The Stories Behind Star Wars

and Sue: Envisioning Environments

in Film and at The Field

Saturday, December 9,
8:30 a.m. -5 p.m.

Get a behind-the-scenes look at how film-
makers and museum professionals create
the environments that transport us to other
worlds and bring ancient creatures to life.
Presenters include artists from The Field
Museum's acclaimed exhibits department
and award-winning film artists Lome
Peterson and Paul Huston from Lucasfilm's
Industrial Light & Magic, who created mod-
els and visual effects for the Star Wars films.
Hear how design, storytelling, model mak-
ing and special effects come together to
produce such industry-changing projects as
Star Wars and "Sue." This symposium
includes lunch and a viewing of "Star Wars:
The Magic of Myth" and "Sue." Tickets are
$30 for general admission, $25 for students
and educators and $23 for members.

THE FIELD MUSEUM

NOVEMBER/DECEMBER 2000

CALENDAR OF EVENTS

Free Visitor Programs

Every Saturday and Sunday

Family Fun at The Field

1 p.m. Story Time: Facts, Fables and Fiction.
In November and December, hear a Russian
folk tale, a story about Sue the T. rex,
children around the world or Antarctica.
From life today to prehistoric times, we
offer a wide variety of subjects to whet the
appetite and send you exploring our gal-
leries to learn more. Story Time takes place
in the "Living Together" exhibit. This pro-
gram for young children and their families
is sponsored by the Siragusa Foundation
Early Childhood Initiative. One adult for
every three children, please. For more
Information, call 312.665.7400.

Interpretive Station Activities

Every weekend you'll find a variety of
hands-on activities throughout the Museum
as you delve into the world of natural
history and culture. For example, you may
be able to learn what makes a dinosaur
a dinosaur, see a soil scientist at work,
find out what your name would look like
in Egyptian hieroglyphs or dissect an owl
pellet to see what the bird ate. Check
the informational directories when you
arrive at the Museum for a list of each
day's activities.

November 1 -Wednesday

1 1 :30 a.m. and 1 :30 p.m. Guided Tour:
Northwest Coast Indians and Eskimos.

Discover a spectacular array of artifacts
depicting two very different North
American neighboring environments
and cultures.

November 3-Friday

10 a.m. -4 p.m. The Puerto Rican Cuatro
Conference and Festival. Join us for a series
of public workshops on the cuatro guitar,
the 10-string instrument that is a com-
pelling symbol of Puerto Rican identity.
This event is organized by the Puerto Rican
Arts Alliance and includes workshops for
students and adults.

November 4-Saturday

11 a.m., 1 p.m. and 2:15 p.m. Dancing with
the Dinosaurs: The Story of Sue. Learn
about the evolution of dinosaurs and the
science of paleontology in this original
musical by the Teens Together Ensemble.

November 8-Wednesday

1 1 :30 a.m. and 1 :30 p.m. Guided Tour:
Northwest Coast Indians and Eskimos.

See November 1.

Peaceable Kingdom Holiday Festival

11 a.m.-4 p.m.

December 26-December 31

Take a break from the hustle and bustle
of the holiday season and join us for
our annual celebration of winter.

Music and hands-on activities will fill
the halls throughout this six-day festival.
Take a self-guided tour along the
"Winter Wonderland Walk" to learn
how animals and humans in different
regions have adapted to Mother
Nature's harshest season.

This festival is free with Museum
admission.

This tranquil winter scene is one of many on
display during the holidays.

November 11 -Saturday

10:30 a.m. and noon. Guided Tour:
Northwest Coast Indians and Eskimos.

See November 1.

1 1 a.m. -3 p.m. Dinosaurs and More
Festival. Explore the world of dinosaurs
at this festival for the entire family. Enjoy
theater performances, hands-on activities,
storytelling and demonstrations by Field
Museum scientists. See page 6 for details.

11 a.m., 1 p.m. and 2:15 p.m. Dancing
with the Dinosaurs: The Story of Sue.

See November 4.

November 12-Sunday

11 a.m. -3 p.m. Dinosaurs and More
Festival. See November 11.

2:15 p.m. Dancing with the Dinosaurs:
The Story of Sue. See November 4.

November 13-Monday

10 a.m.-l p.m. Dinosaurs and More
Festival. See November 11.

November 15-Wednesday

1 1 :30 a.m. and 1 :30 p.m. Guided Tour:
Northwest Coast Indians and Eskimos.
See November 1.

November 18-Saturday

10:30 a.m. and noon. Guided Tour:
Northwest Coast Indians and Eskimos.

See November 1.

11 a.m. -2 p.m. Scientist on the Floor.
Find out more about those creepy critters
that live beneath our feet from Field
Museum scientist Dan Summers.

11 a.m., 1 p.m. and 2:15 p.m. Dancing
with the Dinosaurs: The Story of Sue.

See November 4.

November 25-Saturday

11 a.m., 1 p.m. and 2:15 p.m. Dancing
with the Dinosaurs: The Story of Sue,
See November 4.

1 1:30 a.m., 1 p.m. and 2:30 p.m. Guided
Tour: The Aztec, Maya and Their
Predecessors. Learn about the diverse
and complex pre-Columbian cultures
of Mexico and Central America.

November 29-Wednesday

11:30 a.m. and 1:30 p.m. Guided Tour:
Northwest Coast Indians and Eskimos.

See November 1.

Please note that programs are subject to change. Check the informational directories located throughout the Museum for daily program listings.

CALENDAR OF EVENTS

NOVEMBER/DECEMBER 2000

THE FIELD MUSEUM

December 2-Saturday

10:30 a.m. and noon. Guided Tour:
Northwest Coast Indians and Eslcimos.

See November 1.

11 a.m., 1 p.m. and 2:15 p.m. Dancing
with the Dinosaurs: The Story of Sue.

See November 4.

11 a.m. -2 p.m. Scientist on the Floor.

See rarely displayed specimens from the
Museum collections and hear scientists talk
about their research as it relates to the
"Underground Adventure" exhibit.

1:30 p.m. Tibet Today and Faith in Exile.

Visit Tibet and Tibetan refugee sites around
the world through this slide show.

December 6-Wednesday

11 :30 a.m. and 1 :30 p.m. Guided Tour:
Northwest Coast Indians and Eskimos.

See November 1.

The Pawnee Earth Lodge.

December 9-Saturday

11 a.m., 1 p.m. and 2:15 p.m. Dancing
with the Dinosaurs: The Story of Sue.

See November 4.

December 13- Wednesday

1 1 :30 a.m. and 1 :30 p.m. Guided Tour:
Northwest Coast Indians and Eskimos.

See November 1.

December 16-Saturday

10:30 a.m. and noon. Guided Tour:
Northwest Coast Indians and Eskimos.
See November 1.

December 26-Tuesday

11 a.m. -4 p.m. Peaceable Kingdom Holiday
Festival. See sidebar on previous page.

December 27-Wednesday

11 a.m. -4 p.m. Peaceable Kingdom Holiday
Festival. See sidebar on previous page.

11 :30 a.m. and 1 :30 p.m. Guided Tour:
Northwest Coast Indians and Eskimos.

See November 1.

December 28-Thursday

11 a.m. -4 p.m. Peaceable Kingdom Holiday
Festival. See sidebar on previous page.

December 29-Friday

11 a.m. -4 p.m. Peaceable Kingdom Holiday
Festival. See sidebar on previous page.

December 30-Saturday

11 a.m. -4 p.m. Peaceable Kingdom Holiday
Festival. See sidebar on previous page.

December 31 -Sunday

11 a.m. -4 p.m. Peaceable Kingdom Holiday

Festival. See sidebar on previous page.

January 2 -Tuesday

1 p.m. Story Time: Facts, Fables and Fiction.

See Family Fun at The Field, page 7. During
the first week in January this program will
also be offered during the week.

January 3-Wednesday

1 p.m. Story Time: Facts, Fables and Fiction.
See January 2.

January 4-Thursday

1 p.m. Story Time: Facts, Fables and Fiction.

See January 2.

January 5-Friday

1 p.m. Story Time: Facts, Fables and Fiction.
See January 2.

Resource Centers

Explore topics in more depth through a
variety of resources, including computer
programs, books, activity boxes and much
more at the Africa Resource Center and the
Daniel F. and Ada L. Rice Wildlife Research
Center. Open daily from 10 a.m. -4:30 p.m.

Pawnee Earth Lodge

Visit a traditional home of the Pawnee
Indians and learn about their life on
the Great Plains. Open from 10 a.m. to
4:30 p.m. on weekends and at 1 p.m.
on weekdays.

Ruatepupuke:

The Maori Meeting House

Discover the world of the Maori people
of New Zealand at the treasured and sacred
Maori Meeting House. Open daily from 9
a.m. to 5 p.m.

McDonald's Fossil
Preparation Laboratory

Watch Field Museum preparators work
on various fossil specimens. Open daily
from 9 a.m. to 5 p.m.

Daily Highlight Tours

Want to learn more about what you see
at the Field? Take a guided tour of the
exhibits that make this Museum one of
the world's finest. Tours are offered
Monday through Friday at 1 1 a.m. and 2
p.m., and at 1 1 a.m. and 1 p.m. on
Saturdays and Sundays.

Please note that programs are subject to change. Check the informational directories located throughout the Museum for daily program listings.

THE FIELD MUSEUM

NOVEMBER/DECEMBER 2000

8 CALENDAR OF EVENTS

Field Updates

Rare Books, New Formats:
Toward the Digital Library

Ben Williams, Librarian

.POLYNESENNE POUNESIERrN POLYNESIM

■IMWELI mi oil HTEIIICIIT !• UTHOPOLtllE. ETMNUPmE > lEOIUmE.

mtrnmnn m nwtuovH moi* Munn nmi i ifiua »t miitvi hui fvnti. JstiCH

Above: Rare classroom wall chart from Rudolph Martin's
Wandtafeln fiiir den Unterricht in Anthropologic (Zurich, 1902).

Opposite page top: The Museum's original charter, September 16, 1S93,
under the name Columbian Museum of Chicago.

Opposite page bottom: Detail from the Virginian Partridge, Plate 76, in
fj. Audubon, The Birds of America (1827-1838).

At any given moment 20,000 of the 265,000 total
volumes from The Field Museum Library's regular
research collections have been checked out by research
stafF, exhibit developers or education specialists.
Volumes flow in and out of nine separate stack areas,
and photocopiers run almost continuously as Museum
staff copy essential resources for their ongoing work.
And since no library can own everything it desires,
an interlibrary loan specialist borrows or acquires
requested materials from other holding libraries. More
and more, these copies are received in electronic for-
mat and forwarded through the Museum's computer
network to individual desktops.

For more than a century, as the Museum's scientific
collections grew toward 21 million objects, the Library
has built its research collections through purchase,
gift and exchange with other institutions. Each year
we receive about 3,000 journals and acquire more than
2,000 books — each one a record of the natural and
cultural objects in our own Museum and other muse-
ums throughout the world. The Library's holdings
could conveniently be called the collection that is
used to study collections.

The Library's regular research holdings merit
bibliographic and historical study in their own right,
but they form only part of a broader, richer context
that includes special collections of rare books, original
art, archives, manuscripts and objects. This distinctive,
varied treasure trove can be mined for historical
insight into scientific disciplines, notable individuals
and the origins and development of our Museum.
With startling immediacy these special collections,
which contain many objects found nowhere else, often
reveal the "news that stays news" about our endless
endeavor to understand the world.

Entering the Mary W. Runnells Rare Book Room
one walks past the case holding our remarkable copy
of Audubon's The Birds of America and is suddenly sur-
rounded by original paintings and sketches by Louis
Agassiz Fuertes, the best of all ornithological artist-
naturalists. His watercolor field studies, created on the
Museum's Abyssinian Expedition of 1926-1927, feature
his favorite birds of prey poised and looking at you,
the viewer, as if ready to strike.

A large table that once stood in President Stanley
Field's oflSce is usually littered with books and objects
examined by researchers, visiting groups or college
students from the School of the Art Institute, the
University of Chicago and other institutions. One
recent class surveying how fibers are used across the
world left in its wake a pictographic divinatory manu-
script rendered on bark by a Nakshi divine in China,
our volume of tapa cloth samples collected on Captain
James Cook's voyages to the Pacific in the 1770s and
1780s, and a portfolio of loose prints of classic Indian
ornamental calico patterns. One might also find
among the table's clutter some of our oldest Western

10 IN THE FIELD

and Eastern printed books: the Gart der Gesundheit
(Garden of Health), printed in Augsburg, Germany,
in 1486, an herbal with hand-colored woodcuts; and
the Gazetteer of the Great Unified Ming, the "Domesday
Book" of the Ming Dynasty, completed in 1461.

The Archives section presents a similarly abundant
treasury holding the history of The Field Museum,
beginning with its origins from the World's
Columbian Exposition. One is confronted with 2,500
linear feet of records, ledgers, personal papers and
manuscripts, 40 drawers of oversize flats of every
description, including maps, plans and scientific illus-
trations, and 400 reels of film that include numerous
expeditionary films, mostly in poor condition. We
are slowly transferring important films to new stock
and digital formats. Restored films of Malvina
Hoffman's world travels and the Chicago Daily
News/Field Museum Abyssinian Expedition of 1926-
1927 can once again be viewed. We are planning a
public exhibition space in which we hope to share
more of these treasures directly with our visitors.

There is an ever-growing need to provide electronic
access to these rarely held and unique materials. The
digital library movement is creating a broad electronic
neighborhood of library resources by supplementing
the already familiar online catalogs of collections
with digitized content of books, journals and special
collections of every description. Our need to join this
movement received greater emphasis when the Library
reorganized under the new Information Services and
Technology division, which is charged with managing,
developing and disseminating the Museum's rich
information resources. In the emerging plans, provid-
ing electronic access to the Library's collections has
become a clear and immediate priority.

The essential first step is to convert our card cata-
log to an Online Public Access Catalog (OPAC) freely
available on the World Wide Web, now under way
thanks to a generous gift from Nicolas Jannes, Chicago
businessman and fine art publisher. The Friends of
The Field Museum Library also established a special-
ized image-licensing program several years ago to build
the Library's endowment and create high-resolution
digital images of prints and original art in the collec-
tions. These images are perfected and profiled for
various types of output, including offset lithography
and fine art Giclee digital printing. We are creating
a portfolio, for example, called Audubon's Fifty Best,
The Oppenheimer Field Museum Edition, published by
Kenyon Oppenheimer Inc., Chicago. It includes lim-
ited edition Giclee facsimile prints from the Library's
gloriously colored set of Tl)e Birds of America.

The Library will be seeking new support to expand
its efforts toward creating both exhibit-oriented and
scholarly electronic databases. Meanwhile, in future
issues of In The Field we will let some of the remark-
able treasures in our collections tell their stories. ITF

m » »- ft^

v\T

0|r

^iTEii:

SuHlbtl

t^-

^%-

-^. %

WhVnUlS, „CCIimiarC y/,/,/.yyw</^/>'-/,/i^i'gVr'/f'/tirtj'i«^'i',

did-.

■;. ^///,,y^......./i^c

<iC-r.A,^^:

_ . /i^^.^-

'■■ ,,m/r7amymMyY^,^iur»ril4Mr/4tnU'Mi//mtCTD}ll[UMmElJllfpt(AmilS'

/utitJnf<///ir/iMt'Oiim/i//</ir.l irj/tr,/tn mr /y /mi: i/r Afi^^ /rl/i/(^.
Ma/Mi-jiad^ --^-_ . /'/C^ :

/»i,/mi/.)r/i-4»/^j>'/MralM/' A:///i/'/Mf,

mr Mri/Mi///»aA/ Mt/m/l^'/ritir/ ,^^^L_ _ tftt//
<///, . Zi,/r/irm/r,/tr,///i //tii/fr/, //fl/fj Mr rm

cccRCTMirorcntn

.« « » » «

« « «

NOVEMBER • DECEMBER 2000 1 1

From the Archives and Beyond

Big Museum on the Lake

Amy Cranch, publications manager

W^fSSSBB^ ^^ 3 child I wanted to
rWliflBli^^^l be two things when I
grew up — English and
Laura Ingalls Wilder.
I still occasionally fake
an English accent to
my friends' embarrass-
ment, and while I don't
live on the prairie, my
favorite TV show and hours of backyard
pretend (reluctantly playing Ma because
I was too tall for Laura) have deeply influ-
enced me as an adult.

My idea of a vacation is a week in
the woods. A simple cabin surpasses any
hotel, and hot almond milk by the fire
tastes like a fine cocktail. I relish a trick-
ling creek, a moss-covered rock or a
meadow lit by fireflies and a full moon.
Finding nature — or nature finding me
— has given me a greater sense of adven-
ture, wonder and peace.

As the new editor for In the Field,
I hope to bring some of my passion and
curiosity about the natural world to the
magazine. A journalist with nearly 10
years experience, including two years at
the John G. Shedd Aquarium, I am learn-
ing how to put some scientific context
around the splendor I observe outdoors.
For In the Field I will look at every poten-
tial article with fresh eyes and an ear
toward ensuring the magazine can be
understood by our 10- and 80-year-old
members alike. My desire is to make the
faces and facts behind the Field more
accessible to you — to keep you reading,
learning and coming back.

I have the Field's commitment and the
talent and foresight of my predecessors to
thank for making In the Field the quality
publication that it is. As I plan for 2001
and beyond, I will be reviewing how to
even better serve our growing readership.

now at about 50,000 members, with sur-
veys or other opportunities to add your
opinion. After all, this is your publication
and one of the best ways to stay con-
nected to the Museum.

I don't anticipate writing any books
like my childhood heroine's famed Little
House on the Prairie series, but upcoming
issues of In The Field may become my own
personal anthology of all our experiences
with this beloved institution. Maybe I'll
call it Big Museum on the Lake. ITF

The museum's magazine first started in
1930 and was called Field Museum News.
In 1944 it became The Bulletin and then
changed to its current name, In the Field,
in 1990. Tbe covers below are: (top row, left
to right) 1948, 1963, 1964 and 1974; (bottom
row, left to right) 1985, 1988, 1997 and 2000.

Keeping tlic PcaiT in
T.JVO Ninonil P^k

12 IN THE FIELD

Field Tidbits

Live from The Field:

A Virtual Archaeological Expedition in China

From Dec. 10, 2000, through Jan. 15, 2001, you can
virtually join an archaeological field expedition in
Shandong, China. In his sixth year of fieldwork. Dr.
Gary Feinman, chair of The Field Museums anthro-
pology department, will send electronic updates about
a Chinese and American archaeological team's work to
investigate the origins of early civilization more than
4,000 years ago.

Consider what you will learn on this virtual
expedition through regular e-mails and digital
photographs:

Get a taste of the day-to-day challenges of fieldwork
and the experiences of a team of archaeologists.

Hear about the team's efforts to pioneer a research
method new to China called regional survey. Walking
systematically over the land, scientists look for ancient
pottery and other surface remains that are used to
map and date the sites.

Share discoveries of ancient sites. To date, the team
has covered 400 square kilometers, more than two-
thirds the size of Chicago, and discovered and mapped
hundreds of sites.

Gain insight to the world of anthropology and
Chinese culture and life.

One teacher, whose students received e-mails from a
previous dig, said, "Feinman in China was a wonderful
experience for our students. They eagerly awaited each

update, charted where he was and had many lively dis-
cussions. It was a revelation to find that fieldwork
does not resemble an Indiana Jones movie. Other stu-
dents started investigating anthropology because they
thought that kind of work would be very 'cool.'"

If you would like to subscribe to this FREE list,

e-mail fieldexpeditions@fieldmuseum.org with the
subject heading "Feinman in China." For more
information, call 312.665.7557. ITF

Dr. Feinman (standing right) collects ceramics from the sur-
face of an archaeological site in China with the help of his
colleague, Fang Hui (white cap), and local schoolchildren.

Obtaining Member Passes for Special Exhibitions

Members are eligible to receive free passes to see
selected special exhibitions throughout the year.
Family members receive four free passes, and
Individual, Senior, Student and National AflSliate
members receive two passes to each special exhi-
bition. Use them yourself or give them to friends
or family members.

You can obtain your member passes three
different ways:

Come to the Museum the day you would like to see
an exhibition and obtain your passes on a first-come,
first-served basis. Tickets are not guaranteed but are
usually available before 11 a.m. each day.

Reserve your passes for a future date and time
through Ticketmaster at 312.902.1500. Remember to
give them your member number. Ticketmaster adds
a discounted service charge and transaction fee to
provide this service.

Visit the Membership Services Desk if you are visit-
ing the Museum and would like to reserve your passes
for future dates. There is no extra service charge.
Regular operating hours are from 9 a.m. until 5 p.m.

If you have any questions about member events or
benefits, please call the membership department at
312.665.7700 between 8:30 a.m. and 4:30 p.m. ITF

NOVEMBER • DECEMBER 2000 13

Field Museum Tours at a Glance

For more information or free brochures, please call Field Museum Tours at
800.811.7244, or send them an e-mail at fmtours©sover.net. Please note that
rates, prices and itineraries are subject to change and that prices are per
person, double occupancy.

This winter you will have two
chances — one by water and one by
land — to join Field Museum Botanist
William Burger and explore Costa
Rica and Central America. Dr.
Burger has been conducting research in
Costa Rica for more than 30 years.

Central America Under Sail

Feb 10-25, 2001 (16 days)

On this 16-day odyssey, sail aboard
the luxurious Wind Star in the Pacific
and the Caribbean, visiting Costa
Rica, Panama, Nicaragua, Honduras
and Belize. Optional extension to
see Costa Rica's volcanoes and cloud
forest, and/or the Mayan ruins of
Tlkal in Guatemala.

Museum Leader:
Botanist William Burger
Pnce; $7,990 and higher,
not including airfare

The Natural Wonders of Hawaii

Feb 14-24, 2001 (11 days)

Join us on an in-depth natural his-
tory excursion to Hawaii — a living
museum of geology and biology.
Study marine biology through
exploring tide pools, snorkeling
and a whale-watching cruise, and
observe spectacular birds and vivid
examples of volcanic activity.

Museum Leader:
Zoologist Harold Voris
Price: $5,545, including
airfare from Chicago

On the Drawing Board

Treasures of Oaxaca, 4/01

Costa Rica Adventure

Feb 25-March 6. 2001 (10 days)

Costa Rica's natural heritage Is one
of astonishing diversity. Our itinerary
includes the jungle river channels of
Tortuguero on the Caribbean coast,
Poas Volcano and the cloud forests
of Monte Verde high in the central
mountains and Palo Verde's wildlife
areas on the Pacific. Optional exten-
sion to Tamarindo Bay.

Museum Leader:
Botanist William Burger
Price: $3,995, including
airfare from Chicago

The Natural and Cultural
History of Tsavo: A Deluxe
Tented Safari Through the
Land of the Man-eaters
March 3-17, 2001 (15 days)

For the first time ever, four FM
scientists are leading a trip to the
spectacular Tsavo National Park,
home to the legendary man-eating

Explore Crete, home oj the ancient
Minoans, with Field Museum
Anthropologists David Reese and
Catherine Sease, who combined have
nearly 40 years of archaeological expe-
rience on this historic island. David
and Catherine led last year's successful
Crete voyage and look forward to
again showing you the rich cultural
heritage of the island.

lions. Experience the unforgettable
ambiance of a luxury mobile tent
camp while enjoying the company
of Museum scientists involved with
primary research In Tsavo. Also visit
Amboseli National Park, home to
large, well-researched herds of ele-
phants, and experience urban Africa
in Nairobi. Extensions available
to Kenya's Indian Ocean coastline
and/or Tanzania's Serengetl.

Museum Leaders: Zoologist Bruce
Patterson, Archaeologists Chap
and Sibel Kusimba and Ecologist
Barbara Harney
Price: $8,800, including airfare
from Chicago

Circumnavigation of Crete

May 3-13, 2001 (11 days)

Circumnavigate Crete on a 34-
passenger luxury yacht, visiting
a variety of splendid archaeolog-
ical sites such as Gournia, Lato,
Phaestos, Gortyn and Knossos.
Explore quaint villages and breath-
taking ocean views, plus the wildly
beautiful Kourtaliotiko Gorge,
Frangokastello fortress and
Europe's only palm-tree forest.

Museum Leader: Archaeologist
David Reese and Anthropologist
Catherine Sease
Price: $3,795 and higher,
not including airfare

Explore Tsavo National
Park, with four Museum
scientists and learn
about the infamous man-
eating lions that killed
and ate 135 railroad
workers at the end of the
19th century. Lt. Col.
Patterson, the railroad's
chief engineer, shot these
lions, which Tbe Field
Museum later bought
and still exhibits.